Learning Center
Plans & pricing Sign in
Sign Out

Titles - Biblioteka PK -

VIEWS: 259 PAGES: 139

									                               Lista tytułów książek dostępna w bazie danych Knovel

                 Title                     Author/Editor                                   Description

                                                           This internationally recognized code establishes rules of safety
                                                           governing the design, fabrication, and inspection of boilers and pressure
                                                           vessels. An American national standard, the ASME Boiler and Pressure
                                                           Vessel Code, Section II - Materials, contains four parts that efficiently
                                                           organize the important materials data used in ASME code design and
                                                           construction of boilers and pressure vessels. It covers every aspect of
                                                           boiler and pressure vessels from design to fabrication, including use of
 2004 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel                      materials, welding, and nondestructive testing. The Electronic Stress
Code, Section II - Materials (Includes                     Tables, Part D - Properties, are interactive, and all of the content is full-
2005 Addenda)                            n/a               text searchable.
                                                           This 2002 book contains a list of all substances that are either known to
                                                           be carcinogens or may be reasonably anticipated to be carcinogens, to
                                                           which a significant number of US residents are exposed. Information is
                                                           provided on the nature of such exposure and the estimated number of
                                                           persons exposed to such substances. This book does not address or
                                                           attempt to balance potential benefits of exposures to certain
                                                           carcinogenic substances in special situations. Numerous drugs used to
                                                           treat cancer have been shown to increase the occurrence of secondary
                                                           cancers. In these instances, the benefits of exposure to the drugs for
                                                           treatment or prevention of a specific disease have been determined by
                                                           the FDA to outweigh the additional cancer risks associated with their
10th Report on Carcinogens               n/a               use.

                                                           This 2000 guidebook was developed for use by firefighters, police, and
                                                           other emergency services personnel who may be the first to arrive at the
                                                           scene of a transportation incident involving a hazardous material. It is
                                                           primarily a guide to aid first responders to identify quickly the specific or
                                                           generic classification of the material(s) involved in the incident, and in
                                                           protecting themselves and the general public during this initial response
                                                           phase of the incident. It does not address all possible circumstances
2000 Emergency Response Guidebook        n/a               that may be associated with a dangerous goods incident.

                                                           This internationally recognized code establishes rules of safety
                                                           governing the design, fabrication, and inspection of boilers and pressure
                                                           vessels. An American national standard, the ASME Boiler and
                                                           Pressure Vessel Code, Section II - Materials, contains four parts that
                                                           efficiently organize the important materials data used in ASME code
                                                           design and construction of boilers and pressure vessels. It covers every
                                                           aspect of boiler and pressure vessels from design to fabrication,
2001 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel                       including use of materials, welding, and nondestructive testing. The
Code, Section II - Materials (Includes                     Electronic Stress Tables, Part D - Properties, are interactive, and all of
2002 and 2003 Addenda)                   n/a               the content is full-text searchable.

                                                           This internationally recognized code establishes rules of safety
                                                           governing the design, fabrication, and inspection of boilers and pressure
                                                           vessels. An American national standard, the ASME Boiler and
                                                           Pressure Vessel Code, Section II - Materials, contains four parts that
                                                           efficiently organize the important materials data used in ASME code
                                                           design and construction of boilers and pressure vessels. It covers every
                                                           aspect of boiler and pressure vessels from design to fabrication,
                                                           including use of materials, welding, and nondestructive testing. The
                                                           properties for the Electronic Stress Tables in Part D are given in
2004 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel                       Customary and, new this year, Metric units of measurement. They are
Code, Section II - Materials             n/a               interactive, and all of the content is full-text searchable.
                                                 This 2001 book is a scientific and public health document first ordered
                                                 by Congress in 1978 to educate both the public and health professionals
                                                 in the recognition that many cancers are apparently induced by
                                                 chemicals in the home, workplace, general environment and from the
                                                 use of certain drugs. It is important to understand that this book
                                                 identifies potential cancer hazards. A listing in this book does not by
                                                 itself establish that a substance presents a cancer risk to an individual in
                                                 daily life. It is also important to note that this book does not address or
                                                 attempt to balance potential benefits of exposures to certain
                                                 carcinogenic substances in special situations. For example, numerous
                                                 drugs used to treat cancer have been shown to increase the occurrence
                                                 of secondary cancers. In these instances, the benefits of exposure to
                                                 the drugs for treatment or prevention of a specific disease have been
                                                 determined by the FDA to outweigh the additional cancer risks
9th Report on Carcinogens                  n/a   associated with their use.
                                                 Created by the Society of Plastics Engineers, ANTEC (an acronym for
                                                 "Annual Technical Conference") is the largest plastics technical
                                                 conference in the world. ANTEC 1996, which took place in Indianapolis,
                                                 Indiana, was the Society's 54th consecutive gathering of plastics experts
                                                 and professionals. Divisions: Extrusion, Injection Molding,
                                                 Thermoforming, Thermosets, Blow Molding, Mold Making and Mold
                                                 Design, Applied Rheology, Joining of Plastics and Composites.
ANTEC 1996 Plastics: Plastics - Racing           Complete Author Index for all three volumes is contained at the end of
into the Future, Volume 1: Processing      n/a   volume three.
                                                 All those who make up polymer research, development, processing, and
                                                 reclamation learned more about the industry as it entered the
                                                 millennium. There were numerous advanced technical sessions and
                                                 diverse interaction among the experts in the industry. Divisions:
                                                 Electrical and Electronic, Engineering Properties and Structure,
                                                 Thermoplastic Materials and Foams, Plastic Analysis, Advanced
ANTEC 1996 Plastics: Plastics - Racing           Polymer Composites, Alloys and Blends. Complete Author Index for all
into the Future, Volume 2: Materials       n/a   three volumes is contained at the end of volume three.

                                                 Throughout the history of ANTEC, attendees have praised the tenor and
                                                 scope of the presentations. As in the past, ANTEC 1996 continued to
                                                 focus on new technology in special forums. The objective was to provide
                                                 a broad overview of some of the more recent exciting scientific
                                                 developments in this fast-developing field. Divisions: Color and
                                                 Appearance, Automotive, Medical Plastics, Marketing and Management,
                                                 Polymer Modifiers and Additives, Plastics Recycling, Product Design
                                                 and Development, Failure Analysis and Prevention, Thermoplastic
                                                 Elastomers, Education and Training, Total Quality SID, Vinyl Plastics,
ANTEC 1996 Plastics: Plastics - Racing           Students Division. Complete Author Index for all three volumes is
into the Future, Volume 3: Special Areas   n/a   contained at the end of volume three.
                                                 Created by the Society of Plastics Engineers, ANTEC (an acronym for
                                                 "Annual Technical Conference") is the largest plastics technical
                                                 conference in the world. ANTEC 1997, which took place in Toronto,
                                                 Ontario, Canada, was the Society's 55th consecutive gathering of
                                                 plastics experts and professionals. Divisions: Extrusion, Injection
                                                 Molding, Thermoforming, Thermoset, Blow Molding, Mold Making and
ANTEC 1997 Plastics: Plastics Saving             Mold Design, Applied Rheology, Joining of Plastics and Composites.
Planet Earth, Volume 1: Processing               Complete Author Index for all three volumes is contained at the end of
                                           n/a   volume three.
                                                 All those who make up polymer research, development, processing, and
                                                 reclamation learned more about the industry as it entered the
                                                 millennium. There were numerous advanced technical sessions and
                                                 diverse interaction among the experts in the industry. Divisions:
                                                 Electrical and Electronic, Engineering Properties and Structure,
ANTEC 1997 Plastics: Plastics Saving             Thermoplastic Materials and Foams, Plastic Analysis, Advanced
Planet Earth, Volume 2: Materials                Polymer Composites, Alloys and Blends. Complete Author Index for all
                                           n/a   three volumes is contained at the end of volume three.
                                              Throughout the history of ANTEC, attendees have praised the tenor and
                                              scope of the presentations. As in the past, ANTEC 1997 continued to
                                              focus on new technology in special forums. The objective was to provide
                                              a broad overview of some of the more recent exciting scientific
                                              developments in this fast-developing field. Divisions: Color and
                                              Appearance, Automotive, Medical Plastics, Marketing and Management,
                                              Polymer Modifiers and Additives, Plastics Recycling, Product Design
                                              and Development, Failure Analysis and Prevention, Thermoplastic
ANTEC 1997 Plastics: Plastics Saving          Elastomers, Education and Training, Total Quality SID, Vinyl Plastics,
Planet Earth, Volume 3: Special Areas         Students Division. Complete Author Index for all three volumes is
                                        n/a   contained at the end of volume three.
                                              Created by the Society of Plastics Engineers, ANTEC (an acronym for
                                              "Annual Technical Conference") is the largest plastics technical
                                              conference in the world. ANTEC 1998, which took place in Atlanta,
                                              Georgia, was the Society's 56th consecutive gathering of plastics
                                              experts and professionals. Divisions: Extrusion, Injection Molding,
                                              Thermoforming, Thermoset, Blow Molding, Mold Making/Mold Design,
                                              Applied Rheology, Joining of Plastics and Composites, Rotational
ANTEC 1998 Plastics: Plastics on My           Molding. Complete Author Index for all three volumes is contained at the
Mind, Volume 1: Processing              n/a   end of volume three.
                                              All those who make up polymer research, development, processing, and
                                              reclamation learned more about the industry as it entered the
                                              millennium. There were many various advanced technical sessions and
                                              diverse interaction among the experts of the industry.Divisions:
                                              Electrical and Electronic, Engineering Properties and Structure,
                                              Thermoplastic Materials and Foams, Polymer Analysis Joint with
                                              Engineering and Properties and Structure, Composites, Alloys and
ANTEC 1998 Plastics: Plastics on My           Blends. Complete Author Index for all three volumes is contained at the
Mind, Volume 2: Materials               n/a   end of volume three.

                                              Throughout the history of ANTEC, attendees have praised the tenor and
                                              scope of the presentations. As in the past, ANTEC 1998 continued to
                                              focus on new technology in special forums. The objective was to provide
                                              a broad overview of some of the more recent exciting scientific
                                              developments in this fast-developing field.Divisions: Color and
                                              Appearance, Automotive, Medical Plastics, Marketing and Management,
                                              Polymer Modifiers and Additives, Plastics Recycling, Product Design
                                              and Development Failure, Analysis and Prevention, Thermoplastic
                                              Elastomers, Education and Training, Students Division, Poster
ANTEC 1998 Plastics: Plastics on My           Presentations, Fundamentals Forum. Complete Author Index for all
Mind, Volume 3: Special Areas           n/a   three volumes is contained at the end of volume three.
                                              ANTEC - the Annual Technical Conference of the Society of Plastics
                                              Engineers (SPE) - is the foremost annual presentation of new plastics
                                              technology. All important areas are covered: polymeric materials
                                              research and development, advances in processing, and new
                                              developments in applications. Divisions: Extrusion, Injection Molding,
                                              Thermoforming, Thermoset, Blow Molding, Mold Making/Mold Design,
                                              Applied Rheology, Joining of Plastics and Composites, Rotational
ANTEC 1999 Plastics: Bridging the             Molding. Complete Author Index for all three volumes is contained at the
Millennia, Volume 1: Processing         n/a   end of volume three.

                                              ANTEC - the Annual Technical Conference of the Society of Plastics
                                              Engineers (SPE) - is the foremost annual presentation of new plastics
                                              technology. All-important areas are covered: polymeric materials
                                              research and development, advances in processing, and new
                                              developments in applications. Divisions: Electrical and Electronic,
                                              Engineering Properties and Structure, Thermoplastic Materials and
                                              Foams, Polymer Analysis Joint with Engineering and Properties and
ANTEC 1999 Plastics: Bridging the             Structure, Composites, Alloys and Blends. Complete Author Index for all
Millennia, Volume 2: Materials          n/a   three volumes is contained at the end of volume three.
                                            Throughout the history of ANTEC, attendees have praised the tenor and
                                            scope of the presentations. As in the past, ANTEC 1999 continued to
                                            focus on new technology in special forums. The objective was to provide
                                            a broad overview of some of the more recent exciting scientific
                                            developments in this fast-developing field. Divisions: Color and
                                            Appearance, Automotive, Medical Plastics, Marketing and Management,
                                            Polymer Modifiers and Additives, Plastics Recycling, Product Design
                                            and Development Failure, Analysis and Prevention, Thermoplastic
                                            Elastomers, Education and Training, Students Division, Poster
ANTEC 1999 Plastics: Bridging the           Presentations, Fundamentals Forum. Complete Author Index for all
Millennia, Volume 3: Special Areas    n/a   three volumes is contained at the end of volume three.
                                            Created by the Society of Plastics Engineers, ANTEC (an acronym for
                                            "Annual Technical Conference") is the largest plastics technical
                                            conference in the world. ANTEC 2000, which took place in Orlando,
                                            Florida, was the Society's 58th consecutive gathering of plastics experts
                                            and professionals. Divisions: Extrusion, Injection Molding,
                                            Thermoforming, Thermoset, Blow Molding, Mold Making/Mold Design,
                                            Applied Rheology, Joining of Plastics and Composites, Rotational
ANTEC 2000 Plastics: The Magical            Molding. Complete Author Index for all three volumes is contained at the
Solution, Volume 1: Processing        n/a   end of volume three.
                                            All those who make up polymer research, development, processing, and
                                            reclamation learned more about the industry as it entered the
                                            millennium. There were many various advanced technical sessions and
                                            diverse interaction among the experts of the industry.Divisions:
                                            Electrical and Electronic, Engineering Properties and Structure,
                                            Thermoplastic Materials and Foams, Polymer Analysis Joint with
                                            Engineering and Properties and Structure, Composites, Alloys and
ANTEC 2000 Plastics: The Magical            Blends. Complete Author Index for all three volumes is contained at the
Solution, Volume 2: Materials         n/a   end of volume three.

                                            Throughout the history of ANTEC, attendees have praised the tenor and
                                            scope of the presentations. As in the past, ANTEC 2000 continued to
                                            focus on new technology in special forums. The objective was to provide
                                            a broad overview of some of the more recent exciting scientific
                                            developments in this fast-developing field.Divisions: Color and
                                            Appearance, Automotive, Medical Plastics, Marketing and Management,
                                            Polymer Modifiers and Additives, Plastics Recycling, Product Design
                                            and Development Failure, Analysis and Prevention, Thermoplastic
                                            Elastomers, Education and Training, Students Division, Poster
ANTEC 2000 Plastics: The Magical            Presentations, Fundamentals Forum. Complete Author Index for all
Solution, Volume 3: Special Areas     n/a   three volumes is contained at the end of volume three.
                                            Created by the Society of Plastics Engineers, ANTEC (an acronym for
                                            "Annual Technical Conference") is the largest plastics technical
                                            conference in the world. ANTEC 2001, which took place in Dallas,
                                            Texas, was the Society's 59th consecutive gathering of plastics experts
                                            and professionals. Divisions: Extrusion, Injection Molding,
                                            Thermoforming, Thermoset, Blow Molding, Mold Making/Mold Design,
                                            Applied Rheology, Joining of Plastics and Composites, Rotational
ANTEC 2001 Plastics: The Lone Star,         Molding. Complete Author Index for all three volumes is contained at the
Volume 1: Processing                  n/a   end of volume three.
                                            All those who make up polymer research, development, processing, and
                                            reclamation learned more about the industry as it entered the
                                            millennium. There were many various advanced technical sessions and
                                            diverse interaction among the experts of the industry. Divisions:
                                            Electrical and Electronic Division, Engineering Properties and Structure
                                            Division, Thermoplastic Materials and Foams Division, Polymer Analysis
                                            Division, Composites Division, Alloys and Blends Division. Complete
ANTEC 2001 Plastics: The Lone Star,         Author Index for all three volumes is contained at the end of volume
Volume 2: Materials                   n/a   three.
                                              Throughout the history of ANTEC, attendees have praised the tenor and
                                              scope of the presentations. As in the past, ANTEC 2001 continued to
                                              focus on new technology in special forums. The objective was to provide
                                              a broad overview of some of the more recent exciting scientific
                                              developments in this fast-developing field. Divisions: Color and
                                              Appearance, Automotive, Decorating and Assembly, Medical Plastics,
                                              Marketing and Management, Polymer Modifiers and Additives, Plastics
                                              Recycling, Product Design and Development, Failure Analysis and
                                              Prevention, Thermoplastic Elastomers, Education and Training, Vinyl
                                              Division, Process Monitoring and Control, Students, Poster Papers,
ANTEC 2001 Plastics: The Lone Star,           Fundamentals Forum, New Technology Forums. Complete Author Index
Volume 3: Special Areas                 n/a   for all three volumes is contained at the end of volume three.

                                              The Annual Technical Conference (ANTEC) of the Society of Plastics
                                              Engineers is the largest international technical gathering of individuals
                                              who represent industry, government, and academia within the field of
                                              plastics. Engineers, scientists, and business professionals attend
                                              ANTEC annually to share ideas, learn about the latest advances in
                                              technology, and network with their peers. Divisions: Extrusion, Injection
                                              Molding, Thermoforming, Thermoset, Blow Molding, Mold Making/Mold
                                              Design, Injection Molding, Applied Rheology, Joining of Plastics &
ANTEC 2002 Plastics: Annual Technical         Composites, Rotational Molding. Complete Author Index for all three
Conference, Volume 1: Processing        n/a   volumes is contained at the end of volume three.
                                              The Annual Technical Conference (ANTEC) of the Society of Plastics
                                              Engineers is the largest international technical gathering of individuals
                                              who represent industry, government, and academia within the field of
                                              plastics. Engineers, scientists, and business professionals attend
                                              ANTEC annually to share ideas, learn about the latest advances in
                                              technology, and network with their peers. Divisions: Electrical &
                                              Electronic, Engineering Properties and Structure, Thermoplastic
                                              Materials and Foams, Polymer Analysis, Applied Rheology, Polymer
                                              Analysis, Composites Division, Engineering Properties and Structure,
                                              Alloys and Blends, Extrusion Division, Flexible Packaging. Complete
ANTEC 2002 Plastics: Annual Technical         Author Index for all three volumes is contained at the end of volume
Conference, Volume 2: Materials         n/a   three.

                                              The Annual Technical Conference (ANTEC) of the Society of Plastics
                                              Engineers is the largest international technical gathering of individuals
                                              who represent industry, government, and academia within the field of
                                              plastics. Engineers, scientists, and business professionals attend
                                              ANTEC annually to share ideas, learn about the latest advances in
                                              technology, and network with their peers. Divisions: Color and
                                              Appearance, Automotive, Decorating and Assembly, Medical Plastics,
                                              Polymer Analysis, Marketing and Management, Polymer Modifiers and
                                              Additives, Plastics Environmental, Product Design and Development,
                                              Decorating and Assembly, Failure Analysis and Prevention,
                                              Thermoplastic Elastomers, Education and Training, Vinyl, Process
                                              Monitoring and Control, Extrusion, Students, Interactive Presentations,
ANTEC 2002 Plastics: Annual Technical         Fundamentals Forum, New Technology Forums. Complete Author Index
Conference, Volume 3: Special Areas     n/a   for all three volumes is contained at the end of volume three.

                                              ANTEC (Annual Technical Conference), sponsored by Society of
                                              Plastics Engineers, celebrated its 61st year of excellence in Nashville,
                                              May 4-8, 2003. As the largest peer-reviewed technical conference to
                                              serve the plastics industry, ANTEC is perfectly positioned to help the
                                              plastics specialist achieve new levels of professional and personal
                                              development. Features the latest developments in the plastics industry,
                                              including 100+ sessions, covering over 800 presentations by plastics
ANTEC 2003 Plastics: Annual Technical         experts. Volume 1 covers Processing. Complete Author Index for all
Conference, Volume 1: Processing        n/a   three volumes is contained at the end of volume three.
                                              ANTEC (Annual Technical Conference), sponsored by Society of
                                              Plastics Engineers, celebrated its 61st year of excellence in Nashville,
                                              May 4-8, 2003. As the largest peer-reviewed technical conference to
                                              serve the plastics industry, ANTEC is perfectly positioned to help the
                                              plastics specialist achieve new levels of professional and personal
                                              development. Features the latest developments in the plastics industry,
                                              including 100+ sessions, covering over 800 presentations by plastics
ANTEC 2003 Plastics: Annual Technical         experts. Volume 2 covers Materials. Complete Author Index for all three
Conference, Volume 2: Materials         n/a   volumes is contained at the end of volume three.

                                              ANTEC (Annual Technical Conference), sponsored by Society of
                                              Plastics Engineers, celebrated its 61st year of excellence in Nashville,
                                              May 4-8, 2003. As the largest peer-reviewed technical conference to
                                              serve the plastics industry, ANTEC is perfectly positioned to help the
                                              plastics specialist achieve new levels of professional and personal
                                              development. Features the latest developments in the plastics industry,
                                              including 100+ sessions, covering over 800 presentations by plastics
ANTEC 2003 Plastics: Annual Technical         experts. Volume 3 covers Special Areas. Complete Author Index for all
Conference, Volume 3: Special Areas     n/a   three volumes is contained at the end of volume three.
                                              ANTEC (Annual Technical Conference) is sponsored by the Society of
                                              Plastics Engineers, and is the leading technical forum for providing
                                              cutting-edge technological issues and information pertinent to the needs
                                              of the plastics industry. Held only once a year, over 800 multiple peer-
                                              reviewed technical papers were presented providing plastics
                                              professionals unique inside access to proprietary research and findings.
ANTEC 2004 Plastics: Annual Technical         Complete Author Index for all three volumes is contained at the end of
Conference, Volume 1: Processing        n/a   volume three.
                                              ANTEC (Annual Technical Conference) is sponsored by the Society of
                                              Plastics Engineers, and is the leading technical forum for providing
                                              cutting-edge technological issues and information pertinent to the needs
                                              of the plastics industry. Held only once a year, over 800 multiple peer-
                                              reviewed technical papers were presented providing plastics
                                              professionals unique inside access to proprietary research and findings.
ANTEC 2004 Plastics: Annual Technical         Complete Author Index for all three volumes is contained at the end of
Conference, Volume 2: Materials         n/a   volume three.
                                              ANTEC (Annual Technical Conference) is sponsored by the Society of
                                              Plastics Engineers, and is the leading technical forum for providing
                                              cutting-edge technological issues and information pertinent to the needs
                                              of the plastics industry. Held only once a year, over 800 multiple peer-
                                              reviewed technical papers were presented providing plastics
                                              professionals unique inside access to proprietary research and findings.
ANTEC 2004 Plastics: Annual Technical         Complete Author Index for all three volumes is contained at the end of
Conference, Volume 3: Special Areas     n/a   volume three.

                                              ANTEC (Annual Technical Conference), sponsored by Society of
                                              Plastics Engineers, celebrates its 63rd year of excellence in Boston. As
                                              the largest peer-reviewed technical conference to serve the plastics
ANTEC 2005 Plastics: Annual Technical         industry, ANTEC is perfectly positioned to help the plastics specialist
Conference, Volume 1: Processing        n/a   achieve new levels of professional and personal development.

                                              ANTEC (Annual Technical Conference), sponsored by Society of
                                              Plastics Engineers, celebrates its 63rd year of excellence in Boston. As
                                              the largest peer-reviewed technical conference to serve the plastics
ANTEC 2005 Plastics: Annual Technical         industry, ANTEC is perfectly positioned to help the plastics specialist
Conference, Volume 2: Materials         n/a   achieve new levels of professional and personal development.

                                              ANTEC (Annual Technical Conference), sponsored by Society of
                                              Plastics Engineers, celebrates its 63rd year of excellence in Boston. As
                                              the largest peer-reviewed technical conference to serve the plastics
ANTEC 2005 Plastics: Annual Technical         industry, ANTEC is perfectly positioned to help the plastics specialist
Conference, Volume 3: Special Areas     n/a   achieve new levels of professional and personal development.
                                                              This handbook provides standards and guidelines for getting the most
                                                              from some of the most exciting wood based materials available in
                                                              construction today. Let this book help you; Cut building costs and
                                                              improve building performance by using glued wood composites featuring
                                                              enhanced performance characteristics. Gain a better understanding and
                                                              discover new applications for plywood, oriented strand board (OSB),
                                                              prefabricated wood I-joists, laminated veneer lumber (LVL), glued
                                                              laminated timber (glulam), and other related glued wood products. Get
                                                              the latest design recommendations for shear walls and diaphragms, and
                                                              find up-to-date information on mechanical connections.
APA Engineered Wood Handbook              Williamson, T.G.

                                                              This monograph is devoted to the activation and various transformations
                                                              of saturated hydrocarbons (alkanes), i.e. reactions accompanied by the
                                                              C-H and C-C bond cleavage. Alkanes are the main constituents of oil
                                                              and natural gas, and consequently are the principal feedstocks for the
                                                              chemical industry. On the other hand, these substances are known to be
                                                              the least reactive organic compounds. Special attention is paid to the
                                                              recently found alkane activations in the presence of metal complexes,
                                                              which are described in more detail. In addition to the reactions of
                                                              saturated hydrocarbons which are the main topic of this book, the
                                                              activation of C-H bonds in arenes and even olefins and acetylenes are
                                                              considered. The monograph will be useful not only for those who are
Activation and Catalytic Reactions of     Shilov, Alexander   interested in the activation of alkanes and other hydrocarbons by metal
Saturated Hydrocarbons in the Presence    E.; Shul'pin,       complexes, but also for specialists in homogeneous and heterogeneous
of Metal Complexes                        Georgiy, B.         catalysis, petrochemistry, and organometallic chemistry.

                                                           Current applications for bonding and sealing are expensive and time-
                                                           consuming. This book presents a state-of-the-art method for improving
                                                           bonds and sealing strength between different materials underwater and
                                                           in the human body. This time- and cost-efficient technology will allow
                                         Veselovsky, R.A.; engineers to create or repair stronger seals in underwater pipes, repair
Adhesion of Polymers                     Kestelman, V.N.   ships at sea, even bond and seal tissues in the body.
                                                           The second edition of this widely accepted Industrial guide contains
                                                           descriptions of more than 2,500 adhesives, sealants, and coatings,
                                                           which are available to the electronics and related industries. The book,
                                                           greatly expanded from the previous edition, is the result of information
                                                           received from 80 manufacturers and distributors of these products. The
                                                           data, including product specifications, represent selections from the
                                                           manufacturers' descriptions made at no cost to, nor influence from, the
                                                           makers or distributors of these materials. Only the most recent
                                                           information has been included. It is believed that all of the products
Adhesives, Sealants and Coatings for the                   listed are currently available, which will be of interest to readers
Electronics Industry                     Flick, E.W.       concerned with product discontinuances.
                                                           This book, the first of two volumes, contains a series of independent
                                                           chapters, focusing on different aspects of ceramics processing. The aim
                                                           is to offer the views of leading experts as to the current state-of-the-art
Advanced Ceramic Processing and                            of a number of ceramics processing options and, most importantly, the
Technology                               Binner, J.G.P.    future directions which they see their fields taking.

                                                              This book bridges the gap between elementary dynamics and advanced
                                                              specialist applications in engineering. A uniform approach has been
                                          Harrison, H.R.;     adopted using standard terminology and notation in several subject
Advanced Engineering Dynamics             Nettleton, T.       areas, including road vehicle stability, aircraft stability and robotics.
                                                              This book contains nine chapters covering advanced processing
                                                              applications and technologies. It provides descriptions of industry
                                       Cheremisinoff,         developments for unique products and fabrication methods. Contributors
Advanced Polymer Processing Operations N.P.                   include professionals from industry and academia.
                                                        This book introduces the basic concepts which apply over the whole
                                                        range of new technologies covered by engineering thermodynamics. It
                                                        considers new approaches to cycles, enabling their irreversibility to be
                                                        taken into account; a detailed study of combustion to show how the
                                                        chemical energy in a fuel is converted into thermal energy and
                                                        emissions; an analysis of fuel cells to give an understanding of the direct
                                                        conversion of chemical energy to electrical power; a detailed study of
                                                        property relationships to enable more sophisticated analyses to be made
                                                        of both high and low temperature plant; and irreversible
                                      Winterbone,       thermodynamics, whose principles might hold a key to new ways of
Advanced Thermodynamics for Engineers Desmond E.        efficiently converting energy to power.
                                                        This Handbook offers information on the manufacturing, testing and
                                                        marketing of aerosol products. There is technical information dealing
                                                        with propellants, crimping, and testing as well as flammability and
                                                        toxicology with considerable discussion of safety considerations and
                                                        government regulations. This text will be of interest to anyone with
                                                        even a marginal interest in aerosol products, but invaluable to
                                      Johnsen, Montfort management and production personnel, aerosol marketers, custom
Aerosol Handbook (2nd Edition)        A.                fillers and suppliers.

                                                             In recent years, industry has become increasingly interested in modern
                                                             aerosol measurement methods, not only to protect the health of their
                                                             workers but also to augment productivity and thereby gain competitive
                                                             advantage. This book offers scientists and practitioners the fundamental
                                                             principles used in deciding which aerosol properties to measure and
                                                             how to interpret the results. Divided into three parts, the material reviews
                                                             the physical understanding of aerosols, covers specific instrumental
                                                             techniques, and explains applications in fields ranging from health care
Aerosol Measurement - Principles,                            to mining and upper-atmosphere research. Two new chapters have
Techniques, and Applications (2nd        Baron, Paul A.;     been added: one on historical aspects of aerosol measurements and the
Edition)                                 Willeke, Klaus      other on real-time single particle analysis.
                                                             This book details the results of accelerated heat ageing studies
                                                             undertaken on re-mixed samples of those materials studied for the
                                                             natural ageing study and on the 20 new compounds chosen to represent
                                                             polymers not available in 1958 and to reflect changes in compounding
                                                             practice. In addition to those properties studied for artificial weathering
                                                             exposures, compression set and dynamic properties were also
                                                             measured. The results of all these tests are again presented
                                                             graphically and tabulated, allowing the rate of deterioration of properties
                                         Brown, R.P.;        to be followed. As the number of graphs are too voluminous to be
Ageing of Rubber - Accelerated Heat      Butler, T.; Hawley, reproduced in total, those for hardness, tensile strength, elongation at
Ageing Test Results                      S.W.                break, and 100% modulus are given.
                                                             This report details the results of the artificial weathering and ozone
                                                             exposure tests and makes comparisons with the results after natural
                                                             ageing. The following properties were selected for monitoring the
                                                             artificial weathering exposures: Tensile strength; Elongation at break;
                                                             Stress at 100% elongation; Stress at 300% elongation, and
                                                             Microhardness. These properties correspond to properties monitored
                                                             in the natural ageing program. The results of all these tests are
                                                             presented graphically in this report, which allows the rate of property
                                         Brown, R.P.;        deterioration and the influence of the environment to be clearly seen.
Ageing of Rubber - Accelerated           Butler, T.; Hawley, Properties after the accelerated ageing are also tabulated, with
Weathering and Ozone Test Results        S.W.                calculations of percentage change.
                                                               Enormous increases in agricultural productivity can properly be
                                                               associated with the use of chemicals. This statement applies equally to
                                                               crop production through the use of fertilizers, herbicides and pesticides,
                                                               as to livestock production and the associated use of drugs, steroids, and
                                                               other growth accelerators. This 5th volume of Issues in Environmental
                                                               Science and Technology explores a variety of issues, which currently
                                                               are subject to wide-ranging debate and are of concern not only to the
Agricultural Chemicals and the              Hester R.E.;       scientific establishment and to students, but also to farmers,
Environment                                 Harrison, R.M.     landowners, manager, legislators, and to the general public.

                                                               This book is a comprehensively illustrated, self-contained and highly
                                                               readable account of the evolution of the air engine, of the many variants
                                                               of the basic principle, of the methods available for design, and of current
                                                               and future applications. This wide-ranging treatment spans the entire
                                                               subject from previously undisclosed technical details of Robert Stirling's
                                                               original invention of 1816 through to engines currently under
                                            Finkelstein,       development. The treatment of the regenerator is the most
                                            Theodor; Organ,    straightforward yet published, allowing wire diameter and mesh number
Air Engines                                 Allan, J.          for best operation to be read from tables and charts.

                                                               This book examines the types of chemicals found in the polymer
                                                               industry and the potential hazards. It goes on to explain the common
                                                               chemical reactions of concern to health and safety. Monitoring methods
                                                               are described in some detail together with their limitations. This is
Air Monitoring in the Rubber and Plastics                      essentially a practical book giving a background to the chemistry of the
Industries                                  Willoughby, B.G.   polymer industry and chemical monitoring methods.
                                                               This 10th volume in the Issues in Environmental Science and
                                                               Technology series provides a comprehensive review of air pollution and
                                                               health that complements the 9th volume covering air quality
                                                               management. Dealing with the common gaseous and particulate air
                                                               pollutants, including chemical carcinogens, this volume reviews the
                                            Hester, R.E.;      epidemiological and exposure chamber study research and considers
Air Pollution and Health                    Harrison, R.M.     mechanistic studies in the case of particulate matter.

                                                               This 8th volume of Issues in Environmental Science and Technology
                                                               provides comprehensive coverage of the air quality management issue.
                                                               There are chapters on improving air quality in the UK, the construction
                                                               of emissions inventories and the design and operation of air monitoring
                                                               networks. Validation of air pollution models is described, as is the use of
                                            Hester, R.E.;      "critical loads" to determine the maximum allowable inputs of pollutants
Air Quality Management                      Harrison, R.M.     to the terrestrial environment.
                                                               This book focuses on the history, main principles, functions, modes,
                                                               properties, and specific nature of modern airborne radar. It examines
                                                               radar's role within the system and shows its possibilities as well as its
                                                               limitations. A concluding section describes how radar may evolve in the
                                                               future given the changing operational requirements and the potential
                                                               opened up by modern technological developments. The authors review
                                                               the current state of the main types of airborne and spaceborne radar
                                                               systems, designed for specific missions as well as for the global
                                                               environment of their host aircraft or satellites. They include numerous
                                                               examples of the parameters of these radars.The authors review the
                                                               current state of the main types of airborne and spaceborne radar
                                                               systems, designed for specific missions as well as for the global
                                                               environment of their host aircraft or satellites. They include numerous
                                            Lacomme, P.;       examples of the parameters of these radars. The emphasis in the book
                                            Hardange, J-P.;    is not only on a particular radar technique, but equally on the main radar
Air and Spaceborne Radar Systems - An       Marchais, J-C.;    functions and missions. Even if a wide range of techniques are
Introduction                                Normant, E.        described in this book, the focus is on those which are connected to
                                                              This book describes alternative formulations and packaging techniques
                                                              for the reduction or elimination of chlorofluorocarbon (CFC) use as an
                                                              aerosol propellant. Use of CFCs in specific categories of aerosols
                                                              considered "nonessential" was banned by the U.S. in 1978. Recent
                                                              renewed interest in further reducing worldwide production and
                                                              consumption of CFCs, and other chemicals implicated in the depletion of
Alternative Formulations and Packaging to                     the earth's stratospheric ozone layer, is responsible for this study, which
Reduce Use of Chlorofluorocarbons         Nelson, T.P.;       covers currently exempted and excluded CFC aerosol applications and
(CFCs)                                    Wevill, S.L         their alternatives.

                                                              The Knovel Aluminum Database is a comprehensive summary of the
                                                              chemical, mechanical, and physical properties of both wrought and cast
                                                              aluminum alloys including a wide variety of types of cast aluminum
                                                              alloys. The values are "typical," as used in aluminum industry
                                                              publications, to represent the average or mean and not any statistically
                                                              calculated values intended for design.Among the properties included
                                                              are: Nominal Chemical Compositions and Composition Limits, Density
                                                              and Specific Gravity, Average Coefficient of Thermal Expansion, Melting
                                                              Range, Thermal and Electrical Conductivity, Electrical Resistivity,
                                                              Specific Heat, Poisson's Ratio, Coefficient of Friction, Ultimate Tensile
                                                              Strength, Tensile Yield Strength, Elongation, Brinell Hardness Number,
                                          Kaufman, J.         Ultimate Shear Strength, and Modulus of Elasticity. Some fatigue and
Aluminum Alloy Database                   Gilbert             toughness property indices are also included.

                                                           This book provides a central source of information of tried and tested
                                                           techniques on the analysis of rubber and rubber-like polymers with an
                                                           impartial assessment of their validity. Rubber products are ubiquitous
                                                           and impinge daily on all aspects of life. They range from health-related
                                                           and medical products through literally hundreds of components in every
                                                           motor vehicle to heavy engineering products such as earthquake-
                                                           resistant bearings which form the foundations of a growing number of
                                                           buildings. This unique book continues the tradition of the earlier editions
                                                           by providing a systemic analytical approach to answering virtually any
                                                           query about the composition of a rubber product, its safety for a specific
                                                           purpose or its reason for failing in service. It is essential reading for
Analysis of Rubber and Rubber-Like        Loadman, M. John anyone working in the area of rubber product manufacture or
Polymers (4th Edition)                    R.               commercial usage.

                                                              The accurate measurement of additives in food is essential in meeting
                                                              both regulatory requirements and the need of consumers for accurate
                                                              information about the products they eat. This book addresses this
                                                              important problem for 26 major additives. In each case, the authors
                                                              review current research to establish the best available methods and how
                                                              they should be used. The book covers a wide range of additives, from
                                          Wood, Roger;        azorubine and adipic acid to sunset yellow and saccharin. Each chapter
                                          Foster, Lucy;       reviews the range of current analytical methods, sets out their
                                          Damant, Andrew;     performance characteristics, procedures and parameters, and provides
Analytical Methods for Food Additives     Key, Pauline        recommendations on best practice and future research.

                                                              Antioxidants are an increasingly important ingredient in food processing.
                                                              Their traditional role involves, as their name suggests, inhibiting the
                                                              development of oxidative rancidity in fat-based foods, particularly meat
                                                              and dairy products, and fried foods. However, more recent research has
                                          Pokorny, J.;        suggested a new role in inhibiting cardiovascular disease and cancer.
Antioxidants in Food - Practical          Yanishlieva, N.;    This book provides a review of the functional role of antioxidants and
Applications                              Gordon, M.          discusses how they can be effectively exploited by the food industry.
                                                            This publication is intended to provide guidance to HAZOP (Hazard and
                                                            Operability) and What-If review teams associated with the petroleum,
                                                            petrochemical and chemical industries. It describes the nature,
                                                            responsibilities, methods and documentation required in the
                                                            performance of such reviews. This ensures the reviews are conducted in
                                                            a timely, effective and professional manner as may be prescribed by a
                                                            company's Process Safety Management (PSM) Policy. This book can
Application of HAZOP and What-If Safety                     be used as a practical reference to prepare the safety review
Reviews to the Petroleum, Petrochemical                     requirements for these industries and their process safety management
and Chemical Industries                 Nolan, D.P.         systems.
                                                            This book is written in a very readable style. It starts by describing the
                                                            history of the use of textiles in rubber composites and progresses
                                                            through the technology of yarn production to the details of fabric
                                                            construction. The five core fabric materials used in rubber reinforcement
                                                            are covered, i.e., cotton, rayon, polyester, nylon, and aramid. Adhesion
                                                            of fabrics to the rubber matrix is discussed and tests for measuring
                                                            adhesion are described. In the second half of the book, specific
                                                            applications of fabrics in rubber are described in detail: conveyor belting,
                                                            hose, power transmission belting, and coated fabrics in structural
                                                            applications. There are also short sections on applications such as
                                                            hovercraft skirts, air brake chamber diaphragms, and snowmobile
Application of Textiles in Rubber       Wootton, D.B.       tracks.
                                                            This book bridges the gap between classical analysis and modern
                                                            applications. Following the chapter on the model building stage, it
                                                            introduces traditional techniques for solving ordinary differential
                                                            equations, adding new material on approximate solution methods such
                                                            as perturbation techniques and elementary numerical solutions. Also
                                                            includes analytical methods to deal with important classes of finite-
Applied Mathematics and Modeling for    Rice, Richard G.;   difference equations. The last half discusses numerical solution
Chemical Engineers                      Do, Duong, D.       techniques and partial differential equations.
                                                            This book discusses the impact of recent superconducting materials
                                                            research, indicating research goals which appear realistic and, if
                                                            reached, would enable diverse commercial applications of the new
Applied Superconductivity               Wolsky, A.M.        materials.

                                                            This book illustrates practical approaches to recycling solutions, and will
                                                            provide needed guidance to public officials and other interested parties.
                                                            This book addresses both art and science aspects of recycling. Many
Approaches to Implementing Solid Waste Rogoff, M.J.;        communities are faced with difficult choices when it comes to expanding
Recycling Facilities                   Williams, J.F.       or maintaining current recycling efforts.

                                                            Over the past 20 years aqueous organometallic catalysis has found
                                                            applications in small- scale organic synthesis in the laboratory, as well
                                                            as in the industrial production of chemicals with a combined output close
                                                            to one million tons per year. Aqueous/organic two-phase reactions allow
                                                            easy product, catalyst separation and full catalyst recovery which mean
                                                            clear benefits not only in economic but also in environmental and green
                                                            chemistry contexts. Instead of putting together a series of expert reviews
                                                            of specialized fields, this book attempts to give a comprehensive yet
                                                            comprehensible description of the various catalytic transformations in
Aqueous Organometallic Catalysis        Joo, Ferenc         aqueous systems.
                                                            This is the first book to bring BGA, CSP, and Flip Chip together--
                                                            teaching design, application, and manufacturing how-tos. As pagers, cell
                                                            phones, and other portable electronics shrink while demand for features
                                                            and functions grows, the need for better, faster, smaller, cooler high-
                                                            density interconnects (HDI) becomes more critical. This book brings you
                                                            the details you need on this rapidly expanding field in microelectronics
Area Array Packaging Handbook           Gilleo, K.          packaging.
                                                                  The purpose of this manual is to familiarize industry and students with
                                                                  the technology of asphalt in its several forms namely asphalt cement,
                                                                  cutback asphalt, and asphalt emulsions. The laboratory work is
                                                                  designed to develop an understanding of asphalt properties,
                                                                  characteristics, testing procedures, and specifications. The procedures
                                                                  outlined are all derived from ASTM designations and practice as
                                                                  recommended by the Asphalt Institute. Where the particular ASTM
                                                                  method permits alternate procedures, the one more applicable to the
Asphalt Materials and Mix Design Manual Kett, Irving              available equipment and the teaching situation was chosen.
                                                                  Contaminated land and the methods and legal controls governing its
                                                                  reclamation for subsequent development and use are of great current
                                                                  interest and concern. This 16th volume of Issues in Environmental
                                                                  Science and Technology covers aspects of this subject, ranging from
                                                                  the origins and extent of contaminated land problems, including effects
Assessment and Reclamation of                 Hester, R.E.;       on human health, through investigative measures, to specific techniques
Contaminated Land                             Harrison, R.M.      of remediation.

                                                                This new, retitled, edition has been updated and expanded to include
                                                                more examples from work at UMIST (University of Manchester Institute
                                                                of Science and Technology). It contains over 500 new micrographs to
                                                                add to the 1,000 in the first edition and includes two new sections on
                                                                forensic and medical studies. Based on over 25 years of research at
                                                                UMIST, the book is concerned with how fibres fail under stress. Until
                                                                comparatively recently little was known about the way in which fibres
                                                                break. In this book about 20 different modes of fibre failure are
                                                                examined. Case studies have been selected both from the traditional
                                              Hearle, J.W.S.;   uses of textiles in clothing and in household products, such as sheets,
Atlas of Fibre Fracture and Damage to         Lomas, B.; Cooke, towels and carpets and also from the study of failure in textile structures
Textiles (2nd Edition)                        W.D.              used in industry and engineering, for example seat belts and ropes.
                                                                Instrumental, especially spectrometric, methods are widely used in
                                                                analytical laboratories for identification and quantitative determination of
                                                                complex organic systems, as Dieter Hummel has shown this in earlier
                                                                works for polymeric materials of all kinds. In this book, Hummel
                                                                describes the application of vibrational (FTIR, UV, Raman) and mass
                                                                spectrometries and of other instrumental techniques for identification
                                                                and structure elucidation of plastics additives, e.g., antioxidants,
                                                                stabilizers, plasticizers, pigments, rubber chemicals. The state of the art
                                                                is condensed in numerous tables and figures, which also allow the
                                                                interpretation of spectra. Especially remarkable is a collection of the
                                              Hummel, Dietrich FTIR spectra of 780 selected additives, together with structures and
Atlas of Plastics Additives                   O.                legends.

                                                                  The spectra in this book provide samples of these subtle spectral
                                                                  differences and permit comparisons to be made. This volume should
                                                                  prove useful to a large and varied group including the student who wants
                                                                  to know what a protein spectrum looks like, the researcher who would
                                                                  like to know about the "shift to the red" on removing nucleotide
Atlas of Protein Spectra in the Ultraviolet   Kirschenbaum,       contaminants from a protein, and the analyst seeking to learn where the
and Visible Regions                           Donald, M.          isosbestic point of a protein in acid and alkali solutions is located.

                                                                  This volume should prove useful to anyone interested in protein spectra.
                                                                  It contains approximately 1150 spectra of proteins obtained under a
                                                                  variety of conditions. Specific examples of possible uses include the
                                                                  following: a hematologist who wishes to see the spectral differences
                                                                  among different hemoglobins; a researcher with the spectrum of a
                                                                  protein he has recently isolated who desires to compare some of its odd
Atlas of Protein Spectra in the Ultraviolet   Kirschenbaum,       spectral features; and a student who desires to know what kind of
and Visible Regions, Volume 2                 Donald M.           spectra proteins are in different solvents.
                                                                The food industry currently faces an unprecedented level of scrutiny.
                                                                Consumers are not just concerned about the safety and quality of food
                                                                products but the way in which they are produced. At the same time the
                                                                industry has developed new ways of assuring appropriate standards for
                                                                its products and their methods of production by developing systems
Auditing in the Food Industry - From                            such as TQM and HACCP to identify and manage key steps in
Safety and Quality to Environmental and   Dillon, M.; Griffith, production. This book provides an authoritative guide to the range of
Other Audits                              C.                    standards and audits now being used.

                                                                 Written by Laurence Britton, who has over 20 years' experience in the
                                                                 fields of static ignition and process fire and explosion hazards research,
                                                                 this resource bridges the gap between recommended practice and the
                                                                 literature, this resource is particularly applicable to safety analyses and
                                                                 accident investigations. Contents include the nature of static electricity,
                                                                 characteristics and effective energies of different static resources,
                                                                 techniques for evaluating static electricity hazards, and general bonding,
Avoiding Static Ignition Hazards in       Britton, Laurence      grounding, and other techniques used to control static or prevent
Chemical Operations (Revised Edition)     G.                     ignition, gases and liquids, powders and hybrid mixtures.

                                                                 This book is designed to help the busy bakery professional find the
                                                                 information they need to solve a problem quickly. It also enables them to
                                                                 understand the causes of baking problems and implement solutions
                                                                 effectively. It is arranged in an easy to use question and answer format,
                                                                 with over 200 frequently asked questions divided into 12 chapters. Each
                                                                 question has a concise, practical, and authoritative answer designed to
                                          Cauvain, S.;           help maintain product quality and productivity. This book is an ideal
Baking Problems Solved                    Young, L.              problem-solving manual for all those involved in professional baking.
                                                                 This second edition continues to innovatively review the toughest
                                                                 concepts in biochemistry for maximum comprehension in a short period
                                                                 of time. Unlike conventional texts or review books that stress
                                                                 memorizing facts, this book stresses the mastering of fundamental
                                                                 concepts, so that the reader truly comprehends the material and feels
                                                                 comfortable applying it. Dr. Gilbert uses simple, jargon-free language
Basic Concepts in Biochemistry - A                               and award-winning teaching techniques including algorithms,
Student's Survival Guide (2nd Edition)    Gilbert, H.F.          mnemonics and clinical examples.
                                                                 This classic dictionary remains an essential reference book for all those
                                                                 who need to know about nutrition, dietetics, food sciences and food
                                                                 technology. The seventh edition provides succinct authoritative
                                                                 definitions of over 5000 terms in nutrition and food technology.
                                                                 Definitions range from abalone and abscisic acid to zymogens and
Benders' Dictionary of Nutrition and Food Bender, David A.;      zymotachygraph. In addition there is nutrient composition data for 287
Technology (7th Edition)                  Bender, Arnold E.      foods.
                                                                 This book provides a unique and up-to-date insight into the
                                                                 biopharmaceutical industry. Largely written by industrial authors, its
                                                                 scope is multidisciplinary. Several chapters give an overview of the
                                                                 production and medical applications of specific biopharmaceuticals.
                                                                 Other chapters detail additional relevant issues, including the
                                                                 stabilization of biopharmaceutical products, EU biopharmaceutical
                                                                 regulatory affairs and biopharmaceutical patent law. A series of four
                                                                 chapters reviews important validation issues as applied to
                                                                 biopharmaceutical manufacturing. Additional issues considered include
Biopharmaceuticals, an Industrial         Walsh, Gary;           biopharmaceutical information technology as well as viral and non-viral
Perspective                               Murphy, Brendan        gene therapy.
                                                                 This book contains much valuable information and scientific hints on a
                                          Chiellini, Emo; Gil,   modern approach aimed at designing processes and products with
                                          Helena; Braunegg,      minimal negative environmental impact. Topics include potato starch
                                          Gerhart; Burchert,     based resilient thermoplastic foams, biomedical applications,
                                          Johanna;               polyhydroxyalkanoates (PHA) production by activated sludge, fatty
                                          Gatenholm, Paul;       esterification of plant properties, a comparison of two test systems for
Biorelated Polymers - Sustainable         van der Zee,           measuring the fermentability of biodegradable materials, and the role of
Polymer Science and Technology            Maarten                life cycle assessment for biodegradable bags.
                                                              A self-study textbook for technicians seeking further education,
                                                              graduates extending their knowledge base, experienced workers facing
                                                              changes in jobs, managers unfamiliar with the new technology, and
                                                              people returning after a career break. Explores some ways
                                                              biotechnology can provide new routes for producing traditional organic
                                                              chemical products and enable new products to replace those with
                                                              environmental or other drawbacks. The aspects discussed include a
                                         Brian Currell, R.C.; biocatalyst in organic synthesis, the efficiency of growth and product
                                         Van Dam Mieras; formation, the production and diversification of antibiotics, and the
Biotechnological Innovations in Chemical Biotol Partners      industrial production of amino acids by fermentation and chemo-
Synthesis                                Staff                enzymatic methods.
                                                              This book examines the practices used or considered for biological
                                                              treatment of water/waste-water and hazardous wastes. The technologies
                                                              described involve conventional treatment processes, their variations, as
                                                              well as future technologies found in current research. The book is
                                                              intended for those seeking an overview to the biotechnological aspects
                                                              of pollution engineering, and covers the major topics in this field. The
Biotechnology for Waste and Wastewater Cheremisinoff,         book is divided into five major sections and references are provided for
Treatment                                N.P.                 those who wish to dig deeper.

                                                              This first manual in this sequence begins by reviewing the background
                                                              to the biscuit industry and, in particular, the essential health and safety
                                                              issues involved. The text then discusses the major categories of
Biscuit, Cookie and Cracker                                   ingredient, reviewing them by type, function, handling and storage. The
Manufacturing: Manual 1 - Ingredients     n/a                 manual concludes with a section of useful reading and additional study.

                                                              This second manual in the sequence covers the manufacture of biscuit
                                                              dough. After an initial discussion of health and safety issues, it reviews
                                                              types of biscuit dough before looking at the key elements involved in
                                                              mixing: types of mixer, the mixing process, metering ingredients and
                                                              handling the dough after mixing. The manual also addresses such
                                                              common problems as: dealing with dough consistency and quality
                                                              problems, and handling interruptions in the production sequence. The
Biscuit, Cookie and Cracker                                   manual concludes with guidance on the care, cleaning and maintenance
Manufacturing: Manual 2 - Biscuit Doughs Manley, D.           of equipment and a section of useful reading and additional study.

                                                              This third manual in the sequence discusses the processes and issues
                                                              involved in dough piece forming. After an initial discussion of health and
                                                              safety issues, the manual reviews each of the key processes: sheeting,
                                                              gauging and cutting; lamination; rotary moulding; extruding, wire cutting
                                                              and depositing. The manual also addresses such common problems as:
                                                              extraction of dough pieces from the moulding roll and other moulding
                                                              problems; and consistency of shape and texture in wire cutting, rout
Biscuit, Cookie and Cracker                                   pressing and co-extruding. The manual concludes with guidance on the
Manufacturing: Manual 3 - Biscuit Dough                       care, cleaning and maintenance of equipment and a section of useful
Piece Forming                             Manley, D.          reading and additional study.

                                                              This fourth manual in the sequence covers the baking and cooling of
                                                              biscuits. After an initial discussion of health and safety issues, the
                                                              manual reviews: types of oven and baking bands, principles of baking,
                                                              post baking processes, process control and biscuit cooling and handling.
                                                              Also addresses such common problems as: ensuring consistency of
Biscuit, Cookie and Cracker                                   weight, size and colour; and faults with different kinds of biscuits. The
Manufacturing: Manual 4 - Baking and                          manual concludes with guidance on the care, cleaning and maintenance
Cooling of Biscuits                       Manley, D.          of equipment and a section of useful reading and additional study.
                                                              This fifth manual in the sequence looks at secondary processing in
                                                              biscuit manufacturing. After an initial discussion of health and safety
                                                              issues, the manual reviews: chocolate and chocolate flavoured coatings;
                                                              cream sandwiching; icing of biscuits; and the application of jam, jellies,
                                                              marshmallow and caramel. Also addresses such common problems as:
                                                              difficulties at the enrober in the manufacture of chocolate enrobed
                                                              biscuits; and cream mixing and splitting of creamed sandwiches after
Biscuit, Cookie and Cracker                                   cooling or in storage. The manual concludes with guidance on the care,
Manufacturing: Manual 5 - Secondary                           cleaning and maintenance of equipment and a section of useful reading
Processing in Biscuit Manufacturing       Manley, D.          and additional study.

                                                              This sixth manual in the sequence covers packaging and storage
                                                              issues. After an initial discussion of health and safety issues, the manual
                                                              reviews the following areas: function and types of packaging; types of
                                                              wrapping machines; wrapping operations; post wrapping operations;
                                                              storage and warehouse handling. Also addresses such common
                                                              problems as: quality control after wrapping, and faults in stored biscuits
Biscuit, Cookie and Cracker                                   such as fat bloom and flavour migration. The manual concludes with
Manufacturing: Manual 6 - Biscuit                             guidance on the care, cleaning and maintenance of equipment and a
Packaging and Storage                     Manley, D.          section of useful reading and additional study.

                                                              Getting the basic formula correct is fundamental to product development
                                                              and quality. This new book provides a comprehensive selection of over
                                                              150 standard commercial biscuit recipes. It begins by investigating some
                                                              of the key variables in effective recipe development. It then presents a
                                                              series of recipes for hard-dough products, and extruded and deposited
                                                              dough products. Further chapters include recipes for sponge biscuits,
                                                              wafers, and secondary processing such as icing and chocolate coating.
                                                              The final chapter covers the important area of dietetic products. This
                                                              excellent book provides unparalleled access to best practice in the
                                                              industry as well as a wealth of ideas for product development. It is
Biscuit, Cracker and Cookie Recipes for                       designed for the biscuit product developer as an aid in the task of
the Food Industry                         Manley, D.          creating and perfecting a biscuit product.

                                                             Blends of natural rubber with specialty synthetic rubbers, such as nitrile
                                                             rubber and ethylene propylene rubbers, have, in the past, failed to
                                                             combine the best properties of polymers, resulting in a poor return in
                                                             terms of added value from the blending process. The idea of blending
                                                             synthetic rubbers with natural rubber is certainly not a new one, but it is
                                                             only now that this can be shown to be possible with consistently positive
                                                             results, but the use of novel techniques which this book describes,
                                                             giving valuable information on the technology required and the results
Blends of Natural Rubber - Novel                             which can be achieved. Blends of Natural Rubber are an invaluable
Techniques for Blending with Speciality   Tinker, Andrew J.; source of information for all those working in the area of rubber
Polymers                                  Jones, Kevin P.    technology and polymer blend technology.
                                                             A where-would-you-be-without-it handbook covering every single
                                                             important step in building design and construction, now updated to
                                                             include key changes in design and construction practices. Surveys
                                                             materials, structures, soil mechanics and foundations, building types,
                                                             hardware, insulation, acoustics, plumbing, and all the material that will
                                                             help architects, engineers, contractors, and others work better, faster,
                                                             and smarter. Includes new design specifications; the latest
                                                             developments in seismic and wind design criteria; new building systems
Building Design and Construction          Merritt, F.S.;     and material; updated building codes throughout; NFPA requirements;
Handbook (6th Edition)                    Ricketts, J.T.     and new wood material and codes.
                                                              Put a single-volume treasury of underground piping solutions at your
                                                              command! A one-of-a kind resource, this book identifies and explains
                                                              every factor you must know to work competently and confidently with the
                                                              subsurface infrastructure of distribution systems, including sewer lines,
                                                              drain lines, water mains, gas lines, telephone and electrical conduits,
                                                              culverts, oil lines, coal slurry lines, subway tunnels, and heat distribution
Buried Pipe Design (2nd Edition)          Moser, A.P.         lines.
                                                              This book introduces the reader to a wide range of carbon fiber
                                                              composites, including polymer-matrix, metal-matrix, carbon-matrix,
                                                              ceramic-matrix, and hybrid composites. The subject is examined in a
                                                              tutorial fashion, so that no prior knowledge of the field is required. In
                                                              contrast to other books on composites, this book emphasizes materials
                                                              rather than mechanics, as the prominence of composite materials has
                                                              resulted from their increased presence in applications other than
Carbon Fiber Composites                   Chung, D.D.L.       structure.

                                                              The purpose of this book is to present data and technology relating to
                                                              the materials and structures developed for the production of carbon-
                                                              carbon materials and composites. The text is composed of papers
                                                              written by noted authors in their areas of expertise relating to the
                                                              processes and production of these material systems and structures. The
                                                              subject matter is arranged to lead the reader step by step through the
                                                              materials processing, fabrication, structural analysis, and applications of
                                                              typical carbon-carbon products. The information presented in the text is
                                                              limited to data that can or has been published in the open literature
                                                              including: fiber technology, matrix-material, design of composite
                                                              structures, manufacturing techniques, engineering mechanics,
                                       Buckley, J.D.;         protective coatings, and structural applications using carbon-carbon
Carbon-Carbon Materials and Composites Edie, D.D.             materials and structures.
                                                              Comprehensive and completely up to date, this new sixth edition
                                                              remains your best source for the latest breakthroughs in this fast-
                                                              changing field. This new edition of the gold standard in the field is more
                                                              valuable than ever with detailed coverage of the advances in molecular
                                                              biology and pharmacogenetics; Expanded coverage of risk assessment;
Casarett & Doull's Toxicology - The Basic Klaassen, Curtis    Coverage of online references in addition to traditional print journal and
Science of Poisons (6th Edition)          D.                  review articles.
                                                              This is the key publication for professionals and students in the
                                                              metallurgy and foundry field. Fully revised and expanded, this Second
                                                              Edition covers the latest developments in the understanding of the role
                                                              of the liquid metal in controlling the properties of cast materials and all
                                                              metallic materials that have started in the cast form. Practicing foundry
                                                              engineers, designers, and students will find the revealing insights into
Castings                                                      the behavior of castings essential in developing their understanding and
                                          Campbell, John      practice.

                                                              Since the realization that the ozone layer protecting the earth is suffering
                                                              massive depletion, atmospheric science has been increasingly in the
                                                              spotlight. It is recognized that we need to increase our knowledge and
                                                              understanding of the likely impact that increases in UV-B radiation will
                                                              have on life on earth. Charting research that encompasses the changing
                                                              distribution of atmospheric ozone, changes in UV-B radiation and the
                                                              consequent effects on photochemistry and biological systems in the
                                                              aquatic and terrestrial environments, this 14th volume of Issues in
Causes and Environmental Implications of Hester, R.E.;        Environmental Science and Technology draws together experts from the
Increased UV-B Radiation                 Harrison, R.M.       international community.

                                                           This book covers all aspects of processing; from ore to sintered part,
                                                           microstructure, and properties of cemented tungsten carbides in
                                                           applications, quality control, reclamation, and toxicity. It is aimed for a
                                                           wide spectrum of readers including students, industry personnel, and
Cemented Tungsten Carbides -              Upadhyaya, Gopal researchers. With 160 figures and 47 tables, it amply demonstrates the
Production, Properties, and Testing       S.               ever-increasing significance of tungsten carbide hard materials.
                                                       Interest in ceramics as a high speed cutting tool material is based
                                                       primarily on favorable material properties. As a class of materials,
                                                       ceramics possess high melting points, excellent hardness and good
                                                       wear resistance. Unlike most metals, hardness levels in ceramics
                                                       generally remain high at elevated temperatures which means that
                                                       cutting tip integrity is relatively unaffected at high cutting speeds.
Ceramic Cutting Tools               Whitney, E.D.      Ceramics are also chemically inert against most workmetals.

                                                       This book is a comprehensive overview of important areas in ceramic
                                                       thin films and coatings. Twenty-one widely respected researchers
                                                       survey the range of applications of ceramic films and coatings and the
                                                       techniques used to prepare and characterize them. The book is directed
                                                       toward potential users of the technology and will also provide a broad
                                                       update for experts in the field.Ceramic films and coatings are active
                                                       fields of research and widely used areas of technology. The relatively
                                                       high hardness and inertness of ceramic materials make ceramic
                                                       coatings of interest for protection of substrate materials against
                                                       corrosion, oxidation and wear resistance. The electronic and optical
                                    Wachtman, J.B.;    properties of ceramics make these films and coating important to many
Ceramic Films and Coatings          Haber, R.A.        electronic and optical devices.

                                                       Perfect for the new technician or engineer entering the ceramics industry
                                                       as well as for the “old hand” who needs an update on
                                                       some aspect of ceramics processing, this resource provides practical
                                                       laboratory-oriented answers to such typical processing problems as
                                                       particle segregation, agglomeration, contamination, pressure gradients,
Ceramic Technology and Processing   King, A.G.         adherence to tooling, and temperature gradients during drying and firing.
                                                       More than 50% of the world's food comes from the three cereals: wheat,
                                                       maize and rice. In order to continue to feed a growing world population
                                                       the food industry must understand the potential benefits that cereal
                                                       biotechnology can offer. This new collection provides a bridge between
                                                       academic theory on the potential of this technology and the industrial
                                                       aspects of current practice. The individual chapters provide
                                                       comprehensive coverage of product development, specific applications,
                                    Morris, P.C.;      current regulation and the all-important question of consumer
Cereal Biotechnology                Bryce, J.H.        acceptability.

                                                       This book is a major new review of cereal products from bread making,
                                                       pasta, and rice production to breakfast cereals and starch products. It
                                                       opens with an introduction to production methods and grain quality and
                                                       then focuses on specific product groups in which the contributors
                                                       examine current technologies and new developments as well as the
                                                       factors that determine product quality. This will be essential reading for
Cereals Processing Technology       Owens, G.          raw material producers and primary and secondary cereal processors.

                                                       This book provides an overview the potential of cereals as industrial raw
                                                       materials for food, feed, and non-food applications. The 34 papers also
                                                       consider specific topics in cereal components, exploring novel uses for
                                                       starch, protein, bran, and straw, the whole crop utilization concept which
                                                       exploits every part of the crop in integrated, economically optimized
                                    Campbell, Grant    systems while decreasing the environmental impact of process wastes,
                                    M.; Webb, Colin;   and also new developments in food uses such as unique processes for
                                    McKee, Stephen     flour milling, flour usage in crackers and bread, and malting and
Cereals: Novel Uses and Processes   L.                 sorghum processing.
                                                            This book reviews techniques by which silicon processing engineers
                                                            working with semiconductors can meet the demands for improved
                                                            material quality and performance made necessary by increasingly
                                                            stringent requirements, such as decreasing barrier film thicknesses.
                                                            Among the techniques described are monitoring the effectiveness of
                                                            surface cleaning processes; determining the amount of silicon
                                                            consumption during barrier film and silicide growth; and silicon selective
Characterization in Silicon Processing   Strausser, Yale    epitaxial growth.

                                                            Characterization of semiconductor materials and methods used to
                                                            characterize them will be described extensively in this new Noyes series.
                                                            Written by experts in each subject area, the series will present the most
                                                            up-to-date information available in this rapidly advancing field. Includes
Characterization of Semiconductor                           chapters on Electrical Characterization, Ion Mass Spectrometry,
Materials - Principles and Methods       McGuire, G.E.      Photoelectron Spectroscopy, Ion/Solid Interactions and more.

                                                            Chemical Process Equipment is a guide to the selection and design of a
                                                            wide range of chemical process equipment. Emphasis is placed on
                                                            specific information concerning the process design and performance of
                                                            equipment. To this end, attention is given to examples of successful
                                                            applications, and a generous number of line sketches showing the
                                                            functioning of equipment is included with many graphs and tables giving
                                                            their actual performance. For coherence, brief reviews of pertinent
Chemical Process Equipment - Selection                      theory, including numerical examples to illustrate the more involved
and Design                               Walas, S.M.        procedures, are provided in key chapters.
                                                            Accurate information on how chemicals behave at different
                                                            temperatures and under different conditions is often hard-to-find or
                                                            difficult to calculate. This unique Handbook provides scientific,
                                                            engineering, and environmental professionals and students with this
                                                            necessary information, in an all-in-one, easy access format. This long-
                                                            needed handbook covers both organic (C1 to C28 compounds) and
                                                            inorganic (Ag to Zn compounds) substances, and provides both
                                                            experimental values based on methods developed by the author and
                                                            other noted experts. It can save countless hours of searching for the
Chemical Properties Handbook             Yaws, C.L.         right source or performing complicated calculations.

                                                          This book provides tools, information, and hands-on expertise to make
                                                          important engineering tasks and decisions easier. Provides up-to-date
                                                          information to help chemical and process engineers save time, money,
                                                          and materials. Provides decision-aiding coverage of every aspect of
                                                          selection, design factors and parameters, optimization, and scale up.
                                                          This handbook is also a convenient source of explained formulas,
                                                          principles, and data. Contains numerous detailed examples, and the
Chemical Reactor Design, Optimization,                    latest information on reactor design for biochemicals and polymers, as
and Scaleup                              Nauman, E. Bruce well as other newer and standard substances.
                                                              This newly updated handbook is an exhaustive reference source
                                                              detailing the effects of exposing polymeric materials to a unique
                                                              combination of exposure medium and conditions. Over 1080 materials
                                                              grades representing 213 material types, consisting of neat and
                                                              reinforced and/or filled thermoplastics, thermoset resins, rubbers, and
                                                              thermoplastic elastomers are included. Data are given for resistance to
                                                              over 4500 exposure media, including over 2800 chemical substances
                                                              (from water to acetone to sulfuric acid) and conditions, including those
                                                              that exist during weathering, sterilization, aging, and environmental
                                                              stress cracking.The updated database has increased in size by over
                                                              30% to include 138,200 unique records organized in four different ways;
                                                              alphabetically by material, alphabetically by exposure medium, classified
                                                              by material and classified by exposure medium. A set of the test results
                                                              represents chemical resistance of the material to a specific exposure
                                                              medium and would typically include several numeric values and some
                                                              textual notes. The numeric values given are PDL Chemical Resistance
Chemical Resistance of Plastics and       Plastics Design     Rating and percent change or retention of material properties affected
Elastomers (3rd Edition)                  Library Staff       by the exposure. The text supports the numeric values by providing

                                                          A comprehensive reference source for identifying product lines in the
                                                          international chemical marketplace, for professionals involved in the
                                                          purchasing of tradename products. It provides brief, accurate
                                                          descriptions of the product lines, including the chemical classification,
                                                          function, and/or application. Proprietary chemicals are identified by
                                                          function alone. An included directory provides the contact information
                                       Ash, Michael; Ash, needed to obtain technical and material handling data sheets on
Chemical Tradename Dictionary          Irene              individual products directly from the manufacturers.
                                                          This book examines each of the major chemical processes, such as
                                                          reactions, separations, mixing, heating, cooling, pressure change, and
                                                          particle size reduction and enlargement, providing you with an
                                                          understanding of the essential qualitative analysis of each. Emphasizes
                                                          chemical conversions; chemical reactions applied to industrial
                                                          processing. Provides easy-to-understand descriptions to explain reactor
                                                          type and design. Describes the latest process developments and
Chemical and Process Design Handbook Speight, James G. possible future improvements or changes.
                                                          Enormous changes have taken place in the chemistry and technology of
                                                          agrochemicals over the last twenty years or so and this book provides a
                                                          timely review of the most important area of technology in the
                                                          development of new products. This book covers issues around
                                                          international product quality and safety standards and describes the
                                                          current and likely future trends which will carry the industry forward into
                                                          the next millennium. It brings together well known international experts
                                                          with many years of practical experience from agrochemical companies,
                                                          consultancies, academic institutions and regulatory bodies. The book
                                                          will be of interest to those working in research and development
Chemistry and Technology of                               departments of raw material suppliers, as a concise review of this
Agrochemical Formulations              Knowles, D.A.      important field.
                                                          The purpose of this book is to familiarise the reader with the range of
                                                          thermosetting polymeric materials available for construction
                                                          applications, and to provide sound information on the properties and
                                                          applications of these important materials. Professional engineers
                                                          involved in the specification, application and testing of these materials
                                                          will find this book a compact, authoritative and comprehensive source of
                                                          information on these materials. Chemists and technologists involved in
Chemistry and Technology of                               developing new or improved formulations will find in this book much to
Thermosetting Polymers in Construction                    inform their work, particularly in the important area of applicational
Applications                           Irfan, M.H.        properties.
                                                               With the oceans covering more than 70% of the earth's surface it is not
                                                               surprising that oceanic/atmospheric interactions exert a major influence
                                                               on the global climate. There is great variety within the expanses of the
                                                               ocean, including large temperature differences, which has led to
                                                               biodiversity within the marine environment. This 13th volume of Issues
                                                               in Environmental Science and Technology offers a multidisciplinary
                                                               review of this important topic, including the opportunities and challenges
                                           Hester, R.E.;       in developing new pharmaceuticals from the sea and an examination of
Chemistry in the Marine Environment        Harrison, R.M.      contamination and pollution issues.

                                                               This book is a single volume treatment of the descriptive inorganic and
                                                               coordination chemistry of silver, gold and the six platinum metals,
                                                               together with the organometallic chemistry of bonded compounds in
                                                               normal oxidation states. It provides information on 'essential' binary
                                                               compounds and complexes of these elements, such as oxides, halides,
                                                               aqua complexes, amines and tertiary phosphine complexes, highlighting
                                                               key areas of study. The reference list, containing over 1600 entries, is
                                                               intended to give key references (particularly to structures), both to the
                                                               recent literature and to relevant older work. A concentrated source of
                                                               information for chemists at graduate and research level, this volume is
Chemistry of Precious Metals               Cotton, Simon A.    also suitable as a teaching resource for advanced undergraduates.

                                                            This thorough review of the chemistry of high Tc superconductors
                                                            provides extensive coverage of the structural and synthetic solid-state
                                                            chemistry of oxide superconductors as well as substantial reference
                                                            material on characterization methods. Written by 27 authorities in the
Chemistry of Superconductor Materials                       field, the book fulfills a need for a condensed, single-source reference. It
Preparation, Chemistry, Characterization                    will be indispensable for researchers and for those unfamiliar with
and Theory                                 Vanderah, T.A.   structural and synthetic solid-state chemistry of superconductors.
                                                            When this innovative textbook first appeared in 1984 it rapidly became a
                                                            great success throughout the world and has already been translated into
                                                            several European and Asian languages. Now the authors have
                                                            completely revised and updated the text, including more than 2000 new
                                                            literature references to work published since the first edition. No page
                                                            has been left unaltered but the novel features, which proved so
                                                            attractive, have been retained. The book presents a balanced, coherent
                                                            and comprehensive account of the chemistry of the elements for both
                                                            undergraduate and postgraduate students. This crucial central area of
                                           Greenwood, N.N.; chemistry is full of ingenious experiments, intriguing compounds and
Chemistry of the Elements (2nd Edition)    Earnshaw, A.     exciting new discoveries.

                                                               The first edition of this book rapidly established itself as the standard
                                                               work on the key quality issues in one of the most dynamic sectors in the
                                                               food industry, the second edition has been substantially revised and
                                                               updated. Chilled foods examines all aspects of this industry including:
                                           Stringer, M.;       the market, applicable legislation, variety selection, refrigeration,
Chilled Foods (2nd Edition)                Dennis, C.          temperature control, quality and safety, microbiology and shelf-life.

                                                               This 6th volume of Issues in Environmental Science and Technology
                                                               addresses the sources, environmental cycles, uptake, consequences
                                                               and control of many of the more important chlorinated organic
                                                               micropollutants, including PCBs, PCDDs and PCDFs. These, and
                                                               various chlorinated pesticides have triggered widespread concern due to
                                           Hester, R.E.;       their environmental persistence and high toxicity, and their potential for
Chlorinated Organic Micropollutants        Harrison, R.M.      adverse effects on humans and wildlife.
                                                               This fourth edition has been completely rewritten and updated. It
                                                               provides a concise and comprehensive survey of the fundamentals,
                                                               theory and current practice in the many branches of civil engineering,
Civil Engineer's Reference Book (4th                           giving state-of-the-art information and practical guidance for both
Edition)                                   Blake, Leslie S.    student and practicing civil engineers.
                                                               The purpose of this book is to provide an in-depth understanding of the
                                                               factors that influence the classification of a hazardous location. One
                                                               factor, in combination with one or more other factors, will have an impact
                                                               on the level of danger and its hazardous boundaries. These factors and
Classifying Explosion-Prone Areas for the                      their influences will be explained in detail in this publication, and once
Petroleum, Chemical and Related                                their impact is understood, the classification of a hazardous location
Industries                                Korver, W.O.E.       becomes a straightforward procedure.
                                                               This manual presents information on all commonly prescribed
                                                               therapeutic agents, making it easy for physicians to administer these
                                                               agents safely and appropriately. Drug entries are organized
                                                               alphabetically by generic name and cross-referenced by trade name.
                                                               Includes key warnings, dosage adjustments, approved indications,
                                          Ehrenpreis,          guidelines for pregnancy and lactation, and more. Highlights all clinically
Clinician's Handbook of Prescription      Seymour;             important aspects of drug prescribing as well as tips needed to heal and
Drugs                                     Ehrenpreis, Eli D.   protect patients.

                                                               Coating and laminating processes are widely used to improve and
                                                               modify the physical properties and appearance of fabric. They have also
                                                               facilitated the development of entirely new products and have led to
                                                               innovations in the area of "smart" materials. Coating and lamination cuts
                                                               across virtually every product group in the textile industry, including
                                                               composites, where the potential is especially broad. This book bridges
                                                               the gap between the two disciplines, textile technology and polymer
                                                               chemistry, which drive successful development of coated and laminated
Coated and Laminated Textiles             Fung, Walter         textile products. It also discusses fabric impregnation and foam finishing.
                                                               This book explains the chemistry and properties of the main types of
                                                               polymer coatings used in the electronics industry. It outlines the best
                                                               processes for masking, cleaning, and surface preparation, as well as for
                                                               application and curing of coatings. And, it outlines government
                                                               regulations and formulation changes to meet VOC and toxicity
Coating Materials for Electronic                               requirements. It's the first book in a series specifically addressing the
Applications - Polymers, Processes,                            major assembly materials and processes critical to the performance and
Reliability, Testing                      Licari, J.J.         reliability of microcircuit modules.

                                                               Facilities which utilize hazardous liquids and gases represent a
                                                               significant potential liability to the owner, operator, and general public in
                                                               terms of personnel safety and preservation of assets. It is obvious that a
                                                               catastrophic incident or loss of property or personnel is to be avoided at
Code Compliance for Advanced                                   all costs. This book was conceived to give the reader a guide to
Technology Facilities - A Comprehensive                        understanding the requirements of the various codes and regulations
Guide for Semiconductor and Other                              that apply to the design, construction and operation of facilities utilizing
Hazardous Occupancies                     Acorn, W.R.          hazardous materials in their processes.
                                                               Hailed by professionals around the world as the definitive text on the
                                                               subject, this book is an indispensable resource for all who design for
                                                               and work with cold-formed steel. No other book provides such
                                                               exhaustive coverage of both the theory and practice of cold-formed steel
                                                               construction. Updated and expanded to reflect all the important
                                                               developments that have occurred in the field over the past decade, this
                                                               Third Edition of the classic text provides you with more of the detailed,
                                                               up-to-the-minute technical information and expert guidance you need to
                                                               make optimum use of this incredibly versatile material for building
Cold-Formed Steel Design (3rd Edition)    Yu, Wei-Wen          construction.
                                                            Up to date developments in plastics coloring are the focus of this book.
                                                            Pigments and dyes are covered in the first section with information on
                                                            their chemistry, use, food contact approval and durability. The second
                                                            section focuses on effective pigment incorporation and discusses
                                                            factors which influence it, as well as dispersing aids, dispersion
                                                            methods, and ways to improve processability and increase efficiency. In
                                                            the section on the testing of colored products, methods to decrease
                                                            variability, establish specifications, and select and design cost effective
                                                            formulations are reviewed. New testing techniques such as FTIR and
                                                            NIR are presented. In the next section the effect of colorants on
                                                            properties of materials is analyzed with chapters covering their
                                                            nucleating effect and polymer crystallization in their presence.
                                                            Discussions of extrusion, injection molding, coating, and welding in
                                                            relation to colorants are included throughout as are chapters on health
Coloring Technology for Plastics        Harris, R.M.        and safety and special effects.

                                                            Colour is one of the most important cues used by consumers to assess
                                                            the quality of a food product. It may be defined as the individual's
                                                            response to the visual signals generated by the light on a product. Part 1
                                                            looks at colour perception and measurement. Chapter 2 discusses the
                                                            concept of the total appearance of food, of which colour is one
                                                            component, and relates this to sensory assessment techniques. The
                                                            following chapters consider the principles of instrumental colour
                                                            measurement, models of colour appearance, colour measurement by
                                                            colour reflectance, and sorting by colour. Part 2 begins with a review of
                                                            the chemistry of food colorants. This provides a context for the following
                                                            chapters which focus on the factors determining colour stability in
Colour in Food - Improving Quality      MacDougall, D.B.    vegetables, fruits and meat.
                                                            This book provides an in depth and unparalleled presentation of the
                                                            compositions of virtually all polymer blends. Part 1 provides a short
                                                            history of polymer science and technology. Part 2 summarizes the
                                                            reasons for, and the scientific principles of, blending and presents the
                                                            current state of knowledge in the fields of interfacial properties,
                                                            compatibilization, morphology, flow behavior and performance. The
                                                            chronological evolution of blend technology is presented in Parts 3
                                                            (commodity resin blends) and 4 (engineering and specialty resin
                                                            blends). The text has practical value in aiding the development of new
Commercial Polymer Blends               Utracki, L.A.       blends for specific applications.

                                                            This dictionary provides a convenient personal reference source,
                                                            intended to complement more encyclopedic works. There is an
                                                            alphabetic, fully cross-indexed listing of pharmacologically active agents
                                                            and their properties, containing details of some 4000 individual chemical
                                                            agents including medical drugs in current use, experimental agents and
                                                            toxins used as investigation tools. Over 10,000 alternative names are
                                                            indexed, including chemical names, abbreviated chemical names,
                                                            official pharmacological names, proprietary names and research code
                                                            numbers. A key feature is that the properties of the agents are
                                                            categorized, according to mechanism and use, into 300 classes for each
Concise Dictionary of Pharmacological   Morton, Ian K.M.;   of which there are descriptive articles for which key literature and review
Agents - Properties and Synonyms        Hall, Judith M.     references are provided.
                                                            After over a century of worldwide production of all kinds of products, the
                                                            plastics industry is now the fourth largest industry in the United States.
                                                            This brief, concise, and practical book is a cutting edge compendium of
                                                            the plastics industry's information and terminology - ranging from design,
                                                            materials, and processes, to testing, quality control, regulations, legal
                                                            matters, and profitability. New and useful developments in plastic
                                                            materials and processing continually are on the horizon, and the
                                         Rosato, Donald V.; examples of these developments that are discussed in the book provide
                                         Rosato, M.G.;      guides to past and future trends. This practical and comprehensive book
                                         Rosato, Dominick reviews the plastics industry virtually from A to Z through its more than
Concise Encyclopedia of Plastics         V.                 25,000 entries.
                                                            Since the publication of the first edition 10 years ago, significant
                                                            developments have occurred in the use of admixtures in concrete. Eight
                                                            new chapters and a full update of the preceding 10 chapters bring this
                                                            book up to date; reflecting the relative advances made in the science
                                                            and technology of different groups of admixtures. The increased role
                                                            and development of admixtures in concrete technology is evidenced by
                                                            a number of conferences, publications, and novel admixtures available
                                                            in the market place. These developments in the field caused the
                                                            modification of many chapters in the First Edition in order to reflect the
                                                            advances. Although individual chapters refer to standards and
                                                            specifications of admixtures, those only interested in the standards or
                                                            techniques used in investigating admixtures will find the second chapter
                                                            (Research Technologies, Standards, and Specifications) useful.
                                                            Admixtures are not as inert as may be presumed. They may chemically
Concrete Admixtures Handbook -                              interact with the constituents of concrete and affect the properties of the
Properties, Science, and Technology (2nd Ramachandran,      fresh and hardened concrete and its durability. The third chapter deals
Edition)                                 V.S.               with these aspects. It was important to devote a chapter to recent

                                                              This book presents an in-depth approach to concrete ingredients and
                                                              their relationships to concrete by discussing their properties, pertinent
                                                              test methods, specifications, proper use and selection, and solutions to
                                                              problems in practice. The approach is practice oriented, and the book
                                                              assists in the improved application of concrete through a thorough
                                                              understanding of its ingredients. This is aided by the discussion of
Concrete Materials - Properties,                              certain fundamental aspects and relationships in quantitative forms, and
Specifications and Testing (2nd Edition)   Popovics, S.       by also presenting the interpretation of research and experience.

                                                              The primary focus of this book is the use of the petrological polarizing
                                                              microscope for the study of concrete and related materials. Petrographic
                                                              methods used for many years in geology are also valuable in the study
                                                              of concrete. This book assumes a working knowledge of the
                                                              petrographic techniques. Chapter two includes a brief description of
                                                              petrographic examination techniques and chapter three discusses
                                                              sample preparation. The main body of the work provides a detailed
Concrete Petrography - A Handbook of       St. John, D.A.;    discussion of the use of petrographic microscopy to study the
Investigative Techniques                   Poole, A.B.; Sims, composition, appearance, and texture of concrete and related materials.
                                           I.                 The detailed index makes locating specific information relatively easy.

                                                              Materials and methods for electromagnetic interference (EMI),
                                                              electrostatic discharge (ESD) and other electronics applications are
                                                              covered in this book. Sections on material design, methods of
                                                              manufacture and successful use of plastics containing conductive fillers,
                                                              intrinsically conductive polymers and polymers utilizing new blending
                                                              technology are included and these technologies are compared to other
Conductive Polymers and Plastics in                           methods such as metal plating.Chapters cover the effect of processing
Industrial Applications                    Rupprecht, L.      parameters and formulation on material performance.
                                                            A one-stop resource for residential or commercial construction projects,
                                                            this book gives you instant access to hundreds of tables, specifications,
                                                            charts, diagrams, and illustrations covering materials and components
                                                            most frequently used on a typical job. In easy-to-understand language,
                                                            construction pro Sidney M. Levy covers: Interior metal stud
                                                            specifications, design data, typical details, drywall installation, fire and
                                                            sound ratings, structural steel, cast-in-place concrete and masonry
                                                            structural systems, with details, specifications, and illustrations of
Construction Building Envelope and                          component parts. Finishes including plastic laminates, resilient flooring,
Interior Finishes Databook               Levy, S.M.         painting specifications, and installation guidelines.
                                                            This book describes more than 1600 construction and structural
                                                            adhesives and sealants currently available from over 100 suppliers.
                                                            These adhesives and sealants can be used for major construction and
                                                            structural applications as well as in commercial businesses, schools,
                                                            and offices, and by the home-repair handyman. The products can be
                                                            applied to such diverse materials as concrete, ceramics, vinyl,
Construction and Structural Adhesives                       polyethylene, foamed plastics, wood, plywood, fiberboard, gypsum
and Sealants - An Industrial Guide       Flick, E.W.        board, prefinished panels, leather, and cotton.
                                                            Tribology is a science of friction, wear and lubrication of moving
                                                            components. Advances in tribology have made it possible to
                                                            considerably reduce energy and material losses in machines and during
                                                            technological processes. Mechanics of solids, in particular contact
                                                            mechanics and fracture mechanics, is a powerful tool for investigation of
                                                            basic tribological problems. This volume suggests new formulations and
                                                            methods of solution of contact problems, describing specific features of
                                                            friction interaction essential for tribology. These problems take into
                                                            account the discreteness of contact of rough surfaces, surface
                                                            inhomogeneity, properties of an intermediate medium, complicated
                                                            boundary conditions, surface fracture, shape variations of surfaces in
Contact Mechanics in Tribology           Goryacheva, I.G.   wear processes, and so on.

                                                            This book bridges the macroscopic, mesoscopic, and atomic-scale
                                                            regimes of contacts to semiconductors. It is the state-of-the-art in
                                                            growing, processing, and characterizing electronic junctions. It includes
                                                            descriptions of a wide array of techniques ranging from advanced
Contacts to Semiconductors -                                ohmic, Schottky and heterojunction contacts to microscopic junctions
Fundamentals and Technology              Brillson, L.J.     gleaned from ultrahigh vacuum surface science techniques.

                                                            This 7th volume in the Issues in Environmental Science and Technology
                                                            series covers aspects ranging from risk assessment and risk
                                                            management through specific remediation methods and the evolution of
                                                            government policy and controls, to analysis of the legal and technical
                                                            features of specific environmental insurance policies. It examines the
                                                            chemistry of the non-ferrous heavy metals lead, zinc, and cadmium in
                                                            relation to reclamation of superfund sites in the USA. This examination
                                         Hestor, R.E.;      includes a consideration of the Welsh Development Agency's role in
Contaminated Land and Its Reclamation    Harrison, R.M.     developing recovery strategies for derelict and contaminated land.
                                                            This book distinguishes between biomaterials for clinical use, and
                                                            medical devices or components of devices. Biomaterials are defined as
                                                            substances which can be placed in intimate contact with living structures
                                                            without harmful effects. They become devices (internal or external to the
Contemporary Biomaterials - Material and                    body) when processed or shaped to serve a specific function. Implants
Host Response, Clinical Applications,    Boretoes, John     are a subclass of devices which need to be located inside the body to
New Technology and Legal Aspects         W.; Eden, Murray   achieve their purpose.
                                                            This book provides comprehensive coverage of the heat treatment
                                                            methods used to process liquid and particulate foods (milk and milk
                                                            products, soups, sauces, fruit juices, and other beverages). This breadth
                                                            of coverage makes the book unique. There is particular emphasis on the
                                                            factors influencing the safety and quality of heated foods. There is also
Continuous Thermal Processing of Foods -                    extensive cross- referencing within the text and a comprehensive
Pasteurization and UHT Sterilization     n/a                reference section.
                                                                This book shares developments in recycling in Germany and Italy.
                                                                Several chapters deal with various methods of waste processing,
                                                                including pyrolysis, hydrogenation, composting, and conversion to a
Conversion of Polymer Wastes and             Krause, H.H.,      powder coating. Waste Disposal Logistics - a Prerequisite for Effective
Energetics                                   Penninger, J.M.L. Recycling. Recycling of Plastics by Hydrogenation in Slurry Phase.
                                                                Destined to become a classic, this unique comprehensive reference
                                                                offers more than 1,000 pages of key terms, over 5,000 acronyms and
                                                                useful, detailed information on such topics as Superfund, construction,
                                                                environmental engineering, wetlands, biology, OSHA, threatened and
                                                                endangered flora and fauna, and international organizations and
                                                                treaties. Information is supplemented by maps, charts, tables, and
                                                                diagrams, as well as crucial agency contact information to give the
Cooper's Comprehensive Environmental         Cooper, Andre, R., professional access to environmental officials who can offer advice and
Desk Reference                               Sr.                assistance.

                                                                This is the first book that attempts to study the origin of cooperativity in
                                                                binding systems from the molecular point of view. The molecular
                                                                approach provides a deeper insight into the mechanism of cooperativity
                                                                and regulation, than the traditional phenomenological approach. This
                                                                book uses the tools of statistical mechanics to present the molecular
                                                                theory of cooperativity. Cooperativity is used in a variety of processes-
                                                                such as loading and unloading of oxygen at relatively small pressure
                                                                differences; maintaining an almost constant concentration of various
                                                                compounds in living cells; and switching on and off the reading of
                                                                genetic information. This book may be used as a textbook by graduate
Cooperativity and Regulation in                                 students in Chemistry, Biochemistry and Biophysics, and will also be of
Biochemical Processes                        Ben-Naim, Arieh    interest to researchers in theoretical biochemistry.

                                                                This two-volume reference embraces a vast range of topics including
                                                                high-temperature and aqueous corrosion and their control. This edition
                                                                extends to over 2700 pages, and contains 138 sections all written by
                                                                specialists. Volume Two Includes: Corrosion Control: Introduction;
                                                                Design and economic aspects of corrosion; Cathodic and anodic
                                                                protection; Pretreatment and design for metal finishing; Methods of
                                                                applying metallic coatings; Protection by metallic coatings; Protection by
                                                                paint coatings; Chemical conversion coatings; Miscellaneous coatings;
                                             Shreir, L.L.;      Conditioning the environment; Non-metallic materials; Corrosion testing,
                                             Jarman, R.A.;      monitoring and inspection; Electrochemistry and metallurgy relevant to
Corrosion (3rd Edition) Volumes 1-2          Burstein, G.T.     corrosion; Useful information; Index.

                                                                This volume describes more than 1100 corrosion inhibitors and rust
                                                                preventives which are currently available for industrial usage. The data
                                                                included represent selections from manufacturers' descriptions, made at
                                                                no cost to, nor influence from, the makers or distributors of these
                                                                materials. Only the most recent information has been included. It is
                                                                believed that all of the products listed here are currently available, which
                                                                will be of interest to readers concerned with product discontinuances.
Corrosion Inhibitors - An Industrial Guide                      This book should be a valuable guide to those interested in products to
(2nd Edition)                                Flick, Ernest W.   help alleviate corrosion.
                                                                This handbook has been completely revised and vastly expanded,
                                                                based on the latest available technical data. This well-established and
                                                                successful reference volume provides useful information which will
                                                                enable the concerned engineer or manager to cut losses due to
                                                                corrosion by choosing suitable commercially available corrosion
                                                                resistant materials for a particular application. It would also be useful to
                                                                equipment designers and others as a valuable screening guide in
Corrosion Resistant Materials Handbook                          choosing materials for equipment having specific corrosion resistance
(4th Edition)                                DeRenzo, D.J.      requirements.
                                                           This database is the online version of NACE COR·SUR and COR·SUR
                                                           2 for Windows databases and companion volumes, Corrosion Data
                                                           Survey - Metals Section (6th ed.) and Corrosion Data Survey -
                                                           Nonmetals Section (5th ed.). The data document the performance of 87
                                                           metal and nonmetal materials in over 1500 different chemical
                                                           environments, under various exposure conditions. The database
                                                           provides a cost-effective method for quickly reducing the field of choice
                                                           of construction materials for particular applications, based on corrosion
                                      NACE                 behavior and chemical resistance. Users can easily obtain a given
                                      International, The material's performance for the concentration and temperature of a
Corrosion Survey Database (COR·SUR)   Corrosion Society specified exposure medium.
                                                           This information packed volume describes corrosion and chemical
                                                           resistant masonry materials necessary for buildings and equipment
                                                           requiring such materials. Written by 40 authorities, it covers a broad
                                                           variety of materials, from structural materials, membranes and lining
                                                           systems, to inspection and failure analysis.This will enable practicing
                                                           engineers and architects to write specifications and instructions, and
                                                           draw details, for proper installation of such masonry materials and
Corrosion and Chemical Resistant      Sheppard, W.L.,      equipment. It will also be of use to a wide variety of manufacturing and
Masonry Materials Handbook            Jr.                  chemical process industries.
                                                           A state-of-the-art treatment of glass and ceramic corrosion, this book
                                                           presents fundamental chemical reactions, equations, computer codes
                                                           and models, and practical examples by 33 leaders in the field. Contents:
                                                           Biomaterials; Optical Components; Construction; Materials; Nuclear
Corrosion of Glass, Ceramics and      Clark, D.E.; Zoitos, Waste Containment; Ceramic; Superconductors; Archeologically
Ceramic Superconductors               B.K.                 Significant Articles.

                                                          More than 1800 cosmetic and toiletry formulations are detailed in this
                                                          book, based on information received from numerous industrial
                                                          companies and other organizations. The data represent selections from
                                                          manufacturers' descriptions made at no cost to, nor influence from, the
                                                          makers or distributors of these materials. Each formulation in the book is
                                                          identified by a description of end use. The formulations include a list of
                                                          material contained, the percent by weight of each raw material,
Cosmetic and Toiletry Formulations,                       suggested formulation procedure, and the formula source, which is the
Volume 1 (2nd Edition)                Flick, E.W.         company or organization that supplied the formula.

                                                          This volume details some 1,900 more cosmetic and toiletry formulations,
                                                          based on manufacturers' and distributors' descriptions. Each formulation
                                                          is identified by a description of end use. The formulations include the
                                                          following as available: a listing of each raw material contained; the
                                                          percent by weight of each raw material; suggested formulation
                                                          procedure; and the formula source, which is the company or
Cosmetic and Toiletry Formulations,                       organization that supplied the formula. A section on trade-named raw
Volume 2 (2nd Edition)                Flick, E.W.         materials provides brief chemical descriptions and suppliers' addresses.

                                                          This book contains 775 cosmetic and toiletry formulations based on
                                                          information received from numerous industrial companies and other
                                                          organizations. This is Volume 3 of the Second Edition of this work;
                                                          Volume 1 was published in 1989. Volume 2 was published in 1992.
                                                          There are no duplications in any of these volumes. The data represent
                                                          selections from manufacturers' descriptions made at no cost to, nor
                                                          influence from, the makers or distributors of these materials. Only the
                                                          most recent formulas have been included. It is believed that all of the
Cosmetic and Toiletry Formulations,                       trademarked raw materials listed are currently available, which will be of
Volume 3 (2nd Edition)                Flick, E.W.         interest to readers concerned with raw material discontinuances.
                                                    This book contains 959 cosmetic and toiletry formulations, based on
                                                    information received from numerous industrial companies and other
                                                    organizations. This is Volume 4 of the Second Edition of this work;
                                                    Volume 1 was published in 1989, Volume 2 in 1992, and Volume 3 in
                                                    early 1995. There are no duplications in any of these volumes. The data
                                                    represent selections from manufacturers' descriptions made at no cost
                                                    to, nor influence from, the makers or distributors of these materials. Only
                                                    the most recent formulas have been included. It is believed that all of the
Cosmetic and Toiletry Formulations,                 trademarked raw materials listed are currently available, which will be of
Volume 4 (2nd Edition)                Flick, E.W.   interest to readers concerned with raw material discontinuances.

                                                    This book contains 1,444 cosmetic and toiletry formulations, based on
                                                    information received from numerous industrial companies and other
                                                    organizations. This is Volume 5 of the Second Edition of this work;
                                                    Volume 1 was published in 1989, Volume 2 in 1992, Volume 3 in early
                                                    1995, and Volume 4 in late 1995. There are no duplications in any of
                                                    these volumes. The data represent selections from manufacturers'
                                                    descriptions made at no cost to, nor influence from, the makers or
                                                    distributors of these materials. Only the most recent formulas have been
                                                    included. It is believed that all of the trademarked raw materials listed
Cosmetic and Toiletry Formulations,                 are currently available, which will be of interest to readers concerned
Volume 5 (2nd Edition)                Flick, E.W.   with raw material discontinuances.

                                                    This book contains 652 cosmetic and toiletry formulations, based on
                                                    information received from numerous industrial companies and other
                                                    organizations. This is Volume 6 of the Second Edition of this work.
                                                    Volume 1 was published in 1989, Volume 2 in 1992, Volume 3 in early
                                                    1995, Volume 4 in late 1995, Volume 5 in 1996. There are no
                                                    duplications in any of these volumes. The data represent selections from
                                                    manufacturers' descriptions made at no cost to, nor influence from, the
                                                    makers or distributors of these materials. Only the most recent formulas
                                                    have been included. It is believed that all of the trademarked raw
Cosmetic and Toiletry Formulations,                 materials listed are currently available, which will be of interest to
Volume 6 (2nd Edition)                Flick, E.W.   readers concerned with raw material discontinuances.
                                                    This book contains hundreds of cosmetic and toiletry formulations,
                                                    based on information received from numerous industrial companies and
                                                    other organizations. This is Volume 7 of the Second Edition of this work.
                                                    Volume 1 was published in 1989, Volume 2 in 1992, Volume 3 in early
                                                    1995, Volume 4 in late 1995, Volume 5 in 1996, and Volume 6 in 1998.
                                                    There are no duplications in any of these volumes. It is believed that all
                                                    of the trademarked raw materials are currently available as the data
                                                    represent selections from manufacturer's descriptions made at no cost
                                                    to, nor influence from, the makers or distributors of these materials.
                                                    Each formulation is identified by a description of end use. The
                                                    formulations include the following as available: a listing of each raw
                                                    material; suggested formulation procedure; and the formula source. Also
Cosmetic and Toiletry Formulations,                 included are sections on Trade Name Raw Materials and Supplier's
Volume 7 (2nd Edition)                Flick, E.W.   Addresses.
                                                    This book contains 541 cosmetic and toiletry formulations based on
                                                    information received from numerous industrial companies and other
                                                    organizations. The success of previous volumes in the series has led to
                                                    updates of these valuable formations, and Volume 8 is the latest
                                                    addendum. There are no duplications in any of the volumes in this
                                                    series. All of the trademarked raw materials are believed to be currently
                                                    available as the data represent selections from manufacturers'
                                                    descriptions made at no cost to, or influence from the makers or
Cosmetic and Toiletry Formulations,                 distributors of those materials. Each formulation is identified by a
Volume 8 (2nd Edition)                Flick, E.W.   description of its end use.
                                                         This book describes about 4,000 cosmetics additives currently available
                                                         for industrial use, compiled from information from 84 manufacturers and
                                                         distributors. This book lists the following product information, as
                                                         available, in the manufacturer’s own words: (1) Company name
                                                         and product category, (2) Trade name and product number, (3) Product
                                                         description. Also included are a Trade Name Index and a list of
Cosmetics Additives - An Industrial Guide Flick, E.W.    Suppliers’ Addresses.
                                                         The modern technological developments of crystal growth depend
                                                         greatly on the availability of suitable single crystals, whether it is for
                                                         lasers, semiconductors, magnetic devices, optical devices,
                                                         superconductors, telecommunication, etc. In spite of great technological
                                                         advancements in recent years, we are still in the early stage with respect
                                                         to the growth of several important crystals such as diamond, silicon
                                                         carbide, PZT, gallium nitride, and others. This book deals with almost all
                                                         the modern crystal growth techniques that have been adopted and
Crystal Growth Technology                 Byrappa, B.    includes appropriate case studies.
                                                         The 2004 Edition of DIPPR Project 801 (Full Version) Database is a
                                                         renowned source of Evaluated Process Design Data of physical,
                                                         thermodynamic, and transport properties for industrially important
                                                         chemicals used in chemical process and equipment design. The DIPPR
                                                         Project 801 Database consists of experimental data and, when
                                                         necessary, estimated values that have been reviewed to ensure the
                                                         greatest accuracy possible. Also included are temperature-dependent
                                                         correlation coefficients, references, data quality codes, background
                                                         information, such as molecular structure, synonyms, hazard properties,
                                                         miscellaneous properties, notes, and explanations. Knovelized 2004
                                                         Edition of the Database contains data for 31 temperature-independent
                                                         (constant) properties and 15 temperature-dependent properties for 1793
                                                         industrially important compounds. The DIPPR data is presented in a
                                                         tabular format as nineteen Interactive Tables, with key fields being fully
                                                         searchable, filterable and sortable. In fifteen tables links are provided to
                                                         an interactive Equation Plotter Applet that graphically represents the
DIPPR Project 801 - Full Version          n/a            temperature correlation relationships for key temperature-dependent
                                                         The book provides a comprehensive description of the principal
                                                         constituents of milk (water, lipids, proteins, lactose, salts, vitamins) and
                                                         of the chemical aspects of principal families of dairy products. It also
                                          Fox, P.F.;     covers applied aspects, such as heat-induced changes and the use of
                                          McSweeney,     enzymes, and principal physical properties. This concise overview
Dairy Chemistry and Biochemistry          P.L.H.         should be of value to all dairy scientists and students.

                                                         This book summarises key developments in the field and how they
                                                         enhance dairy product safety and quality. The first part of the book
                                                         discusses raw milk composition, production and quality. Part 2 reviews
                                                         developments in processing from hygiene and HACCP systems to
                                                         automation, high-pressure processing and modified atmosphere
                                                         packaging. The final part of the book considers developments for
Dairy Processing - Improving Quality      Smit, Gerrit   particular products such as fermented dairy products and cheeses.

                                                         This extremely useful three-volume set offers a thorough account of the
                                                         and technology of processing dairy products.Volume I presents basic
                                                         information on new research data and advances in mportant properties
                                                         and applications of milk and dairy ingredients. Volume II discusses
                                                         procedures and new advances in the manufacture technology for yogurt,
                                                         ice cream, cheese, and dry and concentrated dairy products, as well as
                                                         the microbiology and associated health hazards for dairy products.
                                                         Volume III offers a unique exploration of five topics not commonly found
Dairy Science and Technology Handbook,                   in professional reference books for dairy manufacture, including quality
Volumes 1-3                            Hui, Y.H.         assurance, biotechnology, and computer applications.
                                                             Provides domestic and foreign food scientists and technologists access
                                                             to useful scientific, technical, and legal information otherwise distributed
                                                             over many documents in the US: functional and economical chemicals
                                                             used in processing foods and on raw agricultural products respectively;
                                                             classification and profiles of pathogens ingested in foods, beverages,
                                                             and drinking water; the application of biotechnology in food processing
                                                             and related areas; product categories, fruits and vegetables, meat and
                                                             poultry, bakery products, and alcoholic beverages; US government's
                                                             recommended nomenclature for food fishes; safety of workers in food
                                                             processing plants; sanitation in food processing; and laws and
Data Sourcebook for Food Scientists and                      regulations governing the safety and economic attributes of domestic
Technologists                           Hui, Y.H.            and imported food products.

                                                          This book is a convenient reference work that provides tables for
                                                          physical constants of organic and inorganic compounds as well as
                                                          spectral data and thermodynamic properties; these sections make up
                                                          the bulk of the manual. There are more than a thousand pages of tabled
                                                          data, divided into 11 sections: organic compounds; inorganic and
                                                          organometallic compounds; properties of atoms, radicals, and bonds;
                                                          physical properties; thermodynamic properties; spectroscopy;
                                                          physiochemical relationships; electrolytes, electromotive force, and
                                                          chemical equilibrium; data useful in laboratory manipulations and
                                                          analysis; polymers, rubbers, fats, oils, and waxes; abbreviations,
Dean's Handbook of Organic Chemistry                      constants, and conversion factors. Easy-to-use index. Summing Up:
(2nd Edition)                            Gokel, George W. Recommended. Graduate students through professionals.
                                                          This reference covers a broad range of issues concerning DDAs,
                                                          including:* An overview of deflagration and detonation prevention and
                                                          protection practices* An overview of combustion and flame propagation
                                                          and how DDA's halt propagation* Deflagration and detonation flame
                                                          arrester technology* Installation in process systems* Regulations,
                                                          codes, and standards* Illustrative examples, calculations, and guidelines
                                                          for DDA selection* Appendices, including a glossary, a flame arrester
                                         Grossel, Stanley specification sheet for vendor quotation, and a listing of flame arrester
Deflagration and Detonation Arresters    S.               manufacturers.
                                                          Whether working on product design or process optimization, engineers
                                                          need a multitude of polymer property values. This book provides a quick
                                                          reference on basic design data for resins, machines, parts, and
                                                          processes, and shows how to apply these data to solve practical
                                         Rao, Natti;      problems. Numerous examples are given to illustrate the appropriate
Design Data for Plastics Engineers       O'Brien, Keith   applications of the data presented.

                                                             Although designing machines and dies for plastics processing is
                                                             routinely done with the help of computer modeling and design programs,
                                                             the results don't always hold up in industrial application. Therefore, it is
                                                             essential for the designer to have an understanding of the underlying
                                                             mathematical concepts and their limitations when working with these
                                         Rao, Natti S.;      programs and/or trying to improve their output. This book presents a
Design Formulas for Plastics Engineers   Schumacher,         summary of the most important formulas and their applications to solve
(2nd Edition)                            Gunter              design and processing problems with plastics materials.

                                                             This book was written primarily from the standpoint of an engineering
                                                             design organization, and based on years of experience with large design
                                                             projects as well as on personal plant experience. Most new investment
                                                             dollars go into new or modernized facilities, and it is in the design phase
                                                             of projects for these facilities that the most opportunities occur and
                                                             flexibility exists to influence process control. Consequently this book is
                                                             aimed primarily at design personnel; however, it will also be useful to
                                                             those who have to operate or troubleshoot existing plants. It is the
                                         Buckley, Page S.; purpose of this book to indicate the range of technology, which has been
Design of Distillation Column Control    Luyben, William L.; developed for distillation control, to the point where it can be
Systems                                  Shunta, Joseph P. economically and reliably used for design.
                                                              This classic text on wood design, incorporates the 1997 National Design
                                                              Specifications for Wood Construction (NDS), including the 1997 Uniform
                                                              Building Code (UBC) and the latest information on loading criteria and
                                                              laterial forces (wind and earthquake) design. Designed to introduce
                                           Breyer, D.E.;      engineers, technologists, & architects to the design of wood structures.
Design of Wood Structures ASD (4th         Fridley, K.J.;     May be used as a text for a course in timber design or as a reference for
Edition)                                   Cobeen, K.E.       systematic self-study of the subject.
                                                              This book provides hands-on techniques for writing engineering
                                                              procedures to achieve ISO 9000 compliance. It is designed for
                                                              individuals responsible for writing these procedures in any industry.
                                                              Readers will find actual examples of clearly written, compliant
                                                              engineering procedures, ready to adapt to your own industry and your
Developing and Managing Engineering                           own particular needs and use immediately. It answers virtually all your
Procedures - Concepts and Applications     Cloud. P.A.        procedure writing questions.
                                                              Orginally translated in 1914, this classic Crew and Salvio English
Dialogues Concerning Two New Sciences Galilei, Galileo        translation is now available in a special electronic version.
                                                              This book presents an updated, systematic review of the latest
                                                              developments in diamond CVD processes, with emphasis on the
                                                              nucleation and early growth stages of diamond CVD. The objective is to
                                                              familiarize the reader with the scientific and engineering aspects of
                                                              diamond CVD, and to provide experienced researchers, scientists, and
                                           Liu, H.; Dandy,    engineers in academics and industry with the latest developments in this
Diamond Chemical Vapor Deposition          D.S.               growing field.

                                                              This excellent, in-depth review of diamond films and coatings covers
                                                              their properties, growth, deposition, characterization, and applications.
Diamond Films and Coatings                 Davis, R.F.        The eight chapters are written by experts in their fields.

                                                              In response to the expansion of knowledge in biochemistry and
                                                              molecular biology, the Second Edition of this reference has been
                                                              completely revised and updated, with approximately 16,000 new entries.
                                                              Names of specific compounds and other substances have been
                                                              substantially enlarged, and definitions have been expanded for clarity
                                                              and precision. Information is drawn from over 500 books and 1,000
                                                              articles, including recommendations of the Commission on Biochemical
                                                              Nomenclature, the International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry,
                                                              and the International Union of Biochemistry. Terms used by biochemists
                                                              from a broad range of sciences, such as chemistry, immunology,
                                                              genetics, virology, biophysics, and microbiology, are included.
Dictionary of Biochemistry and Molecular                      Abbreviations, both standard and nonstandard, are also provided, as
Biology (2nd Edition)                      Stenesh, J.        well as cross-referenced synonymous expressions.

                                                              This dictionary is an unparalleled source of information, providing
                                                              practical, scientific, and regulatory information on every important
                                                              ingredient and category. It will be of value to food scientists, ingredient
                                                              suppliers, dietitians, extension specialists and students. Defines and
                                                              describes some 1,000 food ingredients and additives, including natural
                                                              ingredients, FDA-approved artificial ingredients, and compounds used in
                                                              food processing. Definitions cover functionality, chemical properties, and
Dictionary of Food Ingredients (4th        Igoe, Robert S.;   applications. New to this edition is a section which groups ingredients by
Edition)                                   Hui, Y. H.         function and describes characteristics and applications of each group.
                                                            This 2005 electronic version of the original seven-volume collection of
                                                            vital information has been updated to contain approximately 5,300
                                                            chemicals and their impact on the environment. Detailed information
                                                            about the toxicity of the chemicals, physical properties and regulatory
                                                            requirements is also presented. All information is presented with
                                                            complete references detailed at the end of each file. A live table is
                                                            available, listing all chemicals and their physical properties. The table
                                                            contains hot links to an image of the chemical structure as well as a link
                                                            to the detailed information directly from the book. The detailed files can
                                                            also be accessed by browsing the table of contents. A newly added field
                                                            allows records to be sorted or filtered on the update date as this title will
                                                            be continually updated. Chemicals can be searched for by their
                                                            chemical names as well as synonyms, molecular formulas, CAS
                                                            Registry and RTECS numbers. The data (text) files can be searched for
Dictionary of Substances and Their                          keywords, and the fields in the live table can be searched for physical
Effects (DOSE, 3rd Electronic Edition)   Gangolli, S.       properties, registry numbers, and synonyms.

                                                           This book is a comprehensive work covering the design and application
                                                           of diesel engines of all sizes. It systematically covers all aspects of
                                                           diesel engineering, from thermodynamics theory and modelling to
                                                           condition monitoring of engines in service. It features subjects of long-
Diesel Engine Reference Book (2nd        Challen, Bernard; term use and application for designers, developers and users of the
Edition)                                 Baranescu, Rodica most ubiquitous mechanical power source in the world.

                                                            This new game book for understanding atoms at play aims to document
                                                            diffusion processes and various other properties operative in advanced
                                                            technological materials. Diffusion in functional organic chemicals,
                                                            polymers, granular materials, complex oxides, metallic glasses, and
                                                            quasi-crystals among other advanced materials is a highly interactive
                                                            and synergic phenomenon. A large variety of atomic arrangements are
                                                            possible. Each arrangement affects the performance of these advanced,
Diffusion Processes in Advanced                             polycrystalline multiphase materials used in photonics, MEMS,
Technological Materials                  Gupta, Devendra    electronics, and other applications of current and developing interest.

                                                            Introduces digital signal processing approaches that are potentially
                                                            applicable to wideband receiver designs. Emphasis is on techniques
                                                            rather than theoretical discussions. Fourier transforms, discrete Fourier
                                                            transforms, and subjects related to wide bandwidth receiver designs are
                                                            treated in early chapters. Other chapters concern receiver hardware,
                                                            analog-to-digital converters and their impact on receiver performance,
                                                            converter designs, probability of false alarm, and phase measurement.
                                                            Later chapters discuss methods related to receiver designs, such as
Digital Techniques for Wideband                             frequency channelization. There are two chapters devoted to electronic
Receivers (2nd Edition)                  Tsui, James        warfare receivers.
                                                            This book is about transitioning from mechanical product design to
                                                            manufacturing, and mechanical product variation: how we understand it,
                                                            how we deal with it, and how we control it. As the title suggests, this
                                                            book focuses on documenting mechanical designs (dimensioning) and
                                                            understanding the variation (tolerancing) within the product development
Dimensioning and Tolerancing Handbook Drake, P., Jr.        process.

                                                            This book serves as a guide for water utilities, regulators, and
                                                            consultants, forecasting future trends and explaining the latest
                                                            developments in regulations. A diverse group of contributors covers
                                                            topics such as water treatment, water protection, how some of the
                                                            regulations have been interpreted in the courts, how water utilities can
                                                            stay in compliance, and how to satisfy customer expectations, especially
                                                            sensitive subpopulations.Addresses improving waterborne disease
                                         Pontius, Frederick surveillance, how to control drinking water pathogens and disinfection by-
Drinking Water Regulation and Health     W.                 products, and sustaining water systems.
                                                             Consolidates information developed by industry and government
                                                             laboratories on dust control engineering techniques. Designed for the
                                                             minerals processing industry, the technology applies to other industries
                                                             as well. Dust, its prevention, formation and control are examined,
                                          Mody, V.; Jakhete, including wet and dry control systems, personal protection, and testing
Dust Control Handbook                     R.                 methods.
                                                             This book is a comprehensive account of the existing practical and
                                                             theoretical knowledge of the origin, development, prevention and
                                                             mitigation of dust explosions in the process industries. It offers an up to
                                                             date evaluation of prevalent activities, testing methods, design
                                                             measures and safe operating techniques in a detailed and
                                                             comprehensive critique of all the significant phases relating to the
Dust Explosions in the Process Industries                    hazard and control of a dust explosion. This book is an invaluable
(2nd Edition)                             Eckhoff, R.K.      reference work for industry, safety consultants and students.
                                                             This handbook contains flexural loss and storage moduli and tan delta
                                                             for over 120 commercial thermoplastics plotted against temperature.
                                                             Thermoplastics are identified by trade name and grade and are
                                                             classified using generic family and chemical type information available.
                                                             All major generic families are present, including Polycarbonates, Nylons
                                                             and Polyesters. The data is given for temperature ranges starting with -
                                                             50 °C and ending at the melting/softening point of a thermoplastic. Each
                                                             type of curve, e.g., loss modulus vs. temperature, can be accessed in
                                                             two ways. There are graph tables that contain information about only
                                                             one material. In these tables one to twelve materials can be selected
                                                             and a pop up window will display the graphical information. The graph
                                                             tables have hotlinks to original images, each containing a complete set
                                                             of curves, loss and storage moduli, and tan delta for a given grade. The
                                                             images contain additional information on test conditions and X, Y values
                                                             for characteristic points, such as glass transition. The curves can also
Dynamic Mechanical Analysis for Plastics                     be accessed under the general graph node, which contains graph tables
Engineering                               Sepe, M.P.         with information about many different materials. Up to twelve at a time

                                                               This book is an ideal introduction to this complex field for the non-
                                                               specialist. It opens with an introduction to the key principles of EU Food
                                                               Law and the main mechanisms of enforcement. The following chapters
                                                               cover legislation in specific areas including hygiene, additives, and
                                                               functional foods. With its distinguished team of contributors, it highlights
                                                               the key issues so those non-specialists can understand the legislation
                                                               and what it means for them. It is designed to help readers ask the right
                                                               questions when developing and marketing products in the European
EU Food Law - A Practical Guide            Goodburn, K.        Union, and to provide answers to those questions.
                                                               This handbook presents over 2,100 curves of 18 types for 69 generic
                                                               families of plastics, including over 360 different grades. Test conditions,
                                                               including temperature and applied stress are given. It contains creep
                                                               property data for the following stress types: tension, flexure, impact,
                                                               torsion, and compression. These terms are posted in the field Load
                                                               Type. There are 91 Poisson’s ratio values in this handbook.
                                                               Poisson’s ratio is the ratio of transverse strain to the
                                                               corresponding axial strain resulting from uniformly distributed axial
                                                               stress below the proportional limit of the material. Since material
                                                               description is very important for the proper evaluation of creep property
                                                               data, each material is described in this handbook on three levels. Every
                                                               material is identified by generic family and often by chemical name. The
                                                               generic family name is a plastics industry-recognized name for a
                                                               polymeric material. For some materials like fluoroplastics, the generic
                                                               family name is expanded into a more specific chemical name. On the
Effect of Creep and Other Time Related                         hierarchically highest level, all materials are separated into four classes:
Factors on Plastics and Elastomers         n/a                 thermosets, thermoplastics, rubbers, and thermoplastic elastomers.
                                                  This handbook presents an extensive compilation that illustrates how
                                                  sterilization methods, and their assistant media affect the properties and
                                                  characteristics 69 different plastics and elastomers. The four commonly
                                                  used methods of sterilization are Ethylene Oxide, Irradiation, Steam and
                                                  Dry Heat. This database serves to turn the vast amount of disparate
                                                  information from wide ranging sources into useful engineering
                                                  knowledge. The data provided ranges from a general overview of the
                                                  compatibility of various plastics and elastomers to sterilization methods
                                                  to detailed discussions and test results. Additional data on the
                                                  resistance of plastics and elastomers to chemicals used in sterilization
                                                  and to other fluids of medical significance is presented. The most
                                                  complete information for each test is provided, as well as information for
                                                  as many sterilization methods and material combinations as possible.
                                                  Data appear in textual, tabular, and graphical forms. Textual information
                                                  is useful as it is often the only information available or the only way to
Effect of Sterilization Methods on Plastics       provide an expansive discussion of test results. Tables and graphs
and Elastomers                              n/a   provide detailed test results in a clear, concise manner.

                                                  This handbook is a comprehensive source of numeric data on the effect
                                                  of temperature and on other environmental factors such as humidity on
                                                  mechanical, electric, and thermal properties of commercial plastics. This
                                                  handbook presents over 1,700 curves of 53 types for 52 generic families
                                                  of plastics, including over 330 different grades. The mechanical
                                                  properties of materials vary depending on the type of stress applied.
                                                  This handbook also contains mechanical property data for the following
                                                  stress types: tension, flexure, torsion, impact, and compression. These
                                                  terms are posted in the filed Load Type. Each material is described in
                                                  this handbook on three levels. Every material is identified by generic
                                                  family and often by chemical name. On the hierarchically highest level,
                                                  all materials are separated into three classes: thermosets,
                                                  thermoplastics, and thermoplastic elastomers. Data are compiled from
                                                  various published and limited distribution sources, including commercial
Effect of Temperature and Other Factors           catalogs, journal articles, technical reports, materials information sheets,
on Plastics                                n/a    etc. Most of the test data is produced by the material manufacturers.
                                                  This handbook is an extensive compilation that illustrates how the
                                                  elements of weathering affect the properties and characteristics of 89
                                                  plastics and elastomers. This volume serves to turn the vast amount of
                                                  disparate information from wide ranging sources (i.e. conference
                                                  proceedings, test laboratories, materials suppliers, monographs, trade
                                                  and technical journals) into useful engineering knowledge. The
                                                  information provided ranges from a general overview of the resistance of
                                                  various plastics and elastomers to weathering (ultraviolet light, moisture,
                                                  heat) to detailed discussions and test results. At the same time, an effort
                                                  is made to provide information for as many weathering tests and
                                                  conditions (i.e. outdoor, outdoor accelerated, artificial accelerated,
                                                  indoor, microbiologic attack, etc.) and material combinations as
                                                  possible. Results of weathering exposure for more than 80 families of
                                                  plastics and elastomers are presented in textual, graphical and tabular
                                                  formats. Textual information is useful as it is often the only information
Effect of UV Light and Weather on                 available or the only way to provide an expansive discussion of test
Plastics and Elastomers                    n/a    results. This is especially true in the case of weathering data where
                                                           This extensively updated second edition was created for medical device,
                                                           medical packaging, and food packaging design engineers, material
                                                           product technical support, and research/development personnel. This
                                                           comprehensive databook contains important characteristics and
                                                           properties data on the effects of sterilization methods on plastics and
                                                           elastomers.Data is presented on 43 major plastic and elastomer
                                                           packaging materials, including biodegradable or organic polymers. New
                                                           to this edition are resin chapters containing textual summary information
Effects of Sterilization Methods on                        including: category; general description; applications; resistances to
Plastics and Elastomers - The Definitive                   particular sterilization methods; and regulatory status considerations for
User's Guide and Databook (2nd Edition) Massey, Liesl K.   use in medical devices and medical/food packaging.
                                                           In this detail-by-detail, quick-reference sourcebook, the author focuses
                                                           on easy-to-understand electrical system concepts, calculations, and
                                                           code requirements that are most frequently encountered in a typical
                                                           electrical system installation. This book gives a wealth of practical
                                                           advice backed by hundreds of tables, sample calculations, charts,
                                                           diagrams, and illustrations that will enable you to quickly and easily:
                                                           Plan and design projects; Determine space requirements for equipment
                                                           installations; Properly size equipment and distribution components;
                                                           Ensure adequate short-circuit protection; Provide proper over-current
                                                           protection and coordination; Comply with building codes and industry
Electrical Construction Databook           Hickey, R.B.    standards.
                                                           This book brings together the entire technology of electrical equipment
                                                           application in explosive atmospheres. It concentrates on ways to
                                                           determine atmospheric contamination by explosive fuels and by
                                                           electrical equipment construction, installation, operation, maintenance,
                                                           and inspection. Specific topics include area classification, release rate
                                                           calculation, design philosophy, explosion protected apparatus
                                                           requirements, installation, inspection, radio frequency radiation, and
Electrical Installations in Hazardous Areas n/a            static electricity.
                                                           This third edition incorporates revisions that cover the Electricity at Work
                                                           Regulations 1989, EC Directives on safety matters and many recent
                                                           developments in safety legislation and guidance publications. W.
                                                           Fordham Cooper drew on his long experience as HM Electrical
                                                           Inspector of Factories and a consultant to the Insurance Technical
                                                           Bureau to write this wide-ranging work. D.A. Dolbey Jones, who has
                                                           revised this classic for its third edition, adds his own insights gained as
                                                           an HM Senior Electrical Inspector with the Health and Safety Executive,
                                                           responsible for steering the project on the Electricity at Work
                                                           Regulations and the official Memorandum of Guidance on the
                                                           Regulations; and as a Senior Engineering Inspector with the Department
                                                           of Energy (now the DTI). Published guidance and other useful reference
                                                           material is signposted throughout the book. Two new appendices deal
Electrical Safety Engineering (3rd Edition) Cooper, W.F.   with essential up-to-date publications.
                                                           This book provides comprehensive coverage of electrical system
                                                           installation within areas where flammable gases and liquids are handled
                                                           and processed. The accurate hazard evaluation of flammability risks
                                                           associated with chemical and petrochemical locations is critical in
                                                           determining the point at which the costs of electrical equipment and
                                                           installation is balanced with explosion safety requirements. The book
Electrical Safety in Flammable Gas/Vapor                   offers the most current code requirements along with tables and
Laden Atmospheres                        Korver, W.O.E.    illustrations as analytic tools.
                                                           The properties of electrically conducting, semiconducting and semi-
                                                           insulating polymers are surveyed and their conduction mechanisms,
Electrically Conductive Organic Polymers Cotts, D.B.;      mechanical properties, and suitability for space-based use and other
for Advanced Applications                Reyes, Z.         advanced applications are evaluated.
                                                                A valuable must-have tool for electronic and optical engineers, this
                                                                handbook is the only single-volume, tell-it-all guide to the use of optical
                                                                devices and light in electronics systems. Developed by a towering figure
                                                                in the field, this manual familiarizes you with UV, VUV and X-Ray lasers;
                                                                visible, solid-state, semiconductor and infrared gas lasers; FEL and
                                                                ultrashort laser pulses; visible and infrared optical materials; infrared
                                                                and imaging detectors; optical fibers and fiber optic sensors;
                                            Waynant, R.W.;      holography; laser spectroscopy and photochemistry; high resolution
Electro-Optics Handbook (2nd Edition)       Ediger, M.N.        lithography for optoelectronics; and much more.

                                                             This book describes the phenomenology, theory and potential
                                            Vayenas, Costas  applications of the phenomenon of electrochemical promotion, where
                                            G.; Bebelis,     electrochemically induced ion spillover activates and controls
                                            Symeon; Pliangos,heterogeneous catalysis. The origin of electrochemical promotion is
                                            Costas; Brosda,  discussed in light of a plethora of surface spectroscopic and
Electrochemical Activation of Catalysis -   Susanne;         electrochemical techniques. Electrochemical and classical promotion
Promotion, Electrochemical Promotion,       Tsiplakides,     are compared, their common rules are identified and promotional
and Metal-Support Interactions              Demetrois        kinetics are rigorously modeled and compared with experiment.
                                                             This book is an in-depth review of the electrochemistry of
                                                             semiconductors and electronic devices. For in the relentless pursuit of
                                                             faster, more compact devices the limits of materials science are probed,
                                                             setting ever higher goals for semiconductor purity, crystal uniformity and
Electrochemistry of Semiconductors and McHardy, John;        circuit density. This book reviews and describes possible
Electronics - Processes and Devices       Ludwig, Frank      electrochemical avenues toward each of these goals.
                                                             Electrodeposition allows the "tailoring" of surface properties of a bulk
                                                             material or, in the case of electroforming, the entire part. Deposits can
                                                             be produced to meet a variety of designer demands. For this reason and
                                                             for the possibilities that exist in terms of "new materials" for a variety of
                                                             applications, a thorough understanding of the materials science of
Electrodeposition - The Materials Science                    electrodeposition is of utmost importance. This book provides that
of Coatings and Substrates                Dini, J.W.         understanding.
                                                             This book describes the chemical principles of the major electroless
                                                             processes and the practical applications of these techniques in the
                                                             industry. Thanks to the coordinated efforts of 26 individual authors - this
Electroless Plating - Fundamentals and    Mallory, Glenn O.; book fills the void which has existed for a complete reference on
Applications                              Hajdu, June B.     electroless deposition.

                                                                Written for engineers by an engineer, this book will teach you everything
                                                                you need to know about RF/high-speed design and electromagnetic
                                                                fields. Learn hands-on, practical solutions to EMI/EMC that you can
                                                                apply immediately to your projects and products. Incorporating practical
                                                                viewpoints substituted for mathematical theory, this book is accessible
                                                                to technologists and technicians in addition to engineers by demystifying
                                                                topics often considered "black magic." Through straight-forward
Electromagnetics Explained - A Handbook                         analogies and interesting examples ranging from lightning to electric
for Wireless/RF, EMC, and High-Speed                            guitars, the author provides an explanation of electromagnetic fields that
Electronics                             Schmitt, R.             is not only practical and informative but also fascinating and exciting.

                                                                A-Z guide to electrical/electronic and mechanical engineering design
                                                                data. The ultimate sourcebook of electro-mechanical engineering design
                                                                data is now better than ever, with thoroughly updated material, new
                                                                discussions of engineering economics, elastomer springs, and a bounty
                                                                of new drawings. This book gives you the know-how you need to
                                                                develop parts, mechanisms, and assemblies, with thorough explanations
                                                                of: Properties, uses, and strength of engineering materials; Machine
                                                                element design and mechanisms; Basic pneumatics, hydraulics, air
                                                                handling and heat; Fastener and joining techniques; Layout and
                                                                fabrication practices, including castings, moldings, extrusions and
Electromechanical Design Handbook (3rd                          powder metal technology; Finishes and plating practices; Dimensioning
Edition)                               n/a                      and tolerancing practices.
                                                              This book examines electronics reliability and measurement technology.
                                                              It identifies advances in measurement science and technology for
Electronics Reliability and Measurement                       nondestructive evaluation, and it details common measurement trouble
Technology - Nondestructive Evaluation     Heyman, J.S.       spots.
                                                              In the US, UK and Europe there is more than one notifiable dust or
                                                              electrostatic explosion every day of the year. This clearly makes the
                                                              hazards associated with the handling of materials that either cause or
                                                              react to electrostatic discharge of vital importance to anyone associated
                                                              with materials handling or industrial bulk use. This book provides a
                                                              comprehensive guide to the dangers of static electricity and how to
                                                              avoid them. It will prove invaluable to safety managers and
                                                              professionals, as well as all personnel involved in the activities
                                           Lüttgens, G.;      concerned in the chemical, agricultural, pharmaceutical and
Electrostatic Hazards                      Wilson, N.         petrochemical process industries.

                                                              Written to educate industry line managers in the basics of electrostatics,
                                                              this work offers selected information on the necessary tools for
                                                              examining the hazard potential of common industrial processes. A
Electrostatic Ignitions of Fires and                          selection of case histories illustrates sources of electrostatic ignition of
Explosions                                 Pratt, Thomas H.   combustibles and strategies for preventing such incidents.

                                                              This comprehensive sourcebook brings together a wealth of information
                                                              on methods that can be used to safely size emergency relief systems for
                                                              two-phase vapor-liquid flow for flashing or frozen, viscous or nonviscous
Emergency Relief System Design Using                          fluids. Design methodologies are illustrated by selected sample
DIERS Technology - The Design Institute Fisher, H.G.;         problems. Written by industrial experts in the safety field, this book will
for Emergency Relief Systems (DIERS)    Forrest, H.S.;        be invaluable to those charged with operating, designing, or managing
Project Manual                          Grossel, S.S.         today's and tomorrow's chemical process industry facilities.
                                                              This book describes more than 1500 emulsifying agents currently
                                                              available for industrial use. It has been compiled from information
                                                              received from manufacturers and distributors of these products.
                                                              Emulsifiers are used in industries such as food processing, drilling
                                                              fluids, cosmetics, pharmaceuticals, heavy duty cleaners, textile
                                                              manufacture, pulp and paper processing, adhesives, sealants, and
Emulsifying Agents - An Industrial Guide   Flick, Ernest W.   agricultural products.

                                                              Polymer blending is nearly as old as the polymers themselves. However,
                                                              the literature dedicated to this technology is relatively recent, and
                                                              primarily focused on the academic aspects of polymer blends. It seems
                                                              that there is a dichotomy of efforts. On one hand, annually the industry
                                                              generates about 30 million tons of blends, and on the other, academia
                                                              produces over 10,000 publications dedicated mainly to studies of model
                                                              systems. The Encyclopedic Dictionary discusses blends available in the
Encyclopaedic Dictionary of Commercial                        world market. The information comes directly from manufacturers.
Polymer Blends                             Utracki, L.A.
                                                         Provides coverage of a wide range of topics contributed by experts
                                                         world wide. The work emphasizes the chemicals used in agriculture for
                                                         management of pests, their development, use, metabolism, toxicology
                                                         and mode of action. These chemicals include pesticides, such as the
                                                         herbicides (weed killers), insecticides and fungicides. Applications of
                                                         biotechnology are included as are discussions of natural products and
                                                         growth regulators. Fertilizers and soil fertility are covered at length as
                                       Plimmer, Jack R.; well as the persistence of pesticide residues, their degradation,
                                       Gammon, Derek     environmental transport and implications of their residues in the
Encyclopedia of Agrochemicals, Volumes W.; Ragsdale,     environment. Toxicological and regulatory implications are included
1-3                                    Nancy N.          throughout.
                                                            This five-volume set presents the applications and established theories
                                                            in biotechnology, focusing on industrial applications of fermentation,
Encyclopedia of Bioprocess Technology -                     biocatalysis and bioseparation. It is an essential resource for anyone
Fermentation, Biocatalysis, and         Flickinger, Michael working in industrial biotechnology, biochemistry, genetics and
Bioseparation, Volumes 1-5              C.; Drew, Stephen microbiology laboratories, pharmaceutical firms, regulatory agencies and
                                        W.                  chemical and environmental engineering companies.

                                                               This three-volume encyclopedia offers extensive coverage in the closely
                                                               related areas of chemical physics and physical chemistry. Focusing on
                                                               both disciplines as interrelated, the Encyclopedia contains a wide variety
                                                               of information to meet the special research needs of the chemical
                                                               physicist and the physical chemist and, thus, enables specialists in both
                                                               fields to conduct interdisciplinary research. Features include definitions
                                                               of the scope of each subdiscipline and instructions on where to go for a
                                                               more complete and detailed explanation. The Encyclopedia is also a
                                                               helpful resource for graduate students because it gives a synopsis of the
Encyclopedia of Chemical Physics and       Moore, J.H.;        basics and an overview of the range of activities in which physical
Physical Chemistry, Volumes 1 - 3          Spencer, N.D.       principles are applied to chemical problems.

                                                               This two-volume set provides extensive coverage of drug delivery
                                                               systems. Entries are arranged alphabetically and include topics such as
                                                               the history and development of the field from 1975 to date; advantages
                                                               and disadvantages of controlled release technology, and various
                                                               systems for achieving it; pharmaceutical applications, approaches to
                                                               achieve zero-release kinetics, and development of pulsatile delivery
                                                               systems; stabilization and release characterizations of proteins; oral,
                                                               nasal, ocular, and other specific routes of administration; methods of
                                                               fabrication; factors affecting regulatory considerations; economic
                                                               aspects; patents and other intellectual property rights; oligonucleotides
Encyclopedia of Controlled Drug Delivery,                      and gene delivery; and polymer technology. Mathiowitz is associated
Volumes 1-2                               Mathiowitz, Edith    with Brown University.

                                                             This is a comprehensive volume on analytical techniques used in
                                                             materials science for the characterization of surfaces, interfaces and thin
                                                             films. This flagship volume is a unique, stand-alone reference for
Encyclopedia of Materials                  Brundle,          materials science practitioners, process engineers, students and anyone
Characterization - Surfaces, Interfaces,   C.Richard; Evans, with a need to know about the capabilities available in materials
Thin Films                                 Charles A. Jr.;   analysis. An encyclopedia of 50 concise articles, this book will also be a
                                           Wilson, Shaun     practical companion to the forthcoming books in the series.

                                                               The field of molecular biology has revolutionized the study of biology.
                                                               The applications to medicine are enormous, ranging from diagnostic
                                                               techniques for disease and genetic disorders, to drugs, to gene therapy.
                                                               Focusing on the fundamentals of molecular biology and encompassing
                                                               all aspects of the expression of genetic information, this encyclopedia
Encyclopedia of Molecular Biology,                             will become the first point of reference for both newcomers and
Volumes 1-4                                Creighton,          established professionals in molecular biology needing to learn about
                                           Thomas C.           any particular aspect of the field.

                                                               Smart materials, materials and structures that can impart information
                                                               about their environment to an observer or monitoring device are
                                                               revolutionizing fields as diverse as engineering, optics, and medical
                                                               technology. Advances in smart materials are impacting disciplines
                                                               across the scientific and technological landscape. This encyclopedia is
                                                               as broad in scope as the technology itself, addressing daily, commercial
                                                               applications as well as sophisticated units designed to operate in space,
                                                               underwater, underground, and within the human body. Extensively cross-
                                                               referenced and generously supplemented with bibliographies and
                                                               indexes, this book's treatment also broaches the specialized properties
Encyclopedia of Smart Materials, Volumes                       and coatings that are required for the use of materials in extreme
1-2                                      Schwartz, Mel         conditions.
                                                            Long-term environmental effects of chemical exposure have long been
                                                            of concern and, more recently, chemicals which cause changes to the
                                                            sexual development of exposed organisms have been identified. It is
                                                            thought that low-level exposure to a range of chemicals may be affecting
                                                            endocrine function, leading to a reduction in fertility and an increase in
                                                            reproductive cancers. This 12th volume of Issues in Environmental
                                                            Science and Technology reviews the scientific evidence and attempts to
                                                            put the subject into context. Along with an overview of the issue, there is
                                                            discussion of the specialised aspects in relation to wildlife;
                                        Hester, R.E.;       environmental oestrogens and male reproduction; and naturally
Endocrine Disrupting Chemicals          Harrison, R.M.      occurring oestrogenic substances.

                                                            This primary reference, how-to guide, and sourcebook for energy
                                                            conservation lets you improve efficiency and save money in all types of
                                                            buildings and plants, ranging from individual houses to commercial
                                                            buildings to large institutions and industrial plants. It is organized around
                                                            400 logically grouped energy conservation actions, presented in
                                                            language that everyone understands.It's for everyone who uses energy,
                                                            pays for utilities, manages property, operates energy systems, designs,
                                                            builds, and values conservation and the environment. It's loaded with
                                                            features that help you quickly find the right information for each
                                                            application. "Ratings" and "Selection Scorecards" identify your best
                                        Wulfinghoff,        conservation opportunities. "Traps & Tricks" ensure success.
Energy Efficiency Manual                Donald R.           "Economics" estimate savings and costs.
                                                            One of the most important, and most used handbooks for those
                                                            responsible for documentation in any engineering process. Real world
Engineering Documentation Control                           examples, flowcharts, and diagrams outline effective practices in an
Handbook (2nd Edition)                  Watts, F.B.         easily read handbook.

                                                            This book provides a valuable insight into the equipment and methods
                                                            generally used in taking measurements, and helps engineers avoid or
                                                            minimize the inaccuracies that can arise even when using highly
Engineering Measurements - Methods      Polak, T.A.;        accurate instruments. Many of the commonly used measurement
and Intrinsic Errors                    Pande, C.           methods are described, together with their pitfalls and problems.
                                                            A comprehensive professional reference or graduate-level textbook,
                                                            presenting the theory, techniques, and applications of engineering
                                                            optimization. Essential proofs and explanations of the various
                                                            techniques are presented in a simple manner, and new concepts are
                                                            illustrated with numerical examples. The coverage includes linear and
                                                            nonlinear programming, integer programming, and stochastic
                                                            programming techniques, as well as some recently developed methods
                                                            such as genetic algorithms, simulated annealing, neural-network-based
Engineering Optimization - Theory and                       methods, and fuzzy optimization. Includes a large number of solved
Practice (3rd Edition)                  Rao, Singiresu S.   examples and review questions.

                                                            This book fills in many of the gaps in engineering education by showing
                                                            students and professionals, the historical background of problem
                                                            solving. Among those who will find this book particularly useful are
                                                            engineers working in cross-disciplinary capacities, such as mechanical
                                                            engineers working with electrical engineering concepts or polymeric
                                                            materials, engineers preparing for professional engineering exams, mid-
Engineering Problem Solving - A Classical                   career engineers looking to broaden their problem-solving skills, and
Perspective                               Shaw, M.C.        students looking for help growing their skills.
                                                            This handbook is a new systematic approach to engineering
                                                            documentation, therefore, it will simplify the end users ability to set up or
                                                            enhance their engineering documentation requirements. Companies
                                                            with small manual systems, to large scale mass production facilities, can
                                                            use this handbook to tailor their engineering documentation
                                                            requirements. If an individual or company wishes to create or improve
                                                            an engineering documentation system, there is no need to start from
                                                            scratch. Instead, use this new handbook, complete with 47 specially
                                                            designed forms and with procedures that cover every major aspect of a
Engineering Procedures Handbook          Cloud, P.A.        comprehensive engineering documentation system.
                                                            Most machines and structures are required to operate with low levels of
                                                            vibration as smooth running leads to reduced stresses, fatigue and
                                                            noise. This book provides a thorough explanation of the principles and
                                                            methods used to analyze the vibration of engineering systems,
Engineering Vibration Analysis with                         combined with a description of how these techniques and results can be
Application to Control Systems           Beards, C.F.       applied to the study of control system dynamics.
                                                            This new and revised second edition teaches the beginning engineer the
                                                            principles of rubber science and technology-what rubber is, how it
                                                            behaves, and how to design simple engineering components.This book
                                                            deals with some basic principles on which successful use of rubber
                                                            depends: How is an elastomer chosen and a formulation developed?
                                                            Why is rubber highly elastic and relatively strong? How can one
                                                            estimate the stiffness, strength, and durability of rubber products?
                                                            Review problems appear at the end of most chapters, along with the
                                                            answers to these problems, making this book perfect for those new to
Engineering with Rubber - How to Design                     the field, and senior undergraduate or beginning graduate courses in
Rubber Components (2nd edition)          Gent, Alan N.      materials science and engineering.
                                                            This book is intended to be used as a 'first port of call' for information on
                                                            pressure equipment. It tries to incorporate both technical and
                                                            administrative aspects of vessel manufacture and use, introducing the
                                                            basic principles of pressure equipment design, manufacture, quality
                                                            assurance/inspection, and operation during its working life. There is
                                                            some well-established content and a few newer ideas. It makes
                                                            references to the most commonly used pressure vessel codes and
Engineers' Guide to Pressure Equipment -                    standards, making attempts to simplify their complex content into a form
The Pocket Reference                     Matthews, Clifford that is easier to understand.
                                                            This book incorporates both technical and administrative aspects of
                                                            rotating equipment manufacture and use, introducing the basic
                                                            principles of balancing, vibration, noise, and inspection and testing of a
                                                            wide range of equipment. It makes reference to the most commonly
                                                            used current and recent technical codes and standards, and simplifies
                                                            their complex content into a form that is easier to understand. Covering
                                                            the practical, theoretical, and legislative aspects of rotating equipment
Engineers' Guide to Rotating Equipment -                    technology, this book is packed with information, technical data,
The Pocket Reference                     Matthews, Clifford illustrations, tables, and checklists.
                                                            This 3 volume set focuses on the environmental effects of potentially
                                                            dangerous, federally regulated chemicals as well as those chemicals of
                                                            special interest to safety professionals. Offers a quick reference to
                                                            practical, critical, and often difficult to find information on potentially
Environmental Contaminant Reference                         dangerous chemical releases. This handbook is a valuable reference
Databook, Volumes 1-3                                       compendium of the physical, chemical, and biological properties of
                                         Prager, Jan C.     environmental chemicals and mixtures.
                                                              Updated to cover new laws and standards, including Federal Safe
                                                              Drinking Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, and the
                                                              Clean Air Act of 1990. Applies sanitation and engineering theory and
                                                              principles to environmental control in urban, suburban and rural
                                                              communities. Engineering design, construction, operation and
                                                              maintenance details are provided throughout as they relate to plants and
                                                              structures. Topics include: disease control, water supply, wastewater
                                                              treatment and disposal, air pollution and noise control, radiation uses
                                                              and protection, recreation areas, solid waste management and much
Environmental Engineering (5th Edition)   n/a                 more.

                                                              This book underlines the differences in health priorities that exist around
                                                              the world, and cautions against the export of inappropriate attitudes from
                                                              developed to less developed countries. Case studies of malaria in South
                                                              Africa and cholera in Peru show the fatal consequences of allowing
                                                              western preoccupations with trivial risks (such as the cancer effects of
Environmental Health - Third World        Mooney, L.; Bate,   pesticide residues in foods and chlorine compounds in water) to
Problems - First World Preoccupations     R.                  influence health policy in the third world.
                                                              In today's automated world, the need for economic generation of power
                                                              is of vital importance. However, the industry is commonly perceived as
                                                              being responsible for pollution of the atmosphere and contamination of
                                                              land and water. Encompassing areas as diverse as current performance
                                                              standards, the use of nuclear fuel and a historical overview of electricity
                                                              supply, this 11th volume of Issues in Environmental Science and
                                                              Technology aims to contribute to the public understanding of science in
                                                              this important area. The emotive issues of air pollution and the
Environmental Impact of Power             Hester, R.E.;       ecological effects of overhead power lines are tackled, along with
Generation                                Harrison, R.M.      energy efficiency and conservation.

                                                              Simultaneous action of stress and strain on plastics in contact with
                                                              specific fluids causes the onset of cracking and embrittlement of plastic
                                                              known as environmental stress cracking. Since this is responsible for
                                                              15% of all failures of plastics components, environmental stress
                                                              cracking has long been the subject of intensive research. This volume
                                                              reviews factors that influence environmental stress cracking, and the
                                                              current state of knowledge regarding many families of plastics. Various
                                                              types of damage, from disfiguring to catastrophic, are discussed in this
                                                              volume, with the period of time over which the damage occurs. Plastics
                                                              designers and specifiers will benefit from the wealth of information and
Environmental Stress Cracking of Plastics Wright, D.C.        data provided.

                                                              This volume has been prepared for the Environmental and Health &
                                                              Safety Manager. The EH&S manager is a new breed of corporate
                                                              professionals that is faced with the responsibility of handling both
                                                              environmental policy/issues and occupational safety issues within
                                                              organizations. Throughout the 1980s there was a proliferation of health
                                                              and safety departments, environmental compliance personnel, and
                                                              technical people associated with handling pollution control and waste
                                                              management. American industry has been over the last several years
                                                              contracting and downsizing their operations. In doing so, many
                                                              corporations, large and small, are demanding greater responsibilities be
                                                              delegated to middle and line function management. In this regard, many
                                                              corporations today are moving towards a single management entity, the
Environmental and Health & Safety         Cheremisinoff,      EH&S manager, with responsibilities requiring extensive knowledge of
Management - A Guide to Compliance        N.P.; Graffia, M.L. both the environmental statutes and OSHA standards.

                                                              This book, written by international experts, discusses the various waste
                                                              disposal options that are available (landfill, incineration, composting,
                                                              recycling) and then reviews their impact on the environment, and
                                                              particularly on human health. Comprehensive and highly topical, this
Environmental and Health Impact of Solid Hester, R.E.;        book will make a strong contribution to scientific knowledge in the area,
Waste Management Activities              Harrison, R.M.       and will be of value to scientists and policy-makers.
                                                            The second edition of this popular industrial guide describes over 2800
                                                            currently available epoxy resins, curing agents, compounds, and
                                                            modifiers, based on information supplied by 71 manufacturers or
                                                            distributors of these products. Each raw material or product is described,
                                                            as available, with typical assay or checkpoint figures and a brief
                                                            summary of important features or applications. Additional sections
Epoxy Resins, Curing Agents,                                useful to the reader are the Suppliers Addresses and a Trade Name
Compounds, and Modifiers (2nd Edition)   Flick, E.W.        Index.
                                                            This book, useful for safety managers, chemists, and engineers alike,
                                         Johnson, Robert.   helps both small and large companies identify, address, and manage
                                         W.; Rudy, Steven   chemical reactivity hazards. Free distribution of this book on
Essential Practices for Managing         W.; Unwin, has been made possible by the , , , , , and . For free
Chemical Reactivity Hazards              Stephen D.         access to this title, .

                                                            This book covers a wide variety of topics from cleaning and sanitizing
                                                            compounds, systems, and equipment to food sanitation in various types
                                                            of food processing such as dairy products, seafood, meat, poultry, etc.
                                                            Each chapter provides food handlers and students with interesting real-
                                                            life reports of recent food sanitation problems, plus different techniques
                                                            to ensure a firm understanding of the subject, including: visual aids, a
                                                            comprehensive glossary, several summaries, study questions,
                                                            references, chapter bibliographies, a resource section on how to learn
                                                            more about the topic, and case studies. A thorough discussion of
                                         Marriott, Norman   HACCP and how a HACCP system relates to quality assurance and
Essentials of Food Sanitation            G.                 sanitation functions is also outlined in the text.

                                                            This volume shows designers and operators of chemical facilities how to
                                                            realistically estimate the flammable mass in a cloud of accidentally
                                                            released material that is capable of igniting. It includes: * Information
                                                            on how flammable mass estimates are used* Industry experience with
                                                            flammable vapor clouds* Basic concepts of fires and explosions* Better
Estimating the Flammable Mass of a       Woodward, John     and less expensive building design * Determination of flammable mass*
Vapor Cloud                              L.                 An overview of related computer programs.

                                                            Quantitative Risk Analysis (QRA), a powerful tool for managing risk and
                                                            improving safety, provides a rational basis for evaluating process safety
                                                            and comparing improvement alternatives. Based on the hands-on
                                                            experience of CPI risk assessment practitioners and safety
                                                            professionals, this guide helps managers make more informed decisions
                                                            about:* Deciding when use of QRA is most appropriate, and which type
                                                            of QRA to use. * Types of information available from QRA studies,
                                                            assumptions, and limitations. * Interpreting and using QRA results, risk
Evaluating Process Safety in the                            perception and communication, and pitfalls in using QRA results.
Chemical Industry - A User's Guide to    Arendt, J.S.;      Evaluating Process Safety was a joint project of CCPS and the
Quantitative Risk Analysis               Lorenzo, D.K.      American Chemistry Council (ACC).

                                                            Worldwide, extrusion lines successfully process more plastics into
                                                            products than other processes by consuming at least 36 wt% of all
                                                            plastics. They continue to find practical solutions for new products
                                                            and/or problems to meet new product performances. This book, with its
                                                            practical industry reviews, is a unique handbook (the first of its kind) that
                                                            covers over a thousand of the potential combinations of basic variables
                                                            or problems with solutions that can occur from up-stream to down-
Extruding Plastics - A Practical                            stream equipment. Guidelines are provided for maximizing processing
Processing Handbook                      Rosato, D.V.       efficiency and operating at the lowest possible cost.
                                                               Extrusion cooking is the ideal method for manufacturing a number of
                                                               food products from snacks and breakfast cereals to baby foods.
                                                               However, as a complex multivariate process it requires careful control if
                                                               product quality is to be maintained. Edited by a leading authority in the
                                                               field, and with an international team of contributors, this important
                                                               collection reviews some of the key factors affecting quality and how they
                                                               can be controlled in manufacturing a range of extruded products. It will
Extrusion Cooking - Technologies and                           be widely welcomed as a key reference in maximizing the quality of
Applications                               Guy, R.             extruded products.

                                                               The new edition of this well-received book provides a comprehensive
                                                               account of the full range of dies used for the extrusion of plastics and
                                                               rubber, and incorporates all new developments and innovations in the
                                                               field of extrusion and die design. The distinctive features of the various
                                                               types of dies are described in detail. Advice on the configuration of dies
                                                               is given, and the possibilities of computer-aided design, as well as its
Extrusion Dies for Plastics and Rubber -                       limitations, are demonstrated. This detailed yet simplified approach will
Design and Engineering Computations                            provide daily support for plastics engineers while also offering a solid
(3rd Edition)                              Michaeli, Walter    foundation for those who are training in this field.

                                                               This all-in-one handbook covers techniques used for selecting
                                                               appropriate piping, valves, pumps, tanks, and other equipment involved
                                                               with piping systems both inside of buildings and on site. Systems for
                                                               proper facility functioning, enhancing building aesthetics, and efficient
                                                               production and manufacturing are discussed in depth. Using a total
                                                               systems approach, this handbook progresses from fundamentals of
                                                               system and component operation to a design procedure that allows
                                                               quick and accurate component and pipe sizing. Complete with formulas,
Facility Piping Systems Handbook (2nd                          charts, and tables that increase your efficiency on the job, this handbook
Edition)                                   Frankel, Michael    will prove invaluable at the workplace.

                                                               This book is intended to provide the reader with an understanding of
                                                               how to investigate, and solve, the premature failures of industrial
                                                               coatings. The cracking, peeling, and blistering of coatings can result in
                                                               widespread damage to the substrates which they are intended to
                                                               protect, and can result in serious financial consequences. A sound
                                                               knowledge of coatings chemistry, coupled with a firm understanding of
                                           Weldon, Dwight,     the many field and laboratory techniques available for analyzing such
Failure Analysis of Paints and Coatings    G.                  problems, will aid the investigator in solving such failures.

                                                             This handbook is a unique database reference covering fatigue behavior
                                                             and friction and wear characteristics of 106 plastics and elastomers.
                                                             Data presented details the differences in behavior between generic
                                                             families of plastic and rubber materials. Also covered are differences
                                                             within the same generic family due to factors such as temperature, test
                                                             frequency and mating surface details (in the case of tribological
                                                             properties) or material characteristics such as sample preparation and
                                                             material composition. Also covered are the tribological (friction and
                                                             wear) properties of plastics and elastomers. Tribological information is
                                                             presented as combinations of text, graphs, and tables. Textual data are
                                                             presented as concise discussions of topics relating to the friction and
                                                             wear behavior of the material of interest. Graphs show how variables
Fatigue and Tribological Properties of     Plastics Design   affect the friction and wear properties. Tables cover coefficient of friction
Plastics and Elastomers                    Library Staff     data, wear factor (K), wear rate, PV Limits and abrasion resistance data.
                                                             Examines the conversion of plastic wastes into valuable chemicals
                                                             useful as fuels or raw materials. Describes the alternatives in areas
                                           Aguado, Jose;     including chemical depolymerization, thermal processes, oxidation and
Feedstock Recycling of Plastic Wastes      Serrano, David P. hydrogenation.
                                                                This second edition is a well-rounded, up-to-date handbook of
                                                                fermentation and biochemical engineering presenting the latest
                                                                techniques for the commercial production of chemicals and
                                                                pharmaceuticals via fermentation. Emphasis is given to unit operations
                                                                fermentation, separation, purification, and recovery. Principles, process
                                                                design, and equipment are detailed. Environment aspects are covered.
                                                                The practical aspects of development, design, and operation are
Fermentation and Biochemical                                    stressed. Theory is included to provide the necessary insight for a
Engineering Handbook - Principles,                              particular operation. Problems addressed are the collection of pilot data,
Process Design, and Equipment (2nd          Vogel, H.C.;        choice of scale-up parameters, selection of the right piece of equipment,
Edition)                                    Tadaro, C.L.        pinpointing of likely trouble spots, and methods of troubleshooting.

                                                                A reference and support manual for the production of safely fermented
                                                                foods, offering help for food preparation in the home and in the industrial
                                                                sector. Covers all major food groups, from dairy to meats, and discusses
                                                                such issues as chemical hazards and their control, toxic nitrogen
                                                                compounds during processing, and the control of microbiological
                                                                hazards.Among the topics are why fermented foods can be safe, toxins,
                                                                bacteria, endogenous compounds, benefits of genetic modifications, and
Fermentation and Food Safety                 n/a                assessing the safety of probiotics and starters.
Fiber Optic Component Design,                                   Documents recommendations and guidelines for system designers and
Fabrication, Testing, Operation, Reliability Christian N.L.;    planners to assure reliable, maintainable, and supportable use of fiber
and Maintainability                          Passauer, L.K.     optic components.
                                                                In this book particular attention is given to the chemistry of sol-gel
                                                                derived oxide and preceramic polymer derived nonoxide ceramic fibers
                                                                and matrices, emphasizing their properties and characteristics. Theory,
                                                                modeling and processing methodologies used for the research and
                                                                developement and manufacturing of advanced structural ceramic
Fiber Reinforced Ceramic Composites         Mazdiyasni, K.S.    composites are included.
                                                                This book has been prepared as a reference on manufacturing
                                                                techniques and applications of fiberglass reinforced plastics. It provides
                                                                discussion of properties and concepts, and is written for the potential
                                                                user to summarize advantages in usage. The book contains 9 chapters
                                                                of discussion of relationships between polymers, reinforcements and
                                                                uses, as well as a useful glossary of plastics and engineering
                                                                terms.There is a wide interest in fiberglass reinforced plastics due to
                                                                useful properties which meet a great many product and use
                                                                requirements, as well as the relative ease with which such products can
                                                                be fabricated. Fiberglass reinforced plastics find applications in
                                                                transportation, marine, construction, electronics, recreation, aircraft,
                                                                aerospace and numerous manufacturing industries. These plastics have
                                                                virtually displaced wood in the marine industry, and applications
                                            Cheremisinoff,      replacing metals in other areas continue to grow. The user of this book
                                            N.P.;               will find practical and useful information for design, engineering, plant
                                            Cheremisinoff,      and maintenance. Presented are the technology and applications to
Fiberglass Reinforced Plastics              P.N.                serve the varied interests of readers in diverse industries.
                                                                With numerous contributors, industrial and academic, from North
                                                                America, Europe and Japan, this volume deals with the manufacturing
                                                                processes for preparing very thin polymer products. These processes
                                                                have developed into what is arguably the single largest outlet for
                                                                synthetic polymers. Developments in polymer design and process
                                                                hardware and operating techniques that permit increasingly high
                                            Kanai, Toshitaka;   production rates, optimum property development, unusual degrees of
                                            Campbell,           molecular orientation and the co-extrusion of multi-layer, multi-
Film Processing                             Gregory, A,         component film and sheet are covered.
                                                              This extensively revised and updated second edition of the only data
                                                              handbook available on the engineering properties of commercial
                                                              polymeric films details many physical, mechanical, optical, electrical,
                                                              and permeation properties within the context of specific test parameters,
                                                              providing a ready reference for comparing materials in the same family
                                                              as well as materials in different families. Data are presented on the
                                                              characteristics of 47 major plastic and elastomer packaging materials.
                                                              New to this edition, the resin chapters each contain textual summary
                                                              information including category, general description, processing methods,
Film Properties of Plastics and Elastomers                    applications, and other facts as appropriate, such as reliability,
- A Guide to Non-Wovens in Packaging                          weatherability, and regulatory approval considerations for use in food
Applications (2nd Edition)                 Massey, Liesl, K. and medical packaging. Extensive references are provided.
                                                              Written by the pre-eminent professors in their fields, this new edition
                                                              maintains the comprehensive style of the earlier editions and
                                                              authoritatively incorporates the latest developments of this dynamic
                                                              field. Expanded to three volumes the book now covers the basis of the
                                                              method and its application to advanced solid mechanics and also
                                                              advanced fluid dynamics. Volume 1: The Basis is intended as a broad
                                                              overview of the Finite Element Method. Aimed at undergraduates,
Finite Element Method (5th Edition)        Zienkiewicz, O.C.; postgraduates and professional engineers, it provides a complete
Volume 1 - The Basis                       Taylor, R.L.       introduction to the method.
                                                              This volume provides coverage of the concepts necessary to model
                                                              behaviour, such as viscoelasticity, plasticity and creep, as well as shells
                                                              and plates. Includes up-to-date coverage of new linked interpolation
                                                              methods for shell and plate formations. Contains new material on non-
Finite Element Method (5th Edition)        Zienkiewicz, O.C.; linear geometry, stability and buckling of structures and large
Volume 2 - Solid Mechanics                 Taylor, R.L.       deformations.

                                                              This volume includes coverage of the whole range of fluid dynamics
                                                              including incompressible slow viscous flow, high-speed supersonic
                                                              flows, shallow water flow, ocean waves, and metal and plastic forming.
                                                              Provides up-to-date material on the characteristic Galerkin Method.
Finite Element Method (5th Edition)        Zienkiewicz, O.C.; Contains new methodologies for dealing with supersonic and hypersonic
Volume 3 - Fluid Dynamics                  Taylor, R.L.       behaviours including new material on free surface phenomena.
                                                              This book was written to address the science and engineering
                                                              information needs of public and private sector fire technology personnel
                                                              including fire service students and officers, fire investigators, fire
                                                              protection engineers, government officials, textile, chemical, and
                                                              furniture industry personnel, or institutional furniture purchasers. In the
                                                              United States alone, deaths due to furniture and bed fires still rank as
                                                              the top most category of fire losses. The flammability of upholstered
                                                              furniture is a major concern of engineers and others across a wide
                                                              swath of organizations. This book was written to provide its audience
                                           Krasny, J.F.;      with the science and engineering needed to better understand the
Fire Behavior of Upholstered Furniture     Parker, W.J.;      combustibility of the products they manufacture, purchase, and try to
and Mattresses                             Babrauskas, V.     extinguish.

                                                               This book describes fixed firewater pump installations for industrial
                                                               facilities from the viewpoint of the end users, fire protection engineers,
                                                               loss prevention professionals and those just entering a career in which
                                                               decisions about fire pump installations must be made. Therefore much
Fire Fighting Pumping Systems at                               background information is given for the necessary requirements and
Industrial Facilities                      Nolan, D.P.         usefulness of a firewater pump and the services that interface with it.
                                                               This authoritative reference work will provide a comprehensive source of
                                                               information for readers concerned with the highly diverse subject of fire
                                                               retardance. The emphasis is on the burning behaviour and flame
                                                               retarding properties of polymeric materials. It covers combustion, flame
                                                               retardants, smoke and toxic products generally and goes on to
                                                               concentrate on more material-specific aspects of combustion in relation
                                                               to textiles, composites and bulk polymers. A wide range of fire retardant
                                           Horrocks, A.R.;     materials are covered including research in the new field of
Fire Retardant Materials                   Price, D.           nanocomposites.

                                                          This handbook provides ready information on the fire and chemical
                                                          reactivity of commonly used chemicals. Its purpose is to provide basic
                                                          information important to the safe handling of chemicals and to help
                                                          provide guidance in responding to a hazardous materials incident, in
                                                          particular, incidents involving reactive chemicals and materials posing
                                                          fire and explosion hazards. This volume has been written for chemical
                                                          handling specialists, first responders to hazardous materials incidents,
                                                          and firefighters. The basic definition used for a hazard materials incident
                                                          is any situation that may potentially lead to catastrophic fire or explosion,
                                                          and or human exposure to a toxic chemical. This situation may result
                                                          from a spill of a hazardous material, a leak from a storage vessel or
                                       Davletshina, T.A.; shipping container, or the mixing of incompatible chemicals whereby a
Fire and Explosion Hazards Handbook of Cheremisinoff,     chemical reaction could occur resulting in the release of energy and
Industrial Chemicals                   N.P.               generation of toxic and perhaps flammable by-products.
                                                          This book organizes and presents all design aspects of snap-fits with an
                                                          emphasis on the systems level thinking required to create world-class
                                                          attachments.This book is a very good reference for designing plastic
                                                          snap-fit features. It discusses snap fit mechanisms, locators, locating
                                                          schemes and overconstraints, design-for-assembly, and the snap-fit
                                                          function from the end user point-of-view. It includes formulas for
                                                          calculating all of the important functions to predict a design. It goes
                                                          through a logical design sequence to create a snap-fit design that works
First Snap-Fit Handbook - Creating     Bonenberger, Paul in your particular application and identifies what you should and should
Attachments for Plastic Parts          R.                 not do.

                                                               Large scale manufacturing of liquid crystal flat panel displays (LCDs) by
                                                               Japan brought the world's attention to the existence of an enormous
                                                               market potential exists when there are alternatives to the cathode ray
                                                               tube (CRT). The Japanese have recognized that new display
                                                               technologies are critical to making their products highly competitive in
                                                               the world market. The CRT is losing market share to the solid-state flat
                                                               panel display. Japan currently holds 90% of the market, and this book
                                                               outlines opportunities in the former Soviet Union, where companies with
                                                               the necessary technology are seeking partners, investment, and
                                                               manufacturing opportunities. Entire cities that were once not even on the
                                                               map due to their military mission, are now appearing, filled with state-of-
                                         Tannas, L.E.;         the-art electronic technology. The book is developed from the reports
Flat-Panel Display Technologies - Japan, Glenn, W.E.;          issued by investigators based on their field visits to 33 sites in Japan,
Russia, Ukraine, and Belarus             Doane, J.W.           and 26 sites in Russia, Ukraine, and Belarus.
                                                               This edition provides an updated presentation of the earlier material, but
                                                               some have been rewritten completely by different scientists. The first
                                                               chapter provides an overview of the field of muscle food flavor research
                                                               while Chapter 2 discusses its chemistry. Meanwhile, Chapters 3 to 8
                                                               present a concise account of the flavor of different species of muscle
                                                               foods, namely beef, pork, poultry, sheep, fish and shellfish. In Chapters
                                                               9 to 15, the role of meat constituents and processing on flavor is
                                                               described. The final section of the book (Chapters 16 to 18) summarizes
Flavor of Meat, Meat Products and                              analytical methodologies for assessing the flavor quality of meat, meat
Seafoods (2nd Edition)                     Shahidi, F.         products and seafoods.
                                                          This book extends the classical field of fluid dynamics into the realm of
                                                          scientific computing in a way that is both comprehensive and accessible
                                                          to the beginner. It serves as an introductory course in fluid mechanics,
                                                          covering traditional topics in a way that unifies theory, computation,
                                                          computer programming, and numerical simulation. The audience
                                                          includes not only advanced undergraduate and entry-level graduate
                                                          students, but also a broad class of scientists and engineers with a
                                                          general interest in scientific computing. Two distinguishing features of
                                                          the discourse are: solution procedures and algorithms are developed
                                                          immediately after problem formulations are presented; and numerical
Fluid Dynamics - Theory, Computation,                     methods are introduced on a need-to-know basis and in increasing order
and Numerical Simulation                 Pozrikidis, C.   of difficulty.
                                                          In preparing the second edition of this book, the authors have been
                                                          concerned to maintain or expand those aspects of the subject that are
                                                          specific to chemical and process engineering. Thus, the chapter on gas-
                                                          liquid two-phase flow has been greatly extended to cover flow in the
                                                          bubble regime as well as to provide an introduction to the homogeneous
                                                          model and separated flow model for the other flow regimes. The chapter
                                                          on non-Newtonian flow has also been extended to provide a greater
                                                          emphasis on the Rabinowitsch-Mooney equation and its modification to
                                                          deal with cases of apparent wall slip often encountered in the flow of
Fluid Flow for Chemical Engineers (2nd   Holland, F.A.;   suspensions. An elementary discussion of viscoelasticity has also been
Edition)                                 Bragg, R.        given.

                                                          This book presents the many advances that have been made to the art
                                                          and science of turbomachinery design during the past 20 years.
                                                          Knowledge of the flow processes within turbomachines has increased
                                                          dramatically, resulting in the appearance of new and innovative designs.
                                                          Some of the long-standing, apparently intractable problems such as
                                                          surge and rotating stall have begun to yield new methods of control.
Fluid Mechanics and Thermodynamics of                     New types of flow machines have made their appearance and changes
Turbomachinery (4th Edition)          Dixon, S.L.         have been made to established design procedures.

                                                          This book covers the basics of fluid power as well as troubleshooting
                                                          techniques. Provides must-have information to plant and maintenance
                                                          engineers and operators, and includes a substantial section on
                                                          pneumatics. Contains invaluable information for maintenance and plant
                                                          managers wanting to increase their own knowledge, plan or provide
Fluid Power Dynamics                     Mobley, R.K.     training, and to operators needing to improve their skills.

                                                          This volume, Fluidization, Solids Handling, and Processing, is the first of
                                                          a series of volumes on "Particle Technology". Particles are important
                                                          products of chemical process industries spanning the basic and
                                                          specialty chemicals, agricultural products, pharmaceuticals, paints,
                                                          dyestuffs and pigments, cement, ceramics, and electronic materials.
                                                          Solids handling and processing technologies are thus essential to the
                                                          operation and competitiveness of these industries. Fluidization
                                                          technology is employed not only in chemical production, it also is applied
                                                          in coal gasification and combustion for power generation, mineral
                                                          processing, food processing, soil washing and other related waste
                                                          treatment, environmental remediation, and resource recovery
                                                          processes. The FCC (Fluid Catalytic Cracking) technology commonly
Fluidization, Solids Handling, and                        employed in the modern petroleum refineries is also based on
Processing - Industrial Applications     Yang, W-C.       fluidization principles.
                                                              Speaking to the needs of today's engineering and science students and
                                                              practicing professionals, The Definitive User's Guide and Databank
                                                              provides an in-depth treatment of homofluoropolymer polymerization
                                                              and part fabrication technology. A comprehensive range of issues
                                                              surrounding the manufacturing of the monomer; polymer, fabrication,
                                                              end-use, safety, and disposal are covered. The book has been arranged
Fluoroplastics, Volume 1 - Non-Melt                           to allow self-managed reading and learning. It is both a source of data
Processible Fluoroplastics                Ebnesajjad, S.      and a reference.
                                                              This is the second volume of the Fluoroplastics series. It is devoted to
                                                              the melt-processible fluoropolymers and their polymerization and
                                                              fabrication techniques, including injection molding, wire, tube, film
                                                              extrusion, rotational molding, blow molding, compression molding, and
                                                              transfer molding. It comprehensively details the properties,
                                                              characteristics, applications, safety, disposal, and recycling of melt-
                                                              processible fluoropolymers for immediate use by today's practicing
                                                              engineers and scientists in the plastics industry. Professionals and
Fluoroplastics, Volume 2 - Melt                               students will benefit from the book's arrangement and extensive
Processible Fluoropolymers                n/a                 references.

                                                            This handbook is a self-contained collection of data and information on
                                                            applications of fluoropolymers components for corrosion control in
                                                            chemical processing industries. Because of their superior properties,
                                                            fluoropolymers have been rapidly replacing metal alloys for preserving
                                                            the purity of processing streams in the chemical processing, plastics,
                                                            food, pharmaceutical, semiconductor, and pulp and paper industries.
                                                            This complete compendium of information about fluoropolymer lining
Fluoropolymers Applications in Chemical   Ebnesajjad, Sina; materials and structural piping and tubing contains problem-solving tools
Processing Industries - The Definitive    Khaladkar, Pradip for chemical processing professionals: equipment manufacturers, plant
User's Guide and Databook                 R.                operators, and product design and manufacturing engineers.

                                                            This book provides an introduction to the sciences of food chemistry and
                                                            risk analysis and demonstrates how the potential hazards associated
                                                            with food chemicals can be assessed and managed. Food scares are
                                                            never far from the news and particular attention is therefore focused on
                                                            the consumer perception of risk and risk communication. Leading
                                                            international experts provide unique insights in the future of food
                                                            chemical risk analysis. Chapters on alternatives to animal testing show
                                                            how emerging methods offer the prospect of a more rational human-
                                                            based approach to toxicity testing. Discussions about relative risks and
                                                            protective factors highlight the possibility that risks from food can be
Food Chemical Risk Analysis               Tennant, David R. over estimated and approaches to avoid such risks are proposed.
                                                            This volume provides comprehensive information about contaminants in
                                                            the food industry. The book opens with an explanation of risk analysis
                                                            and analytical methods used for detecting contaminants in food
                                                            products. This is followed by full details of relevant EU and USA
Food Chemical Safety, Volume 1 -                            regulations. The second part of the book provides information about
Contaminants                              Watson, D.H.      specific contaminants.
                                                            The use of additives in foods remains both widespread and, for some
                                                            consumers, controversial. Additives are used for a wide range of
                                                            purposes, particularly in improving the quality of food products. Whilst
                                                            valuing products with the right taste, colour and texture and shelf-life,
                                                            consumers have expressed reservations about the safety of the
                                                            additives used to enhance these qualities. These concerns have
                                                            increased the pressure on the food industry to demonstrate the safe use
                                                            of additives in food. With its distinguished international team of
                                                            contributors, this important collection reviews both the regulatory context
Food Chemical Safety, Volume 2 -                            and the methods used to analyse, assess and control the use of
Additives                                 Watson, D.H.      additives in food processing.
                                                              Provides the accepted standards for quality and purity in food
                                                              chemicals, officially referenced by the U.S. Food and Drug
                                                              Administration and many agencies in other countries. The Fifth Edition
                                                              updates the field, incorporating the definitive monographs of previous
                                                              editions with completely new material. Each monograph provides a
                                                              physical description of the substance and its use in foods, lists its purity
                                                              requirements, describes the appropriate tests to determine compliance,
                                                              and provides packaging and storage guidelines. Other features include:
                                                              New lower limits on contaminants       Revised Lead and Heavy Metal
                                                              Limits policy     New analytical method for fluoride    More accurate
                                                              infrared spectra for identification   Reordering and revision to make
Food Chemicals Codex (5th Edition)       n/a                  the book clearer and easier to use

                                                              This guide looks at the background and principles of food dehydration,
                                                              and provides a complete dictionary of food dehydration terms, with
                                                              detailed definitions, and a directory of dehydrated foods. It serves as a
Food Dehydration - A Dictionary and                           reference for students studying food science and technology, and for
Guide                                    Brennan, J.G.        researchers and industry professions in the area.
                                                              Provides a comprehensive review of the natural sources of flavor
                                                              ingredients and the formulation, manufacture, and application of food
                                                              flavorings, revised and updated to include recent advances in the field.
                                                              This third edition adds new chapters on flavors used in pharmaceuticals
                                                              and tobacco, flavor modifiers, and quality control. The other topics are
                                                              essential oils; oleoresins, tinctures, and extracts; fruit juices; synthetic
                                                              ingredients; beverage flavorings and their applications; confectionary
                                                              and bakery products; savory flavors for snacks and crisps; thermal
                                                              process flavorings; and the development of dairy flavorings. The
                                                              composition of lemon and orange oils and the botanical classification of
Food Flavorings (3rd Edition)            Ashurst, Philip R.   fruits are appended.

                                                             This unique book is a well-respected, and highly successful, distillation
                                                             of key information for the food industry. With authors from industry and
                                                             academic world ensuring both commercial relevance and technological
                                                             rigor, this book is bought by food scientists and technologists,
                                                             processors, manufacturers, packagers and suppliers to the food
                                                             industry. It has always been found as particularly useful for those
                                                             relatively new to the industry who require quick access to well-written
                                         Ranken, M.D.; Kill, summaries of unfamiliar areas, and also to those longer serving
                                         R.C.; Baker,        individuals who require a convenient reference source to subjects that
Food Industries Manual (24th Edition)    C.G.J.              they perhaps have not needed to be up to date with in the recent past.
                                                             This book is the first to have an industry rather than a medical focus and
                                                             provides food industry professionals with an appreciation of food
                                                             intolerance together with its diagnosis, symptoms and management. It
                                                             will be an essential reference for the food industry, covering issues such
                                                             as the handling of allergenic food in retail and manufacturing as well as
Food Intolerance and the Food Industry   Dean, T.            applicable legislation.

                                                              This reference guide is most valuable to the food industry, research
                                                              institutions, academia, trade and consumer organisations. No library will
                                                              be complete without it. This reference guide provides comprehensive
                                                              information on all aspects of food irradiation in an easily accessible
                                                              format. The dictionary style of the book (with extensive cross-
                                                              referencing) provides clear and concise coverage of food
                                                              irradiation.Contents include: Introduction (trends in food spoilage and
                                                              safety, food preservation technologies, the use of ionising radiation);
                                                              Food irradiation topics (from additives to yoghurt); List of entries by
                                         Wilkinson, V.M.;     category (including listing by food groups and components, control of
Food Irradiation                         Gould, G.W.          microbiological hazards and irradiation methods).
                                                             In 1997 the FDA approved the use of low-dose ionizing radiation to
                                                             eliminate pathogens in red meat. This food processing technology can
                                                             improve the safety of food and extend the shelf life of certain foods by
                                                             eliminating pathogenic bacteria, parasites, and other microorganisms
                                                             that cause food-borne disease. Currently, forty-two countries practice
                                                             some form of food irradiation. This book provides a comprehensive, up-
                                                             to-date account of food irradiation principles, effects, applications, and
Food Irradiation - Principles and                            limitations, including global regulatory issues and the economics of food
Applications                              Molins, Ricardo A. irradiation.

                                                              Food labelling is one of the most important issues facing food
                                                              manufacturers today. With the increased use of controversial techniques
                                                              such as irradiation and the genetic modification of crops food
                                                              manufacturers find themselves at the centre of an increasingly political
                                                              debate. This is in addition to the existing complexities of producing
                                                              labelling that fulfils the needs of consumer and regulator as well as the
                                                              manufacturer's own technical and marketing departments. J. Ralph
                                                              Blanchfield has brought together authors from around the world to
                                                              provide a comprehensive guide to producing labelling that complies with
                                                              existing legislation and satisfies the needs of all interested parties. This
                                                              comprehensive book also provides a valuable insight into possible
Food Labelling                            Blanchfield, J.R.   future developments.
                                                              This book provides an authoritative review of one of the most exciting
                                                              and influential developments in the food industry. The modelling of food
                                                              processes allows analysts not only to understand such processes more
                                                              clearly but also to control them more closely and make predictions about
                                          Tijskens, L.M.M.;   them. This book aids the search for greater and more consistent food
                                          Hertog,             quality. Written by a distinguished international team of experts, it covers
                                          M.L.A.T.M.;         both the range of modelling techniques and their practical applications
Food Process Modelling                    Nicolaï, B.M.       across the food chain.
                                                              The first edition of Food processing and technology was quickly adopted
                                                              as the standard text by many Food science and technology courses.
                                                              This new edition has been thoroughly updated and considerably
                                                              expanded to take account of the advances in technology that have taken
                                                              place since the publication of the first edition.The book is split into five
                                                              parts in which unit operations are grouped according to the nature of the
                                                              heat transfer that takes place. Each chapter describes the theoretical
                                                              and practical aspects of the unit operation including the formula required
                                                              for calculation of processing parameters, sample problems and the
Food Processing Technology - Principles                       effects on sensory characteristics and nutritional properties of selected
and Practice (2nd Edition)                Fellows, P.J.       foods.

                                                              Product development, from refining an established product range to
                                                              developing completely new products, is the lifeblood of the food
                                                              industry. It is, however, a process fraught with risk, which often ends in
                                                              failure. This book explains the means to making product development a
                                                              success. Filled with examples and practical suggestions, and written by
                                                              a distinguished team with unrivalled academic and industry expertise, it
                                          Earle, M.; Earle,   will be an essential guide for R & D and product development staff, and
Food Product Development                  R.; Anderson, A.    managers throughout the food industry concerned with this key issue.

                                                              Approaching food safety from retail, commercial, and institutional
                                                              angles, this authoritative resource analyzes every step of the food
                                                              production process, from processing and packaging to handling and
                                                              distribution. It categorizes and defines real and perceived safety issues
                                                              surrounding food, providing scientifically non-biased perspectives on
                                                              issues for professional and general readers. Each part is divided into
                                                              chapters, which are then organized into the following structure:
                                          Schmidt, Ronald     Introduction and Definition of Issues; Background and Historical
                                          H.; Rodrick, Gary   Significance; Scientific Basis and Implications; Regulatory, Industrial,
Food Safety Handbook                      E.                  and International Implications; and Current and Future Implications.
                                                          The quality and safety of the food we eat attracts a great deal of publicity
                                                          and is high on the list of public concerns. This highly emotive 15th
                                                          volume of Issues in Environmental Science and Technology brings
                                                          together a group of experts to present up-to-date and balanced
                                                          overviews on a wide range of topics including GM crops; hazardous
                                      Hester, R.E.;       microorganisms such as E. coli; the BSE/CJD problem; and cancer-
Food Safety and Food Quality          Harrison, R.M.      causing chemicals, both natural and synthetic.

                                                        This book provides a holistic view, starting with the determination of food
                                                        texture, its perception in the mouth, its measurement by both sensory
                                                        and instrumental methods, and the relationship between those methods.
                                                        This book has been divided into two sections. The first deals with
Food Texture - Measurement and        Rosenthal, Andrew perception of food texture and techniques for its measurement. The
Perception                            J.                second focuses on individual groups of food commodities.

                                                          As trends in foodborne disease continue to rise, the effective
                                                          identification and control of pathogens becomes ever more important for
                                                          the food industry. With its distinguished international team of
                                                          contributors, this book provides an authoritative and practical guide to
                                                          effective control measures and how they can be applied in practice to
                                                          individual pathogens. Part 1 looks at general techniques in assessing
                                                          and managing bacterial hazards. After a review of analytical methods,
                                                          there are chapters on modelling pathogen behavior and carrying out a
                                                          risk assessment as the essential foundation for effective food safety
                                                          management. The following chapters then look at good management
                                                          practice in key stages in the supply chain, starting with farm production.
                                                          There are chapters on hygienic plant design and sanitation, and safe
Foodborne Pathogens - Hazards, Risk   Blackburn, C.W.;    process design and operation, which provide the foundation for a
Analysis and Control                  McClure, P.J.       discussion of what makes for effective HACCP systems implementation.

                                                          This handbook is easy to understand and is full of examples illustrating
                                                          everyday problems. It reads like an owner's manual to furnaces, one
                                                          that makes repair and maintenance virtually hassle-free. And if you're
                                                          looking for the insider secrets to choosing a heating system, you simply
                                                          couldn't find a more practical guide than this one. Covers gas, electric,
                                                          and oil forced-air systems, plus heat pumps. Reviews humidifiers and air
Forced Hot Air Furnaces -                                 cleaners. Gives you insight into controls, circuits, operation, diagnosis,
Troubleshooting and Repair            n/a                 repair and selection, and provides hundreds of step-by-step illustrations.
                                                          This handbook tells you how to become proficient in the design
                                                          construction process by providing you with procedures, lists of common
                                                          design problems, tips on how to deal with clients, and more.
                                                          Comprehensive in scope, it features advice from well-known experts
                                                          that explain everything you need to know: design and construction
                                                          codes; standards and regulations; technical and legal steps; engineering
                                                          analysis of structural defects and failures in steel, concrete, timber and
Forensic Structural Engineering                           masonry structures; stone and pre-cast cladding; foundations and
Handbook                              Ratay, R.T.         retaining walls; temporary structures.

                                                          This is a concise review of the developments that have led to the wide
                                                          variety of applications of vacuum coater technology in today's world.
                                                          This book reviews both the technical and the patent literature relevant to
                                                          the technology. With its many references, this book provides a starting
                                                          point for more in-depth surveys on what has been done in the past as
                                                          well as more recent work in all aspects of vacuum coating. The author,
                                                          Donald M. Mattox, has used his extensive knowledge of vacuum coating
                                                          technology to draw comparisons and place the information in the proper
                                                          context for the reader. This is particularly important for the patent
Foundations of Vacuum Coating                             literature where the terminology used is often not that used by the
Technology                            Mattox, D.M.        technical community.
                                                             This book represents the most accurate computational method available
                                                             for predicting enzyme inhibitor binding affinities. Advances in computer
                                                             power enabled the practical application of these calculations in rationale
                                                             drug design. This book represents the first comprehensive review of this
                                                             growing area of research and covers the basic theory underlying the
                                                             method, numerous state of the art strategies designed to improve
Free Energy Calculations in Rational Drug Reddy, M. Rami;    throughput. Examples wherein free energy calculations were used to
Design                                    Erion, Mark D.     design and evaluate potential drug candidates.
                                                             The book begins with an analysis of the methods available to the
                                                             biotechnologist. Part 1 considers the range of traits that have been the
                                                             subject of modification. Chapter 3 discusses the modification of such
                                                             agronomic traits as fruit quality and resistance to various kinds of
                                                             environmental stress, as well as the use of molecular markers in plant
                                                             breeding. Chapter 4 looks specifically at how biotechnology can improve
                                                             plant defense mechanisms. The following three chapters then consider
                                                             the genetic enhancement of fruit and vegetable ripening and post-
                                                             harvest life, sensory properties such as color and flavor, processing
                                                             functionality, and nutritional quality. Part 2 includes a number of case
                                                             studies illustrating how genetic modification has enhanced particular
                                                             fruits and vegetables, looking at a range of fruit and vegetables such as
                                                             tomato, potato, melon, broccoli, and cauliflower. Part 3 of the book
                                                             considers the important issues of consumer attitudes and risk
Fruit and Vegetable Biotechnology        Valpuesta, V.       assessment.
                                                             Fruit and vegetables are both major food products in their own right and
                                                             key ingredients in many processed foods. There has been growing
                                                             research both on their importance to health and new techniques to
                                                             preserve the nutritional and sensory qualities desired by consumers.
                                                             This major collection summarises some of the key themes in this recent
                                                             research. With its distinguished editor and international team of
                                                             contributors, this book provides an authoritative review of key research
Fruit and Vegetable Processing -                             on measuring and improving the quality of both fresh and processed
Improving Quality                        Jongen, W.          fruits and vegetables.
                                                             This book provides an authoritative review of key issues in improving
                                                             quality in the manufacture of fried products. The first part of the book
                                                             sets the scene by looking at the differing types of fried products and
                                                             their markets as well as at the regulatory context. It also includes an
                                                             important discussion of the role of dietary lipids, the impact of frying on
                                                             lipid intake, and its influence on consumer health. Frying oils are the
                                                             most important common influence on fried product quality. They not only
                                                             need to withstand the stresses of high temperature in frying but also
                                                             maintain their quality during subsequent product storage. Part 2
                                                             therefore looks in detail at frying oils, their composition, the factors
                                                             affecting frying oil quality, and ways of measuring frying oil quality and
                                                             authenticity. The final part of the book looks at quality issues relating to
Frying - Improving Quality               Rossell, J.B.       fried products.

                                                             This second edition reference provides full and updated coverage of fuel
                                                             cell principles and applications as well as examples of the modeling and
                                                             design of actual fuel cell systems. It covers major fuel cell types, future
                                                             technologies, direct methanol fuel cells, fuel cell operation and
                                                             thermodynamics, fuel processing, and hydrogen storage and generation.
                                                             System components such as compressors, turbines, regulators,
                                                             inverters, grid inter-ties, electric motors, and hybrid fuel cell/battery
                                                             systems also receive attention. The audience will be students and
                                          Larminie, James;   researchers in electrical, power, chemical, and automotive engineering.
Fuel Cell Systems Explained (2nd Edition) Dicks, Andrew      No prior knowledge of fuel cell chemistry is required.
                                                            Although in nature the vast majority of polymers are condensation
                                                            polymers, much publicity has been focused on functionalized vinyl
                                                            polymers. This book fulfills the need to explore these polymers which
                                                            form an increasingly important and diverse foundation in the search for
                                                            new materials in the twentyfirst century. Some of the advantages
                                                            condensation polymers hold over vinyl polymers include offering
                                                            different kinds of binding sites, their ability to be made biodegradable,
                                                            and their different reactivities with various reagents under diverse
                                          Carraher, Charles reaction conditions. They also offer better tailoring of end-products,
                                          E., Jr; Swift,    different tendencies (such as fiber formation), and different physical and
Functional Condensation Polymers          Graham G.         chemical properties.

                                                            Dairy products constitute one of the most important types of functional
                                                            food. Edited by two of the leading authorities in this area, this major
                                                            collection first reviews how functional dairy products help to prevent
                                                            such chronic diseases as cancer, osteoporosis and cardiovascular
                                          Mattila-Sandholm, disease. Part 2 considers product development and such issues as
                                          Tiina; Saarela,   clinical trials and safety evaluation. Part 3 reviews particular types of
Functional Dairy Products                 Maria             product from oligosaccharides to lactic acid bacteria.
                                                            Functional Foods are widely predicted to become one of the biggest
                                                            dietary trends of the next twenty-five years. The editors of this book
                                                            have gathered together leading experts in this field in order to provide
                                                            the food industry with a single authoritative source. This book first
                                                            defines and classifies the field of functional foods, paying particular
                                                            attention to the legislative aspects in both the US and Europe. It then
                                                            summarises the key work on functional foods and the prevention of
                                          Gibson, G.R.;     disease. Finally there are a series of chapters on the issues in
Functional Foods                          Williams, C.M.    developing functional foods in practice.

                                                          This book describes several crystal structure systems that are frequently
                                                          observed in oxide functional materials, examining basic modules that
                                                          are the building blocks of all related structures. Links the structural
                                                          evolution of each system with mixed valences of rare-earth and
                                                          transitional metal elements. Early chapters describe structure types such
                                                          as rock, salt, and rutile, with an emphasis on connection among different
                                                          structure systems. Includes some 330 b&w figures, and FORTRAN
Functional and Smart Materials -                          codes for calculation of crystal structure data and electron energy-loss
Structural Evolution and Structure      Wang, Z.L.; Kang, spectra. For researchers and graduate students in materials science,
Analysis                                Z.C.              solid-state chemistry and physics, mineralogy, and electron microscopy.
                                                          This book provides comprehensive coverage of the scientific aspects of
                                                          cheese, emphasizing fundamental principles. The book's 23 chapters
                                                          cover the chemistry and microbiology of milk for cheesemaking, starter
                                                          cultures, coagulation of milk by enzymes or by acidification, the
                                                          microbiology and biochemistry of cheese ripening, the flavor and
                                        Fox, Patrick F.;  rheology of cheese, processed cheese, cheese as a food ingredient,
                                        Guinee, Timothy   public health and nutritional aspects of cheese, and various methods
                                        O,; Cogan,        used for the analysis of cheese. The book contains references to other
                                        Timothy M.;       texts and review articles. This broadly based resource is written for
                                        McSweeney, Paul personnel involved in various production and quality control functions in
Fundamentals of Cheese Science          L. H.             the cheese industry.
                                                          This book brings the reader up-to-date on the latest dairy chemistry
                                        Wong, Noble P.;   development, including two vital areas, nutritive value and chemistry of
                                        Jenness, Robert; processing. Contains basic research data, fundamental observation,
Fundamentals of Dairy Chemistry (3rd    Keeney, Mark;     interpretations, and application, plus insightful theoretical discussions on
Edition)                                Marth, Elmer H.   key contributions to dairy chemistry.
                                                          This book contains sixteen chapters, all written by leading experts in the
                                                          field, that focus on metal composites with regard to processing,
                                        Suresh, S.;       microstructure and characterization, mechanics and micromechanics of
                                        Mortensen, A.;    deformation, mechanics and micromechanics of damage and fracture,
Fundamentals of Metal-Matrix Composites Needleman, A.     and practical applications.
                                                                This ideal introductory text covers the basics of polymer chemistry and
                                                                engineering, as well as structure-property relationships in plastics, in a
                                                                concise manner. Technically authoritative and up-to-date, this volume
                                                                offers a survey of the basic chemistry of monomers and their conversion
                                                                to the various polymers, the essentials of structure and performance,
                                                                rheology of polymers as liquids and solids, and mechanical properties.
                                                                Problem sets enhance the book's suitability for advanced
Fundamentals of Polymer Engineering         Ram, A.             undergraduates in chemical engineering or materials science.

                                                                This third updated edition attempts to fill the gap between a general solid-
                                                                state physics textbook and research articles by providing detailed
                                                                explanations of the electronic, vibrational, transport, and optical
                                                                properties of semiconductors. The approach is physical and intuitive
                                                                rather than formal and pedantic. Theories are presented to explain
Fundamentals of Semiconductors -                                experimental results. This textbook has been written with both students
Physics and Materials Properties (3rd       Yu, Peter Y.;       and researchers in mind. Its emphasis is on understanding the physical
Edition)                                    Cardona, Manuel     properties of Si and similar tetrahedrally coordinated semiconductors.

                                                              This book describes approximately 350 fungicides, biocides and
                                                              preservatives which are currently available for industrial and agricultural
                                                              usage. The book will be of value to industrial and agricultural, technical
                                                              and managerial personnel involved in the specification and use of these
Fungicides, Biocides and Preservatives                        products. It has been produced from information received from
for Industrial and Agricultural Applications Flick, Ernest W. numerous industrial companies and other organizations.
                                                              Updated and now in its 3rd edition, outdated designs have been
                                                              eliminated to make way for new technically developed designs. The
                                                              overall number has been increased from 108 designs to 130 designs.
                                                              With contributions from leading industry experts, problem solving is
                                                              described in the design and manufacture of injection molds. All designs
Gastrow Injection Molds - 130 Proven         Lindner, Edmund; have been tested and proven successful in industry application and the
Designs (3rd Edition)                        Unger, Peter     130 designs are classified as standard.

                                                                Don't miss out on the first book specifically devoted to seismology,
                                                                geotechnical engineering basics, earthquake analysis, and site
                                                                improvement methods. Written by Robert Day, one of the most
                                                                respected names in the field, this handbook is a one-stop resource that
                                                                gives you instant access to: Field and laboratory testing methods and
                                                                procedures. Current seismic codes. Site improvement methods. In-
                                                                depth earthquake engineering analysis as applied to soils. Worked-out
Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering                             problems illustrating earthquake analysis. Subsurface exploration data.
Handbook                                    n/a                 Fundamental geotechnical engineering principles.
                                                                Few people today are unaware of the far-reaching effects of global
                                                                environmental change, and it is now generally accepted that human
                                                                activities are the root cause of the changes in climate. This 17th volume
                                                                of Issues in Environmental Science and Technology provides a
                                                                balanced overview of the problems associated with global warming.
                                                                Commencing with a chapter on the evidence for global warming
                                                                presented by Sir John Houghton, the book then goes on to discuss the
                                                                many problems associated with air pollution. Subsequent chapters cover
                                                                rising sea levels, the effect of climate change on human health and the
                                                                role of environmental performance in industry. This readable and
                                                                factually detailed book will have wide appeal but will be of particular
                                            Hester, R.E.;       interest to environmental scientists, industrial managers, policy-makers
Global Environmental Change                 Harrison, R.M.      and students.
                                                             New edition of a text in which 117 contributions offer a case study
                                         Goldfrank, Lewis    approach to medical toxicology. Topics include the biochemical and
                                         R.; Flomenbaum,     molecular basis, the pathophysiologic (organ system) basis, and clinical
                                         Neal E.; Lewin,     issues such as prescription medication, psychopharmacologic
                                         Neal A.; Howland,   medications, alcohol and drugs of abuse, food poisoning, botanicals,
                                         Mary Ann;           heavy metals, household toxins, pesticides, occupational and
                                         Hoffman, Robert     environmental toxins, toxic envenomations, special populations, and
Goldfrank's Toxicologic Emergencies (7th S.; Nelson, Lewis   preventive, psychosocial, nursing, epidemiologic, research, and legal
Edition)                                 S.                  perspectives.

                                                             AIChE's Center for Chemical Process Safety (CCPS®) has taken the
                                                             lead by developing a method for industry to analyze their chemical
                                                             security risks. The "Guidelines for Analyzing and Managing the Security
                                                             Vulnerabilities at Fixed Chemical Sites" has rapidly become one of the
                                                             preferred methodologies for conducting chemical facility security
                                                             vulnerability analyses. The CCPS SVA approach has been identified by
Guidelines for Analyzing and Managing                        the American Chemistry Council as one of the recommended methods
the Security Vulnerabilities of Fixed                        for their member companies to employ in conducting analyses at their
Chemical Sites                             n/a               facilities as part of the Responsible Care® security code.

                                                             A variety of approaches are given so the reader can select the
                                                             methodology best suited. This volume discusses, fundamental skills and
                                                             techniques needed, tools of auditing, and characteristics of a good
                                                             process safety management system. And, since information needed for
                                                             review in the audit may be scattered or undocumented, it offers
                                                             suggestions on what to look for and where. Whether your company is
                                                             large or small, whether you are experienced with auditing or just
Guidelines for Auditing Process Safety                       developing a system, consistent use of the techniques presented can
Management Systems                         n/a               significantly improve your audit and your process safety management.
                                                             The second edition of this best-selling work reflects the latest advances
                                                             in this evolving CPQRA methodology, as well as worked examples with
                                                             accompanying Excel and Quatro Pro programs. Contents include: *
                                                             Chemical process quantitative risk analysis * Consequence analysis *
                                                             Event probability and failure frequency analysis * Measurement,
                                                             calculation, and presentation of risk estimates * Creation of CPQRA
                                                             data base * CPQRA application examples * Case studies * Ten
                                                             appendices, including loss-of-containment causes in the chemical
Guidelines for Chemical Process                              industry; a sample outline for CPQRA reports; and data reduction
Quantitative Risk Analysis (2nd Edition)   n/a               techniques.

                                                             Drawn from international sources, a useful resource for engineers who
Guidelines for Chemical Reactivity                           design, start-up, operate, and manage chemical and petrochemical
Evaluation and Application to Process                        plants, this reference emphasizes the use of state-of-the-art technology
Design                                     n/a               in theory, testing methods, and applications in design and operations.

                                                             In today's environment, management and citizen concerns make the
                                                             skilled practice of Transportation Risk Analysis (TRA) imperative. This
                                                             book offers a sound, basic approach to TRA, which can be used to
                                                             manage and control transportation risks by identifying the parameters
                                                             with the greatest influence on a given movement, or to identify and
                                                             evaluate risk reduction strategies. Together with Guidelines for
                                                             Chemical Process Quantitative Risk Analysis (CCPS, 1989), it will
Guidelines for Chemical Transportation                       enable the process engineer to run basic analyses and to effectively
Risk Analysis                              n/a               manage those, which are more complex.
                                                  Better engineering design can significantly reduce risk potential in the
                                                  CPI. In this volume, industry experts offer their broad experience in
                                                  identifying numerous solutions to the more common process equipment
                                                  failures including inherent safer/passive, active, and procedural
                                                  solutions, in decreasing order of robustness and reliability. The
                                                  equipment categories include vessels, reactors, mass transfer
                                                  equipment, fluid transfer equipment, solids-fluid separators, solids
                                                  handling and processing equipment, and piping and piping components.
                                                  Tables can be copied and used during process hazard analyses. The
                                                  text is organized into three basic sections, a technique for making risk-
                                                  based design decisions, potential failure scenarios for 10 major
Guidelines for Design Solutions for               processing equipment categories, and two worked examples showing
Process Equipment Failures                  n/a   how the techniques can be applied.
                                                  Inherently safer plants begin with the initial design, and this book
                                                  focuses on process safety issues in the design of chemical,
                                                  petrochemical, and hydrocarbon processing facilities, discussing how to
                                                  best select designs that can prevent or mitigate the release of
                                                  flammable or toxic materials, which could lead to fire, explosion, or
                                                  environmental damage. Engineers on the design or process hazard
                                                  analysis team, and those who make basic decisions on plant design, will
Guidelines for Engineering Design for             benefit from this comprehensive coverage and the extensive cross-
Process Safety                              n/a   references to literature, codes, and standards.

                                                  This practical book, written by the same author as API Recommended
                                                  Practice 752, provides the details to implement the recommended API
                                                  practice. Its contents include: * Safety guidelines, applicable across the
                                                  spectrum of industries and to conditions at any site on fire and explosion
                                                  risks to process plant buildings as a result of events external to the
                                                  building; * Guidance on assessing, screening, and managing risks
Guidelines for Evaluating Process Plant           associated with building design and siting; * Appendices with extensive
Buildings for External Explosions and             coverage of explosion and fire phenomena, and effects and principles of
Fires                                       n/a   blast-resistant design.

                                                  The serious consequences of vapor cloud explosions, flash fires, and
                                                  BLEVEs are well known. The first section of the book describes the
                                                  characteristics of these phenomena and gives an overview of past
                                                  experimental and theoretical research and methods to estimate
                                                  consequences. The second section focuses on methods for
Guidelines for Evaluating the                     consequence estimating by presenting sample problems. The entire
Characteristics of Vapor Cloud                    book is heavily illustrated with photos, charts, tables, and diagrams, and
Explosions, Flash Fires, and BLEVEs         n/a   each chapter has a full set of references for additional reading.

                                                  A resource for individuals responsible for siting decisions, this guidelines
                                                  book covers siting and layout of process plants, including both new and
                                                  expanding facilities. This book provides comprehensive guidelines in
                                                  selecting a site, recognizing and assessing long-term risks, and the
                                                  optimal layout of equipment facilities needed within a site. The
Guidelines for Facility Siting and Layout   n/a   information presented is applicable to US and international locations.
                                                  While there are many resources available on fire protection and
                                                  prevention in chemical petrochemical and petroleum plants - this is the
                                                  first book that pulls them all together in one comprehensive resource.
                                                  This book provides the tools to develop, implement, and integrate a fire
                                                  protection program into a company or facility's Risk Management
Guidelines for Fire Protection in Chemical,       System. This definitive volume is a must-read for loss prevention
Petrochemical, and Hydrocarbon                    managers, site managers, project managers, engineers and EHS
Processing Facilities                       n/a   professionals.
                                                   This fundamental work keeps process engineers up-to-date on the
                                                   effective Process Hazard Analysis or Hazard Evaluation Procedures
                                                   methodology, with almost 200 pages of worked examples depicting the
                                                   techniques in actual applications. References for further reading, along
                                                   with charts and diagrams that reflect the latest views and information,
Guidelines for Hazard Evaluation                   make this a fully integrated work. The procedures explained with worked
Procedures - With Worked Examples (2nd             examples include HAZOPS, FEMA, Check Lists, Fault Trees, Event
Edition)                               n/a         Trees plus others.
                                                   The causes of catastrophic accidents in the process industries, now
                                                   recognized as complex and interrelated, need to be matched by multi-
                                                   faceted technical management systems. These principles apply to
                                                   companies of any size and to a full range of industries beyond the
                                                   chemical industry, such as pulp and paper, electronics, oil and gas. This
                                                   book supplements the systematic approach set out in previous CCPS
Guidelines for Implementing Process                publications, Plant Guidelines for Technical Management of Chemical
Safety Management Systems                    n/a   Process Safety.
                                                   This important resource provides plant management and engineers the
                                                   protocol and techniques for collecting and organizing high quality plant
                                                   performance, maintenance, and repair data, together with methods and
                                                   examples using collected data for facility reliability/availability
                                                   assessments, making decisions on the need for redundant systems,
                                                   improving equipment designs and selecting the best equipment for
Guidelines for Improving Plant Reliability         specific tasks, estimating required work force, and integrating predictive
through Data Collection and Analysis         n/a   and preventive maintenance.
                                                   Over the years, companies have developed independent systems for
                                                   managing process safety, environment, health, safety, and quality. Many
                                                   aspects of these management systems are similar. Integrating EHS
                                                   management systems can yield economies and improved system
                                                   effectiveness. This book explains how integration reduces cost of
                                                   delivery through a reduction in the number of management program
                                                   steps and avoidance of redundancy; how it results in more effective
Guidelines for Integrating Process Safety          programs, since the best practices can be combined into a single
Management, Environment, Safety,                   process; and how this integration brings a faster, and more cost
Health and Quality                        n/a      effective response to new demands.
                                                   This book provides a valuable reference tool for technical and
                                                   management personnel who lead or are a part of incident investigation
                                                   teams. This second edition focuses on investigating process-related
                                                   incidents with real or potential catastrophic consequences. It presents
                                                   on-the-job information, techniques, and examples that support
                                                   successful investigations. The methodologies, tools, and techniques
                                                   described in this book can also be applied when investigating other
Guidelines for Investigating Chemical              types of events such as reliability, quality, occupational health, and
Process Incidents (2nd Edition)              n/a   safety incidents.

                                                   Here is a unique single-volume resource on the design of post-release
                                                   mitigation systems, the last line of defense against both process safety
                                                   and security incidents. The book: * Contains engineering methods for
                                                   minimizing the consequences of the release of toxic vapors, or ignition
                                                   of flammable vapors - including passive and active systems intended to
Guidelines for Postrelease Mitigation              reduce or eliminate significant acute effects of a dispersing vapor cloud
Technology in the Chemical Process                 * Emphasizes planning and a systems approach * Shows limitations of
Industry                                     n/a   any methods discussed * Provides numerous references.
                                               Almost all the major accident investigations show human error as the
                                               principal cause, either in design, operations, maintenance, or the
                                               management of safety. This unique text provides practical advice for
                                               substantially reducing human error at all levels. Eight chapters, packed
                                               with case studies and examples of simple and advanced techniques for
                                               new and existing systems, challenge the assumption that human error is
                                               "unavoidable" and suggest a systems perspective. This view sees error
                                               as a consequence of a mismatch between human capabilities and
Guidelines for Preventing Human Error in       demands and inappropriate organizational culture, defining error as a
Process Safety                           n/a   manageable factor and, therefore, avoidable.

                                               This guideline was written to provide process safety practitioners, and
                                               their managers with the information required to estimate statistical failure
                                               rates for pumps, valves, heat exchangers, instruments and other
                                               chemical process equipment. The failure rates are essential for making
                                               a chemical process risk analysis to predict the risk of various process
                                               and facility scenarios. Information provided includes: * The basis and
                                               how to gather information for failure rates; * Sources and examples of
                                               publicly available failure rate frequencies; * A collection of publicly
Guidelines for Process Equipment               available failure frequency data. This book is the needed companion for
Reliability Data - With Data Tables      n/a   Guidelines for Chemical Process Equipment Reliability Analysis.
                                               The process industry has developed integrated process safety
                                               management programs to reduce or eliminate incidents and major
                                               consequences, such as injury, loss of life, property damage,
                                               environmental harm, and business interruption. Good documentation
                                               practices are a crucial part of retaining past knowledge and experience,
                                               and avoiding relearning old lessons. Following an introduction, which
                                               offers examples of how proper documentation might have prevented
                                               major explosions and serious incidents, the 21 sections in this book
Guidelines for Process Safety                  clearly present aims, goals, and methodology in all areas of
Documentation                            n/a   documentation.

                                               Batch reaction systems pose unique challenges to process safety
                                               managers, and the sequence of processing steps, and frequent startups
                                               and shutdowns, increases the possibility of human errors and equipment
                                               failures. Since batch plants are often designed for shared use, frequent
                                               modification of piping and layout may occur, resulting in complex
                                               "management of change" issues. This book: *Identifies the singular
                                               concerns of batch reaction systems *Provides hands-on guidance in
Guidelines for Process Safety in Batch         dealing with them *Highlights potential sources of unsafe conditions
Reaction Systems                         n/a   *Offers guidance in applying appropriate practices to prevent accidents.

                                               Today's companies frequently augment in-house production by
                                               outsourcing chemical production, formulation, and packaging processes.
                                               However, this does not relieve companies from all process safety
                                               responsibilities. Augmented throughout with extensive checklists and
                                               examples, this volume offers proven procedures and techniques for:
                                               *Identifying and assessing the capabilities and adequacy of potential toll
                                               manufacturers *Developing contractual agreements which properly
                                               address legal obligations and responsibilities for process safety, health,
                                               environment and product quality issues *Resolving responsibility for
                                               using necessary process safety techniques, such as conducting PHAs,
                                               managing process changes, developing safe operating procedures,
                                               training operators, and complying with regulations *Overseeing tolling
                                               operations, conducting audits of the toller's operational and relevant
                                               management systems; and reviewing the results and recommendations
Guidelines for Process Safety in               of incident investigations *Closing out the outsourcing agreement and
Outsourced Manufacturing Operations      n/a   operations.
                                                Increased automation reduces the potential for operator error, but
                                                introduces the possibility of new types of errors in design and
                                                maintenance. This book provides designers and operators of chemical
Guidelines for Safe Automation of               process facilities with a general philosophy and approach to safe
Chemical Processes                        n/a   automation, including independent layers of safety.

                                                This book is intended as a resource for process design and plant
                                                engineers responsible for designing and running processes that handle
                                                powders and bulk solids in the chemical, pharmaceutical, and related
                                                manufacturing industries. The main focus of the book is the instability,
                                                reactivity, and combustibility hazards of particulate solids manufactured
                                                or handled in the chemical and pharmaceutical industries. Toxicity
                                                hazards are also discussed, to a lesser extent, and there is coverage of
                                                UN-DOT Class 4, 5, and 6.1 materials. The book will aid process hazard
                                                analysis teams and leaders, as well as those operating small plants and
                                                toll operations, and may also be useful to insurance and regulatory
Guidelines for Safe Handling of Powders         personnel with assignments at industrial facilities that process, store, or
and Bulk Solids                           n/a   transport large quantities of solid particulates
                                                The critical guidelines presented in this volume can significantly reduce
                                                the risk or mitigate the severity of accidents associated with storing and
                                                handling reactive materials. Components of a reliable system to prevent
                                                equipment or human failures that might lead to a reactive chemical
                                                incident include sound and responsible management policies in
                                                combination with superior siting, design, fabrication, erection, inspection,
                                                monitoring, maintenance, operations, and maintenance of facilities. This
Guidelines for Safe Storage and Handling        resource covers all of these elements with emphasis on design
of Reactive Materials                    n/a    considerations.

                                                This performance-based approach in the book to such hazards as
                                                health effects, environmental pollution, fire, and explosion presents
                                                practical means to minimize the risk of these hazards to employees, the
                                                surrounding population, the environment, property, and business
                                                operations. These basic precepts can be used to evaluate the risks in
                                                initial or existing designs for warehousing facilities on a manufacturing
                                                site, for freestanding offsite buildings, and for strictly chemical or mixed-
Guidelines for Safe Warehousing of              use storage. Each of the book's ten chapters has a list of references and
Chemicals                                 n/a   suggestions for further reading.

                                                The book describes Process Safety Management programs as the key
                                                to prevention, preparedness, response, and recovery. It then considers
                                                the main features of a preparedness program, including recognizing
                                                credible incidents, planning practical strategy to deal with these
Guidelines for Technical Planning for On-       incidents, selecting necessary physical support systems and equipment,
Site Emergencies                          n/a   and developing a complete emergency response plan.
                                                This book encourages and facilitates the development and use of
                                                dispersion modeling as an everyday tool, providing: * Practical
                                                understanding of basic physical and chemical principles * Guidance in
                                                selecting release scenarios and the best available models * Information
                                                and examples on how to run some models and interpret outputs. A
                                                diskette containing typical values for the many vapor cloud-modeling
Guidelines for Use of Vapor Cloud               parameters makes this an essential reference for beginning and
Dispersion Models (2nd Edition)           n/a   experienced modelers alike.
                                                            The EPA investigation of a 1994 chemical plant tragedy concluded that
                                                            "the explosion resulted from a lack of written safe operating procedures".
                                                            Although solid written procedures cannot guarantee zero accidents, they
                                                            can reduce the number of accidents caused by human error, and this
                                                            book shows how to select and implement actions that: * Promote safe,
                                                            efficient operations and maintenance * Improve quality, continuity,
                                                            profitability and cost control * Build upon and record process experience
                                                            * Promote the concept that operating and maintenance procedures are
Guidelines for Writing Effective Operating                  vital plant components. The text includes practical samples of procedure
and Maintenance Procedures                 n/a              formats, checklists, and numerous cross-references.

                                                            HACCP is a systematic approach to the identification, evaluation and
                                                            control of food safety hazards. It is being applied across the world, with
                                                            countries such as the US, Australia, New Zealand and the UK leading
                                                            the way. However, effective implementation in the meat industry remains
                                                            difficult and controversial. HACCP in the meat industry is an
                                                            authoritative survey of key principles and best practice, providing an
                                                            authoritative guide to making HACCP systems work successfully in the
                                                            meat industry. This book is set to become the standard guide on the
HACCP in the Meat Industry                Brown, M.         successful implementation of HACCP systems in meat processing.

                                                            This is a database of HNMR spectra for about 154,000 physiologically
                                                            active organic compounds made into a highly interactive product by
                                                            Knovel. It features our Chemical Structure Search and Spectra Viewer
                                                            productivity tools to give you unprecedented access and ability to search
                                                            on molecular structures and to view the spectra associated with them.
                                                            The Chemical Structure Search allows you to draw a structure or a
                                                            substructure and then search on it. The Spectra Viewer is an interactive
                                                            tool for displaying spectra data along with the chemical structure of a
HNMR Spectra of Physiologically Active                      compound. It allows you to select and record peaks data, calculate
Compounds                                 n/a               integrals and measure the peak-to-peak distance.
                                                            This book presents a collection of procedures for the analysis of 163
                                                            common pharmaceuticals using high-performance liquid
                                                            chromatography (HPLC). Techniques for each compound are grouped
                                                            together, allowing researchers to combine features of different methods.
                                                            In addition, drug assay methods are provided for drugs in biological
                                                            fluids, such as blood and urine, as well as for bulk and formulated drugs.
                                                            Analytical chemists and researchers will find a battery of useful features
HPLC Methods for Pharmaceutical           Lunn, George;     that make this practical new resource a welcome addition to their
Analysis                                  Schmuff, Norman   reference library.

                                                            The very affordable print version of this database presents a collection
                                                            of procedures for the analysis of 163 common pharmaceuticals using
                                                            high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC). Techniques for each
                                                            compound are grouped together, allowing researchers to combine
                                                            features of different methods. In addition, drug assay methods are
                                                            provided for drugs in biological fluids, such as blood and urine, as well
                                                            as for bulk and formulated drugs. Analytical chemists and researchers
HPLC Methods for Pharmaceutical                             will find a battery of useful features that make this practical new
Analysis, Volumes 2-4                     n/a               resource a welcome addition to their reference library.

                                                            The ultimate reference book on the most frequently used HVAC data,
                                                            chock-full of equations, data, and rules of thumb, a necessary addition
                                                            to any library for mechanical, architectural, and electrical engineers,
                                                            HVAC contractors and technicians, and others. Features over 216
HVAC Equations, Data, and Rules of                          equations for everything from air change rates to swimming pools to
Thumb                                     Bell, A.A., Jr.   steel pipes. Includes both ASME and ASHRAE code information.
                                                       With this authoritative reference at hand, engineers and technician's will
                                                       gain full knowledge of each component in today's complex heating,
                                                       ventilating, and air conditioning systems. Completely revised and fully
                                                       updated, this second edition of a widely-used working tool offers:
                                                       Analyses of today's most efficient, most trouble-free systems; Details to
HVAC Systems and Components                            today's highly advanced components; Ways to achieve economy and
Handbook (2nd Edition)                Grimm, N.R.;     efficiency in design; Clear explanations of the environmental impact of
                                      Rosaler, R.C.    HVAC design; Information on meeting key codes and standards.
                                                       This Handbook provides up-to-date methods of repair for adhesive
                                                       bonded and composite structures, the identification of suitable materials
                                                       and equipment for repairs, and methods of inspection before and after
                                                       repair. Repair methods included are for composite laminates containing
                                                       fiberglass, graphite, or Kevlar reinforcements in organic matrices, and
                                                       sandwich structures containing honeycomb, foam or balsa cores with
                                                       either metallic or composite laminate skins. Materials, tools and
Handbook of Adhesive Bonded Structural Wegman, R.F.;   equipment used in repairs are also described and their sources are
Repair                                 Tullos, T.R.    presented.
                                                       Contains descriptions of more than 2,200 materials available to the
                                                       adhesives industry. The book includes Supplier Addresses and a Trade
Handbook of Adhesives Raw Materials                    Name Index. Projected adhesives sales are increasing, with steady
(2nd Edition)                         Flick, E.W.      growth and expansion into new areas.

                                                       This handbook is the first book ever to diffuse information available
                                                       through technical literature, vendors and users. Adhesives and Sealants
                                                       are used in the home as well as the factory floor. They are all around us
                                                       and the glue that holds everything together. This handbook covers
                                                       polymeric adhesives and sealants for joining or bonding a wide range of
                                                       material including metals, plastics, composites, and elastomers.
                                                       Includes many real-life examples to illustrate the "do's and don'ts" of
                                                       using adhesives and sealants. This book also covers all most of the
                                                       various types of adhesives materials that are commonly used such as:
                                                       epoxies, silicone, and neoprene. It provides detailed data on the
                                                       performance of the adhesive/sealant with respect to harsh service
                                                       environment and explains why adhesives and sealants are used and
                                                       their advantages and disadvantages to other joining methods. Standard
                                                       and special test methods are also available, providing the reader with a
Handbook of Adhesives and Sealants    Petrie, E.M.     wide range of information.
                                                       Air conditioning, aka HVAC&R (heating, ventilating, air ventilating, air
                                                       conditioning, and refrigeration), was developed in the 1900s, and now
                                                       contributes to one sixth of US energy usage, to the depletion of the
                                                       ozone layer, and to the reality of global warming. This handbook
                                                       (updated from the 1994 edition) includes developments in HVAC&R as
                                                       they pertain to the design of energy-efficient systems. These relate to
                                                       improvements in indoor air quality, in microprocessor-based energy
                                                       management and control systems for medium-size or large projects with
                                                       generic controls in graphical display, monitoring, trending, totalization
                                                       and numerous specific functional controls; and in updated technology,
Handbook of Air Conditioning and                       such as artificial intelligence, BACnet, computational fluid dynamics,
Refrigeration (2nd Edition)           Wang, S.K.       reciprocating compressors, etc.
                                                            Measuring the long-term durability of new types of concrete and
                                                            concrete technologies is crucial to their acceptance in the marketplace.
                                                            This long-needed handbook of analytical techniques provides a
                                                            complete reference to the cutting-edge procedures used to test today's
                                                            innovative materials.Ranging from chemical and thermal analysis, to IR
                                                            and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance spectroscopy, to Scanning Electron
                                                            Microscopy, x-ray diffraction, computer modeling and more, the book
                                                            provides first-hand explanations of modern methods —contributed
                                                            by 24 leading scientists, many of whom actually developed or refined the
                                                            techniques. The book includes many analytic techniques, applied to a
                                                            wide range of organic, inorganic and composite materials and
                                                            additives.Perfect for practitioners, students, and professional standards
                                                            writers, the handbook is highly useful for scrutinizing materials in a
                                                            variety of environments. It takes into account the many factors that
                                        Ramachandran,       affect the qualities of concrete —temperature, pore and pore size
Handbook of Analytical Techniques in    V.S.; Beaudoin,     distribution, surface area, and exposure —gathering diverse
Concrete Science and Technology         J.J.                evaluation methods into one convenient resource.

                                                            This handbook is a unique reference work that addresses the most
                                                            important applications, phenomena and analytical techniques of wet
                                                            surface chemistry. Including an enormous wealth of mainly practically
                                                            orientated information it is written by an international team of renowned
                                                            scientists and delivers with authority and experience content that
                                                            thoroughly covers all the major applications.Combines a broad scope
                                                            with a wealth of primarily practical information, much of which is drawn
Handbook of Applied Surface and Colloid                     from very recent sources, it treats the topic in a thorough and
Chemistry, Volumes 1-2                  Holmberg, Krister   comprehensive manner.

                                                           Making vital data and equations instantly accessible for a wide range of
                                                           applications, this handbook has more authoritative information than any
                                                           other source on the characteristics, properties, and performance of
                                                           every major battery type. This edition's four new chapters give you new,
                                                           fully-detailed information on Lithium Ion and Propulsion and Industrial
                                                           Nickel-Metal Hydride batteries, and portable fuel cells, including small
                                                           fuel cells (less than 1000 Watts) which are potentially competitive with
                                                           battery sytems. Brings you up to speed on today's cutting edge battery
                                                           technologies, materials and methods. Helps you predict battery
                                        Linden, D.; Reddy, performance under all operating conditions. Simplifies the selection of
Handbook of Batteries (3rd Edition)     T.B.               the most suitable batteries for a wide range of applications.

                                                            This book covers the mechanisms of degradation in various
                                                            environments, by both biological and non-biological means, and the
                                                            methods for measuring biodegradation. The degree and rate of
                                                            biodegradation is dependent on the chemical composition of the polymer
                                                            and its working environment, and so there is no single optimal method
                                                            for determining biodegradation. This handbook provides discussion of
                                                            international and national standards and certification procedures
                                                            developed to ensure accurate communication of a material's
Handbook of Biodegradable Polymers      Bastioli, Catia     biodegradability between producers, authorities and consumers.
                                                            This book is a review of the science and technology of the element
                                                            carbon and its allotropes: graphite, diamond and the fullerenes. This
                                                            field has expanded greatly in the last three decades stimulated by many
                                                            major discoveries such as carbon fibers, low-pressure diamond and the
                                                            fullerenes. The need for such a book has been felt for some time. These
                                                            carbon materials are very different in structure and properties. Some are
Handbook of Carbon, Graphite, Diamond                       very old (charcoal), others new (the fullerenes). They have different
and Fullerenes - Properties, Processing                     applications and markets and are produced by different segments of the
and Applications                        Pierson, H.O.       industry.
                                                             In 1961 the National Cancer Institute initiated a program to conduct
                                                             bioassays of selected compounds to determine whether they might be
                                                             carcinogens. Although some similarities continue with the program as it
                                                             was in 1961, there are many more differences. Since 1985 when the first
Handbook of Carcinogen Testing (2nd       Milman, H.A.;      edition of this book appeared, these differences have been substantial
Edition)                                  Weisburger, E.K.   enough to merit an updated version.

                                                              This handbook meets the growing need in industry for a clear
                                                              understanding of modern improvements in ceramic processing. Some of
                                                              the topics focused on in this book include; the machining of ceramic
                                                              materials such as silicon nitrate, silicon carbide, and zirconia. The
                                                              presentation is international in scope, with techniques and information
                                                              represented from the USA, Japan, Germany, and the United Kingdom.
                                                              These countries have made important contributions to the field of
                                                              ceramic grinding and polishing. The 20 expert chapter authors explore
                                          Marinescu, Ioan     the challenge of reducing the costs of machining operations, a
Handbook of Ceramic Grinding and          D.; Tonshoff, Hans continuing problem in an industry where ceramic parts must be
Polishing                                 K.; Inasaki, Ichiro machined into final form to achieve a proper fit.

                                                             For the first time in one volume, this book presents a concise treatment
                                                             of labeling in the chemical industry. This handbook has been designed
                                                             to provide an in-depth review of, and to act as a source for, the major
                                          O'Connor, C.J.;    elements of a hazardous label communication program—to serve
Handbook of Chemical Industry Labeling    Lirtzman, S.I.     the needs of labor, industry, and the public.
                                                             The Handbook of Chemical Process Equipment is a major reference on
                                                             process equipment. It provides practical understanding and description
                                                             of the working principles, intended applications, selection criteria and
Handbook of Chemical Processing           Cheremisinoff,     fundamental design principles for equipment used throughout the
Equipment                                 Nicholas P.        process and allied chemical industries.

                                                           Turn to this new second edition for an understanding of the latest
                                                           advances in the chemical vapor deposition (CVD) process. CVD
                                                           technology has recently grown at a rapid rate, and the number and
                                                           scope of its applications and their impact on the market have increased
                                                           considerably. The market is now estimated to be at least double that of a
                                                           mere seven years ago when the first edition of this book was published.
                                                           The second edition is an update with a considerably expanded and
                                                           revised scope. Readers will find the latest data on both Plasma CVD
Handbook of Chemical Vapor Deposition -                    and metallo-organic CVD processes in this volume. Likewise, the book
Principles, Technology and Applications                    explains the growing importance of CVD in production of semiconductor
(2nd Edition)                           Pierson, H.O.      and related applications.
                                                           Provides an interdisciplinary approach to creating environmental
                                                           solutions. Approximately 600 real-world, practical solutions to
                                                           environmental problems that involve chemical engineering, are included.
                                                           The scientific and mathematical crossover between chemical and
                                                           environmental engineering is the key to solving a host of environmental
                                                           problems. Many problems included in this book are intended to
                                                           demonstrate this crossover, as well as the integration of engineering
                                                           with current regulations and environmental media such as air, soil, and
                                                           water. Solutions to the problems are presented in a programmed
                                                           instructional format. Each problem contains a title, problem statement,
                                                           data, and solution, with the more difficult problems located near the end
                                        Reynolds, Joseph of each problem set. The Handbook offers material not only to
Handbook of Chemical and Environmental P.; Jeris, John S.; individuals with limited technical background but also to those with
Engineering Calculations                Theodore, Louis    extensive industrial experience.
                                                                This handbook offers you a surefire way to save time handling routine
                                                                and non-routine calculations in the design, construction, rehab and
                                                                maintenance of all types of structures. Explains and illustrates over 500
                                                                key calculations covering the entire field: structural steel engineering
                                                                and design; reinforced and prestressed concrete; timber engineering;
                                                                soil mechanics; surveying, route design, and highway bridges; fluid
                                                                mechanics; pumps, piping, and hydro power;water supply and
                                                                stormwater; sanitary wastewater treatment and control; and engineering
                                                                economics. Using both customary and SI units, each calculation
Handbook of Civil Engineering                                   procedure includes a worked-out example with numbered steps. You
Calculations                                                    see exactly how to compute the desired values for a particular design,
                                            Hicks, T.G.         and go quickly from data to finished design.

                                                              The most comprehensive, well-referenced book on the selection, use,
                                                              and clinical aspects of virtually all drugs on the market. This handbook,
                                                              which in its early lustrous years served physicians, pharmacists, and
                                                              pharmacy students, is unlike any other drug reference book in that it
                                                              allows readers to compare and contrast various drugs within drug
                                            Anderson, Philip  categories, thereby enabling them to make decisions on which drug to
                                            O.; Knoben,       administer. All other drug reference books merely repeat the drug
                                            James E.;         manufacturers' literature, with no analysis of that information. Nor are
Handbook of Clinical Drug Data (10th        Troutman, William there any reports from the published literature concerning use and
Edition)                                    G.                efficacy of the drugs listed.

                                                                Today, fiber reinforced composites are in use in a variety of structures,
                                                                ranging from spacecraft to aircraft to buildings and bridges. This wide
                                                                use of composites has been facilitated by the introduction of new
                                                                materials, improvements in manufacturing processes and developments
                                                                of new analytical and testing methods. Unfortunately, information on
                                                                these topics is scattered in journal articles, in conference and
                                                                symposium proceedings, in workshop notes, and in government and
                                                                company reports. This proliferation of the source material, coupled with
                                                                the fact that some of the relevant publications are hard to find or are
                                                                restricted, makes it difficult to identify and obtain the up-to-date
                                                                knowledge needed to utilize composites to their full advantage. This
                                                                book intends to overcome these difficulties by presenting in a single
Handbook of Composites (2nd Edition)        Peters, S.T.        volume, many of the recent advances in the field of composite materials.
                                                                This book reviews the recent advances and current technologies used to
                                                                produce microelectronic and optoelectronic devices from compound
                                                                semiconductors. It provides a complete overview of the technologies
Handbook of Compound Semiconductors -                           necessary to grow bulk single-crystal substrates, grow hetero-or
Growth, Processing, Characterization, and Holloway, P.H.;       homoepitaxial films, and process advanced devices such as HBT's, QW
Devices                                   McGuire, G.E.         diode lasers, etc.
                                                                Covers the basics of contamination control for the beginner, while also
                                                                focusing in depth on critical issues of process engineering and circuit
                                                                manufacturing for the more advanced reader. Stresses to readers that
                                                                what makes the area of contamination control unique is its ubiquitous
                                                                nature, across all facets of semiconductor manufacturing. Clean room
Handbook of Contamination Control in                            technology, well-recognized as a fundamental requirement in modern
Microelectronics - Principles, Applications                     day circuit manufacturing, barely scratches the surface in total
and Technology                              Tolliver, D.L.      contamination control.
                                                              Corrosion has an enormous economic and environmental impact on
                                                              industrialized societies, from its effect on the reinforcing steel in
                                                              reinforced concrete infrastructure to aging networks of buried pipelines
                                                              and electronic systems and more. Emphasizing quantitative techniques,
                                                              this book provides you with: Theory essential for understanding
                                                              aqueous, atmospheric, and high temperature corrosion processes;
                                                              Corrosion resistance data for various materials; Management
                                                              techniques for dealing with corrosion control, including life prediction
                                                              and cost analysis, information systems, and knowledge re-use;
                                                              Techniques for the detection, analysis, and prevention of corrosion
Handbook of Corrosion Engineering          Roberge, P.R.      damage, including protective coatings and cathodic protection.

                                                              A decade after the first edition of this volume was published, this second
                                                              edition is being brought out partly due to the excellent response to the
                                                              first edition, and also to update the many improvements in deposition
Handbook of Deposition Technologies for                       technologies, the mechanisms, and applications.The entire volume has
Films and Coatings - Science, Technology                      been extensively revised and contains at least 50% more material. Five
and Applications (2nd Edition)           Bunshah, R.F.        chapters have been added.

                                                              This calculations handbook offers electric power engineers and
                                                              technicians essential step-by-step procedures for solving a wide array of
                                                              electric power problems. The 3rd edition has been updated to reflect
                                                              problem-solving techniques and examples in network analysis,
                                                              instrumentation, all types of motors and generators, transmission lines,
Handbook of Electric Power Calculations                       power system control, load flow, stability, congeneration, batteries,
(3rd Edition)                              Beaty, H.W.        economic methods, specialties, and more.
                                                              This reference for electrical engineers working in the petrochemical
                                                              industry covers both the design of the electrical supply and equipment
                                                              specifications needed in oil, gas, and petrochemical plants. Theories
                                                              behind the design of facilities are outlined, and there is practical
                                                              guidance on selecting the electrical power systems and equipment used
                                                              on offshore production platforms, drilling rigs, pipelines, and chemical
Handbook of Electrical Engineering - For                      plants. Non-electrical material is also included, to help electrical
Practitioners in the Oil, Gas and                             engineers interact with those in mechanical, safety, and civil
Petrochemical Industry                     Sheldrake, Alan L. engineering.
                                                              The Handbook of Ellipsometry is a critical foundation text on an
                                                              increasingly critical subject. Ellipsometry, a measurement technique
                                                              based on phase and amplitude changes in polarized light, is becoming
                                                              popular in a widening array of applications because of increasing
                                                              miniaturization of integrated circuits and breakthroughs in knowledge of
                                                              biological macromolecules deriving from DNA and protein surface
                                           Tompkins, Harland research. Ellipsometry does not contact or damage samples, and is an
                                           G.; Irene, Eugene ideal measurement technique for determining optical and physical
Handbook of Ellipsometry                   A.                 properties of materials at the nano scale.
                                                              This handbook has been prepared as a working reference for the safety
                                                              officer, the environmental engineer and the consultant. For the safety
                                                              officer, this handbook provides detailed guidelines and instructions in
                                                              preparing Right-to-Know Reporting Audits, establishing programs and
                                                              training employees on hazard awareness, and developing and
                                                              implementing emergency response programs in the workplace and at off-
                                                              site operations. For the environmental engineer, this handbook provides
Handbook of Emergency Response to                             extensive technical data on toxic chemical properties and detailed
Toxic Chemical Releases - A Guide to       Cheremisinoff,     instructional aid on how to properly prepare toxic chemical release
Compliance                                 N.P.               inventory reporting.
                                                                For over two decades, this handbook has provided comprehensive, in-
                                                                depth coverage of dangerous organic compounds along with the control
                                                                measures designed to reduce their destructive impact on the ecosystem.
                                                                This new edition is fully updated to reflect the latest research in the field,
                                                                including new organic chemicals, mixtures, and preparations. Arranged
                                                                in alphabetical order by chemical name, it provides synonyms, CAS
                                                                numbers, and molecular and structural formulas of 3,000-plus
                                                                chemicals. Each substance is categorized by physical and chemical
Handbook of Environmental Data on           Verschueren,        properties, aquatic toxicity, odor thresholds, sampling and analysis data,
Organic Chemicals (4th Edition)             Karel               and biological effects.
                                                                The only hands-on reference of its kind, this book provides calculation
                                                                procedures for solid waste management; air resources management;
                                                                water quality assessment and control; surface water; lake and
                                                                reservoirs; groundwater; public water supply; waste water treatment; and
                                                                risk assessment/pollution prevention. Each procedure is presented with
                                                                fully illustrated steps. This book shows the integration of regulatory
Handbook of Environmental Engineering       Lee, C.C.; Dar Lin, requirements into environmental design, so that the resulting designs
Calculations                                S.                  are more acceptable to regulators.
                                                                This excellent volume combines a great deal of data only previously
                                                                available from many different sources into a single, informative volume.
                                                                It presents evaporation technology as it exists today. Although
                                                                evaporation is one of the oldest unit operations, it is also an area with
                                                                dramatic changes in the last quarter century. Although other methods of
                                                                separation are available, evaporation remains the best process for many
                                                                applications. All factors must be evaluated in order to select the best
                                                                evaporator type. This book will be extremely useful in evaluating and
                                                                deciding which evaporation technology will meet a particular set of
Handbook of Evaporation Technology          Minton, P.E.        requirements.

                                                                 This is an up-to-date, exhaustive reference of all solids capable of
                                                                 changing the physical and chemical properties of materials. Stimulated
                                                                 by the fact that materials can be improved almost beyond recognition by
                                                                 new grades of fillers, this one volume presents the information needed
                                                                 to market, develop, select, manufacture, and apply these versatile
                                                                 materials. A single volume contains all the fundamentals and the latest
                                                                 advances in fillers technology and the products in which they are used.
                                                                 The book is divided into three sections. The first is a databank of fillers
                                                                 which includes the most comprehensive set of data ever published. The
                                                                 second section is designed to show how material properties can be
                                                                 tailored to the needs of products. Coupled with observations and
                                                                 theories from current research, this section serves to reconcile
                                                                 controversial findings and provides an understanding of the complex
Handbook of Fillers - A Definitive User's                        issues of filler applications. The last section concentrates on the
Guide and Databook (2nd Edition)          Wypych, George         application of fillers on an industrial scale.

                                                                 This is an up-to-date, exhaustive reference of all solids capable of
                                                                 changing the physical and chemical properties of materials. Stimulated
                                                                 by the fact that materials can be improved almost beyond recognition by
                                                                 new grades of fillers, this one volume presents the information needed
                                                                 to market, develop, select, manufacture, and apply these versatile
                                                                 materials. A single volume contains all the fundamentals and the latest
                                                                 advances in fillers technology and the products in which they are
                                                                 used.The book is divided into three sections. The first is a databank of
                                                                 fillers which includes the most comprehensive set of data ever
                                                                 published. The second section is designed to show how material
                                                                 properties can be tailored to the needs of products. Coupled with
                                                                 observations and theories from current research, this section serves to
                                                                 reconcile controversial findings and provides an understanding of the
Handbook of Fillers - A Definitive User's                        complex issues of filler applications. The last section concentrates on
Guide and Databook (2nd Edition)            Wypych, George       the application of fillers on an industrial scale.
                                                              The security and economic stability of many nations and multinational oil
                                                              companies are highly dependent on the safe and uninterrupted
                                                              operation of their oil, gas and chemical facilities. One of the most critical
                                                              impacts that can occur to these operations are fires and explosions from
                                                              accidental or political incidents. This publication is intended as a general
                                                              engineering handbook and reference guideline for those personnel
                                                              involved with fire and explosion protection aspects of critical
                                                              hydrocarbon facilities. Design guidelines and specifications of major,
                                                              small and independent oil companies as well as information from
                                                              engineering firms and published industry references have been
Handbook of Fire and Explosion                                reviewed to assist in its preparation. Some of the latest published
Protection Engineering Principles for Oil,                    practices and research into fire and explosions have also been
Gas, Chemical, and Related Facilities        Nolan, D.P.      mentioned.

                                                              The dozen contributors to this volume, all of them well-known, leading
                                                              experts, provide a "must-have" resource for fabrication, characterization,
                                                              and applications in the field of hard coatings and wear-resistant
                                                              surfaces. Handbook of Hard Coatings offers a complete explanation of
                                                              commercially oriented deposition technology, from traditional vacuum-
                                                              based thin-film techniques such as evaporation, sputter deposition, and
                                                              chemical vapor deposition, to various thermal spraying
                                                              methods.Readers also get a detailed technical introduction to the
                                                              science of characterizing and measuring hard coatings - showing the
                                                              physical properties of these films and composites as well as the
                                                              underlying structure of the material. Two chapters explore techniques
                                                              used to evaluate hardness, adhesion, friction, wear and stress, as well
Handbook of Hard Coatings                    Bunshah, R.F.    as key tribological properties.
                                                              This book provides extensive information on nearly 700 chemicals of
                                                              commercial and industrial importance, as well as extensive health
                                                              (toxicological) and safety handling information. It provides chemical
                                                              specific information pertinent to safe handling and transportation of
                                                              chemicals, worker protection, emergency response information to
                                                              address spills, explosions on fire situations, and chemical
                                                              stability/reactivity data. It is designed as a standard reference handbook
Handbook of Hazardous Chemical               Cheremisinoff,   for chemical engineers, safety engineers, toxicologists, fire safety
Properties                                   N.P.             specialists, chemists, laboratory and plant technicians.
                                                              This handbook provides you with everything needed for efficient
                                                              planning, guide preparation, and response. Addresses issues such as
                                                              International Law and Regulations, Risk Assessment, Biological Effects
                                                              and Spill Modeling. New chapters feature information on frequently
                                                              spilled compounds and list tables of materials. Best collection of
Handbook of Hazardous Materials Spills                        technology to deal with spills and spill modeling. Effective, practical
Technology                                   Fingas, M.       answers.

                                                              This comprehensive handbook for food processors covers the major
                                                              herbs and spices. The collection is introduced with general information
                                                              about the spices trade and quality and safety issues regarding herbs
                                                              and spices in food processing. The second part of the book deals with
                                                              individual herbs and spices with each chapter covering description,
Handbook of Herbs and Spices                 Peter, K.V.      production, main uses, health issues, quality, and regulatory issues.

                                                              Herbs and spices are among the most versatile and widely used
                                                              ingredients in food processing. As well as their traditional role in
                                                              flavouring and colouring foods, they have been increasingly used as
                                                              natural preservatives and for their potential health-promoting properties,
                                                              for example as antioxidants. Edited by a leading authority in the field,
                                                              and with a distinguished international team of contributors, volume 2
                                                              provides a comprehensive and authoritative coverage of key herbs and
                                                              spices. Chapters on individual plants cover such issues as description
                                                              and classification, production, chemical structure and properties,
Handbook of Herbs and Spices, Volume 2 Peter, K.V.            potential health benefits, uses in food processing and quality issues.
                                                          The most comprehensive reference in the field, Handbook of
                                                          Heterogeneous Catalytic Hydrogenation for Organic Synthesis provides
                                                          synthetic chemists and chemical engineers in fine chemicals and
                                                          pharmaceuticals with detailed experimental guidelines for
                                                          heterogeneous catalytic hydrogenation. Organized by functional groups
                                                          for ready reference and featuring detailed examples of hundreds of
                                                          reactions, this handbook covers hydrogenations of alkenes, alkynes,
                                                          aldehydes and ketones, nitriles, imines, nitro and nitroso compounds,
                                                          carboxylic acids and esters, and aromatic and heterocyclic compounds.
Handbook of Heterogeneous Catalytic                       In addition, coverage includes the preparation of amines by reductive
Hydrogenation for Organic Synthesis     Nishimura, Shigeo alkylation and the hydrogenolysis of a variety of compounds.

                                                           The food industry is currently experiencing a rapid expansion in the
                                                           demand for innovative food products and functional foods. These
                                                           products rely heavily on hydrocolloids to provide specific textures, tastes
                                                           and behaviour during processing and cooking. The Handbook of
                                                           hydrocolloids provides a comprehensive reference to over twenty major
                                                           hydrocolloids used in food processing. Each chapter examines all
                                                           aspects of an individual hydrocolloid including definition, methods of
                                        Phillips, G.O.;    manufacture, commercial use, regulatory status and technical data on
Handbook of Hydrocolloids               Williams, P.A.     optimising use to maximise process efficiency and end product quality.

                                                           The Handbook provides a single source for understanding how aqueous
                                                           solvents or mineralizers work under temperature and pressure to
                                                           dissolve and recrystallize normally insoluble materials, and decompose
Handbook of Hydrothermal Technology -                      or recycle any waste material. The result, as the authors show in the
Technology for Crystal Growth and       Byrappa, K.;       book, is technologically the most efficient method in crystal growth,
Materials Processing                    Yoshimura, M.      materials processing, and waste treatment.

                                                           In this handbook the diverse ways of obtaining over 3000
                                                           hydroxyacetophenones are described and their physico-chemical
                                                           properties and spectroscopic data references are indicated. It is
                                                           presented in dictionary style, with a logical classification of the ketones,
                                                           making the information easily available for consultation. Ketones are
                                                           classified methodically. They are thus easily accessible from three
                                                           tables: The molecular formula index; the chemical abstracts registry and
                                                           the usual names index. This completely revised and enlarged edition
                                                           includes: 10 additional chapters compared with the previous edition
                                                           which had just 2 chapters; an additional 1500 ketones; updated
                                                           information for 1200 ketone entries; the addition of di- and polyketones,
Handbook of Hydroxyacetophenones        Martin, Robert     approximately 3500 references.

                                                           Hydroxybenzophenones the are most useful synthetic intermediates in
                                                           the chemical industry, for example in pharmaceuticals, dyes, fragrances,
                                                           agrochemicals, explosives and plastics. In this handbook, the diverse
                                                           methods of obtaining over 1900 hydroxybenzophenones are described,
                                                           and their physico-chemical properties and spectroscopic data references
                                                           are indicated. Hence, ketones are classified methodically. They are thus
                                                           easily accessible from three tables; the molecular formula index, the
                                                           chemical abstracts registry numbers, and the usual names index. This
                                                           work will prove to be a valuable tool for laboratory work and research
                                                           and development departments. It is set to become the reference on
Handbook of Hydroxybenzophenones        Martin, Robert     hydroxybenzophenones.
                                                              '…this book will be an essential reference work for industry and an
                                                              indispensable guide for technologists, analysts, microbiologists and food
                                                              chemists active in the field of quality assurance and food authentication.'
                                                              Food Science and Technology ' invaluable reference guide to those
                                                              working in the food industry.' Food Trade Review Contents include:
                                           Singhal, R.S.;     Food quality and authenticity indicators; Cereal grains; Fruit and
Handbook of Indices of Food Quality and    Kulkarni, P.R.;    vegetables; Dairy products; Meat, fish and poultry; Oils and fats; Spices,
Authenticity                               Rege, D.V.         flavourants and condiments; Tea, coffee and cocoa.

                                                              This handbook emphasizes the use of sythetic membranes for
                                                              separations involving industrial or municipal process streams. The ten
                                                              chapters are authored by some of the world's leading experts in the field
                                                              of membrane science and technology. Discussions on theory,
Handbook of Industrial Membrane                               engineering aspects, membrane preparation and typical and projected
Technology                                 Porter, M.C.       applications of the various membrane processes are included.

                                                              This book encompasses the entire range of industrial refractory
                                                              materials and forms: properties and their measurement, applications,
                                                              manufacturing, installation and maintenance techniques, quality
                                                              assurance and statistical process control. Contents: Foundations of Hot
                                                              Processing; Foundations of Refractory Application; Principles of
                                                              Thermal Stability; Principles of Corrosion Resistance; The Working
Handbook of Industrial Refractories                           Refractory Product Line; The Insulating Refractory Product Line;
Technology - Principles, Types, Properties Carniglia, S.C.;   Refractory Practice Design Properties; Refractory Manufacture;
and Applications                           Barna, G.L.        Refractory Installation and Maintenance.

                                                              The selection of compounds in this handbook were based on their
                                                              industrial usage and application, as well as certain properties such as
                                                              structural features, toxicity, or being reaction intermediates.
                                                              Conveniently arranged in alphabetical order, each entry includes the
                                                              following essential information: synonyms, molecular weight,
                                                              formula/structure and the type of compound based on functional group,
                                                              CAS registry number, occurrence, uses and applications, physical
                                                              properties, methods of preparation with chemical equations, chemical
                                                              reactions, health chemical analysis. The massive amount of information
                                                              contained in this handbook will save you literally hundreds of hours of
                                                              searching through numerous books, journals, and references. If you're
                                                              looking for an authoritative, concise, one-stop guide to inorganic
Handbook of Inorganic Chemicals            Patnaik, Pradyot   chemicals, your search ends here.
                                                              This handbook brings together in a single volume expert contributions
                                                              on the many aspects of MO data recording, including the materials in
                                                              use, techniques for achieving recording function, and storage device
                                                              subsystems. As a multiple author treatment, it brings perspective from
Handbook of Magneto-Optical Data                              many viewpoints and institutions. The insights delivered should be
Recording - Materials, Subsystems,         McDaniel, T.W.;    valuable to a wide audience from students to practitioners in all areas of
Techniques                                 Victora, R.H.      information storage.

                                                              With this amount of information, clearly organized and explained, this
                                                              book is an important reference monograph for those involved in studying
                                                              material durability, producing materials for outdoor use and actinic
                                                              exposure, research chemists in the photochemistry field, chemists and
                                                              material scientists designing new materials, users of manufactured
                                                              products, those who control the quality of manufactured products, and
                                                              students who want to apply their knowledge to real materials. The
                                                              information can be applied to such practical tasks as improved sample
                                                              preparation methods or selection of conditions of weathering which
                                                              increase the precision of studies. It can also be used to study material
Handbook of Material Weathering (2nd                          durability in depth since each subject is discussed from various angles
Edition)                                   Wypych, G.         of this multidisciplinary field.
                                                            This third edition includes advances in knowledge that have taken place
                                                            in the last seven years. The new data and the information are integrated
                                                            with information from the previous edition to form a consistent up-to-date
                                                            analysis of the most important findings. In many instances new findings
                                                            make previous understanding obsolete. Approximately 60% more
                                                            information and about 80% more data have been added. The revision is
                                                            based on the analysis of over 2000 research papers published since the
Handbook of Material Weathering (3rd                        previous edition. Four chapters have been added and many additional
Edition)                                 Wypych, G.         sections included in the former chapters.

                                                            This handbook provides information and insight that can be employed in
                                                            any discipline or industry to exploit the full range of materials in use
                                                            today - metals, plastics, ceramics, and composites. This comprehensive
                                                            organization of the materials selection process includes analytical
                                                            approaches to materials selection and extensive information about
                                                            materials available in the marketplace, sources of properties data,
                                                            procurement and data management, properties testing procedures and
                                                            equipment, analysis of failure modes, manufacturing processes and
                                                            assembly techniques, and applications. Throughout the handbook, an
                                                            international roster of contributors with a broad range of experience
                                                            conveys practical knowledge about materials and illustrates in detail how
Handbook of Materials Selection          Kutz, Myer         they are used in a wide variety of industries.
                                                            Need to come up with new product concepts? Do you select the
                                                            materials and designs that make innovative ideas work? Edited by
                                                            Charles Harper, an internationally respected expert in materials
                                                            technology, this book is an indispensable asset to anyone involved in
                                                            product creation. This unique reference can help you to generate new
                                                            product concepts, select materials and designs that make these
                                                            innovative ideas work, or stay ahead of the learning curve in the fast-
                                                            evolving field of materials technology. This in-depth book provides a
Handbook of Materials for Product Design Harper, C.A.       one-stop source for answers.

                                                            This 1972 book is a compendium of mathematical formulas, tables, and
                                                            graphs. It contains a very complete table of analytical integrals,
                                                            differential equations, and numerical series; and includes tables of
                                                            trigonometric and hyperbolic functions, tables for numerical integration,
                                                            rules for differentiation and integration, and techniques for point
                                                            interpolation and function approximation. Additionally, the book devotes
                                                            an entire section to mathematical and physical constants as fractions
                                                            and powers of Pi, e, and prime numbers; and discusses statistics by
                                                            presenting combinatorial analysis and probability functions. The
Handbook of Mathematical Functions with                     coverage is extensive. In its more than 1000 pages, almost all
Formulas, Graphs, and Mathematical      Abramowitz, M.;     mathematical areas are treated. For people working in mathematical
Tables                                  Stegun, I.A.        research or numerical computing, this Handbook is a "must have."

                                                         This book is an extremely practical and down-to-earth guide to the repair
                                                         of molds, tools and dies. It offers time and money-saving advice for
                                                         companies wishing to become self-sufficient in in-house tool repair work,
                                                         from buying the most suitable equipment and materials to using them
Handbook of Mold, Tool and Die Repair                    effectively. It offers basic TIG welding exercises for beginners and
Welding                                  Thompson, Steve simple, step-by-step advice on essential weld techniques.
                                                                This handbook shows you how to alleviate problems by careful design of
                                                                the molded part and the mold, careful selection of materials, and proper
                                                                process techniques. It examines computer-aided methods of forecasting
                                                                shrinkage and warpage. Most important of all, it provides representative
                                                                data to work with. Included is a very comprehensive collection of
                                                                shrinkage data, plus hard-to-find multi-point information on how
                                                                materials, part design, mold design, processing, and post mold
                                                                treatment affect the part's shrinkage and warpage. This book is for all
Handbook of Molded Part Shrinkage and                           people who live and work with this common problem, and is written in a
Warpage                                    Fischer, J.M.        way that makes the reader feel like an expert is standing next to them.
                                                                This book answers an important need by pulling together in one volume
                                                                a thorough technical summary of each of the key areas that make up a
                                                                multilevel metal system. Included are associated design, analysis,
                                                                materials, and manufacturing topics. It functions as a good learning tool
                                                                for the engineer newly assigned to work in metallization. It also serves
                                                                as a reference text for any MLM engineer, new or experienced, who
Handbook of Multilevel Metallization for   Wilson, S.R.;        wishes to refresh their memory. For someone who wants to further
Integrated Circuits - Materials,           Tracy, C.J.;         specialize in one topical area, an extensive listing of references has
Technology, and Applications               Freeman, J.L., Jr.   been provided.
                                                                This book contains properties of 72 of the most commonly used
                                                                solvents, tabulated in the most convenient way, making this book a joy
                                                                for industrial chemists to use as a desk reference. The properties
                                                                covered are those which answer the basic questions of: Will it do the
                                                                job? Will it harm the user? Will it pollute the air? Is it easy to handle?
                                                                Will it pollute the water? Can it be recovered or incinerated? These are
                                                                all factors that need to be considered at the early stages of choosing a
Handbook of Organic Solvent Properties     Smallwood, I.M.      solvent for a new product or process.
                                                                This book describes nearly 4000 currently available raw materials. Data
                                                                represent selections from manufacturers’ descriptions made at
                                                                no cost to, nor influence from, makers or distributors of these materials.
                                                                Paint raw materials categories: Contents: Antifoams, Defoamers,
                                                                Dispersants, Surfactants; Driers and Antiskining Agents; Extenders,
                                                                Fillers, Pigments; Flame/Fire Retardants; Flatting Agents; Latex
                                                                Emulsions; Oils; Preservatives, Bactericides, Fungicides; Resins;
Handbook of Paint Raw Materials (2nd                            Rheological/Viscosity Control Agents; Silicone Additives; Titanium
Edition)                                   Flick, E.W.          Dioxides.

                                                         This handbook deals with the various aspects of petroleum analysis
                                                         while providing a detailed explanation of the necessary standard tests
                                                         and procedures that are applicable to feedstocks. The material also
                                                         reviews the application of new methods for determining instability and
                                                         incompatibility, focusing on the analytical methods related to
                                                         environmental regulations. Most importantly, the book provides details of
                                                         the meanings of the various test results and how they might be applied
                                                         to predict feedstock behavior. Where pertinent, new tests that are not
Handbook of Petroleum Analysis         Speight, James G. yet accepted as standardized are described.
                                                         This handbook provides detailed explanations of the necessary standard
                                                         tests and procedures that are applicable to determining the predictability
                                                         of the behavior of new petroleum feedstocks. The book describes the
                                                         application of methods for determining the instability and incompatibility
                                                         of petroleum products, and provides details of the meaning of various
                                                         test results and how they might be applied to predict product behavior. It
                                                         explains the rationale behind various testing methods and standards,
                                                         and makes a case for standardizing protocols across international
Handbook of Petroleum Product Analysis Speight, James G. boundaries.
                                                           This handbook incorporates the most recent technological advances
                                                           and research developments in photovoltaics. All topics relating to the
                                                           photovoltaic (PV) industry are discussed and each chapter has been
                                                           written by an internationally-known expert in the field. Each chapter is
                                                           written to be partially accessible to beginners while providing detailed
                                                           information of the physics and technology for experts. Encompassing a
                                                           review of past work and the fundamentals in solar electric science, this
Handbook of Photovoltaic Science and    Luque, Antonio;    outstanding reference provides an invaluable resource to practitioners,
Engineering                             Hegedus, Steven    consultants, researchers and students in the PV engineering industry.
                                                           This book covers all aspects of the Physical Vapor Deposition process
                                                           technology from characterizing and preparing the substrate material,
                                                           through deposition processing and film characterization, to post-
                                                           deposition processing. It covers seldom treated subjects such as
                                                           substrate characterization, adhesion, cleaning and processing. It also
Handbook of Physical Vapor Deposition                      covers the more widely discussed subjects of vacuum technology and
(PVD) Processing                        Mattox, D.M.       the fundamentals of individual deposition processes.

                                                           This book provides the most practical way to carry out many of the
                                                           process steps involved in integrated circuitry. This overview of the
Handbook of Plasma Processing           Rossnagel, S.M.;   technology describes the advantages provided by plasmas, plasma
Technology - Fundamentals, Etching,     Cuomo, J.J.;       fundamentals, and a range of plasma processes relevant to the
Deposition, and Surface Interactions    Westwood, W.D.     deposition and etching of thin films for microelectronics and other fields.
                                                           This book is a source of practical information on all types of plastic
                                                           foams (cellular plastics) in use, including the new structural plastic
                                                           foams. Elastomer (rubber-like) foams are also considered. The book is
                                                           for those who require a non-theoretical, authoritative, easy-to-use
                                                           handbook in the subject area. It should be of value to materials
                                                           engineers, plastics fabricators, chemists, chemical engineers and
Handbook of Plastic Foams               Landrock, A.H.     students.

                                                           The information available in this new title helps the user select the right
                                                           plasticizer and avoid certain plasticizers in applications where they may
                                                           cause health or material durability problems. Plasticizer incorporation
                                                           demands a broad background of information. Plasticizers today are
                                                           added to complex mixtures containing a variety of materials which may
                                                           have different reactions to the presence of plasticizers. Choosing a
                                                           plasticizer is not simple because there is a large selection of commercial
                                                           plasticizers and various environmental issues dictate preferred
                                                           solutions. This title is a must for anyone involved with the manufacture,
Handbook of Plasticizers                Wypych, George     use, or sale of plasticizers.

                                                           The information available in this new title helps the user select the right
                                                           plasticizer and avoid certain plasticizers in applications where they may
                                                           cause health or material durability problems. Plasticizer incorporation
                                                           demands a broad background of information. Plasticizers today are
                                                           added to complex mixtures containing a variety of materials which may
                                                           have different reactions to the presence of plasticizers. Choosing a
                                                           plasticizer is not simple because there is a large selection of commercial
                                                           plasticizers and various environmental issues dictate preferred
                                                           solutions. This title is a must for anyone involved with the manufacture,
Handbook of Plasticizers                Wypych, George     use, or sale of plasticizers.

                                                           A hands-on guide to choosing and using old and new technologies for
                                                           joining plastics and elastomers. Includes detailed discussions of over 25
                                                           techniques used to join plastics to themselves and to other materials.
                                                           Advantages and disadvantages of each technique along with detailed
                                                           discussions of applications are presented. This book is an excellent
                                                           reference and an invaluable resource for novice and expert alike in
                                        Plastics Design    determining the best joining technique for their application and providing
Handbook of Plastics Joining            Library Staff      guidance in how to design and prepare for production.
                                                            This second edition is a valuable working resource for anyone involved
                                                            with manufacturing, testing, studying, or developing plastics. Thoroughly
                                                            updated and expanded with more than thirty-five percent new material,
                                                            this new edition of the 1984 classic provides practical information on all
                                                            aspects of contemporary plastics testing in a highly accessible,
                                                            nonmathematical form. Following a concise introduction to basic
                                                            concepts, the book moves straight to practical discussions of the full
                                                            gamut of testing issues, including thermal, mechanical, weathering,
                                                            optical, electrical, and chemical properties; materials characterization;
                                                            flammability; analytical tests; quality control; product liability testing;
                                                            failure analysis; nondestructive testing; and more. Rather than simply
                                                            describing test procedures, the author clearly explains the broader
Handbook of Plastics Testing Technology                     significance of each test and the results it yields for engineers and
(2nd Edition)                           Shah, Vishu         materials scientists working in industry today.

                                                            This book reviews blood platelet biochemistry, physiology,
                                                            pharmacology and function. This edited volume provides up-to-date
                                                            information on how platelets function, the biochemical mechanisms that
                                                            modulate their physiology and function, as well as the pharmacology of
                                                            platelet inhibitory drugs. The book presents an excellent overview of
                                                            biochemistry, receptor biology, signaling mechanisms, calcium
                                                            homeostasis, molecular pathology, and comparative physiology of
                                                            platelets, as well as the pharmacology of antiplatelet drugs and clinical
                                                            trials. Handbook of Platelet Physiology and Pharmacology will prove a
                                                            useful reference for hematologists, cell biologists, biochemists,
Handbook of Platelet Physiology and                         pathologists, and other researchers in the areas of cell biology,
Pharmacology                              Rao, Gundu H.R.   pathobiology, atherosclerosis, thrombosis, and biomedical engineering.
                                                            This completely revised edition remains the only comprehensive treatise
                                                            on polymer coatings for electronics. Since the original edition, the
                                                            applications of coatings for the environmental protection of electronic
                                                            systems have greatly increased, largely driven by the competitive need
                                                            to reduce costs, weight and volume. The demands for high-speed
                                                            circuits for the rapid processing of signals and data, high-density circuits
                                                            for the storage and retrieval of megabits of memory, and the improved
                                                            reliability required of electronics for guiding and controlling weapons and
                                                            space vehicles have triggered the development of many new and
                                                            improved coating polymers and formulations. Both the theoretical
                                                            aspects of coatings (molecular structure of polymer types and their
                                                            correlation with electrical and physical properties) and applied aspects
                                                            (functions, deposition processes, applications, testing) are covered in
                                                            the book. Over 100 proprietary coating formulations were reviewed, their
Handbook of Polymer Coatings for                            properties collated, and tables of comparative properties prepared. This
Electronics - Chemistry, Technology and   Licari, J.J.;     book is useful as both a primer and as a handbook for collecting
Applications (2nd Edition)                Hughes, L.A.      properties data.

                                                            Created for engineers and students working with pure polymers and
                                                            polymer solutions, this handbook provides up-to-date, easy to use
                                                            methods to obtain specific volumes and phase equilibrium data. A
                                                            comprehensive database for the phase equilibria of a wide range of
                                                            polymer-solvent systems, and PVT behavior of pure polymers are given,
                                                            as are accurate predictive techniques using group contributions and
                                                            readily available pure component data. This handbook is a valuable
Handbook of Polymer Solution              Danner, R.P.;     resource in the design and operation of many polymer processes, such
Thermodynamics                            High, Martin S.   as polymerization, devolatilization, drying, extrusion, and heat exchange.

                                                            This book describes the current knowledge of polymer-modified mortars
                                                            and concretes, covering in detail the principles of polymer modification
                                                            for cement composites, along with the process technology, applications,
Handbook of Polymer-Modified Concrete                       and properties of polymer-modified mortars and concretes. Also special
and Mortars - Properties and Process                        polymer-modified systems such as MDF cements, anti-washout
Technology                                Ohama, Y.         underwater concretes, polymer-ferrocements, and artificial woods.
                                                           Refractory carbides and nitrides are useful materials with numerous
                                                           industrial applications and a promising future, in addition to being
                                                           materials of great interest to the scientific community. Although most of
                                                           their applications are recent, the refractory carbides and nitrides have
                                                           been known for over one hundred years.The industrial importance of the
                                                           refractory carbides and nitrides is growing rapidly, not only in the
                                                           traditional and well-established applications based on the strength and
                                                           refractory nature of these materials such as cutting tools and abrasives,
Handbook of Refractory Carbides and                        but also in new and promising fields such as electronics and opto-
Nitrides                                Pierson, H.O.      electronics.

                                                           This two-volume handbook uniquely brings together information on the
                                                           key methodologies used in the analysis of agrochemical residues and
                                                           current best practices, while also giving numerous examples of how
                                                           these methodologies are applied in practice to a wide range of both
                                                           individual compounds, and classes of agrochemical compounds.
                                                           Covers best practices to conduct various crop residue and field
Handbook of Residue Analytical Methods                     monitoring studies, and detailed method procedures for the
for Agrochemicals, Volumes 1-2         Lee, Philip W.      determination of major classes of agrochemicals.

                                                         This book is an up-to-date summary of the science, technology and
                                                         manufacturing of semiconductor silicon materials. Every known property
                                        O'Mara, W.C.;    of silicon is detailed. A complete set of silicon binary phase diagrams is
Handbook of Semiconductor Silicon       Herring, R.B.;   included. Practical aspects such as materials handling, safety, impurity
Technology                              Hunt, L.P.       and defect reduction are also discussed in depth.
                                                         This book brings together into one volume all pertinent knowledge on
                                                         semiconductor wafer cleaning and the scientific and technical disciplines
                                                         associated directly or indirectly with this subject. The book provides the
                                                         first comprehensive and up-to-date coverage of this rapidly evolving
                                                         field. Its 13 chapters were written by 19 scientists who are recognized
                                                         experts.The depth and breadth of the material should appeal to those
Handbook of Semiconductor Wafer                          new in the field as well as to experienced professionals. The volume is
Cleaning Technology - Science,                           intended to serve as a handbook for practitioners and professionals in
Technology, and Applications            Kern, W.         the field.
                                                         Surveys the selection, design, and operation of most of the industrially
                                                         important separation processes. Discusses the underlying principles on
                                                         which the processes are based, and provides illustrative examples of
                                                         the use of the processes in a modern context. Features thorough
                                                         treatment of newer separation processes based on membranes,
                                                         adsorption, chromatography, ion exchange, and chemical complexation.
                                                         Includes a review of historically important separation processes such as
                                                         distillation, absorption, extraction, leaching, and crystallization and
Handbook of Separation Process          Rousseau, Ronald considers these techniques in light of recent developments affecting
Technology                              W.               them.

                                                           This book is a complete, definitive source for the design, manufacture,
                                                           application, and testing of small electric motors less than ten
                                                           horsepower. Gives motor design engineers, test technicians, and
                                                           engineers top-to-bottom coverage of materials used in motor
                                        Yeadon, W.H.;      manufacturing, as well as how-to advice on selecting the right design
Handbook of Small Electric Motors       Yeadon, A.W.       and assembly method. Includes a full section on motor applications.
                                                             Solvents are used in nearly all industries, from cosmetics to
                                                             semiconductors, and from biotechnology research to iron and steel
                                                             production. This book is a comprehensive and extensive textual analysis
                                                             of the principles of solvent selection and use. It is a balanced
                                                             presentation of solvent performance, processing characteristics, and
                                                             environment and health issues.The book is intended to help formulators
                                                             select ideal solvents, safety coordinators to protect workers, legislators
                                                             and inspectors to define and implement technically correct public
                                                             safeguards on solvent use, handling, and disposal.The contributors are
                                                             members of prestigious universities and industries from around the
                                                             world. Altogether, they have written 47 books and hundreds of paper on
                                                             the subject of solvents. Here they give a synthesis of their experiences
                                                             and opinions on how to best change the global use of solvents in order
                                                             to both benefit from the technology, and limit health, safety, and
Handbook of Solvents                     Wypych, G.          environmental risks.

                                                             This major new handbook provides comprehensive coverage of the
                                                             manufacture, processing and applications of high tech textiles for a huge
                                                             range of operations including: heat and flame protection; waterproof and
                                                             breathable fabrics; textiles in filtration; geotextiles; medical textiles;
                                                             textiles in transport engineering and textiles for extreme environments. It
                                                             is an essential guide for textile yarn and fibre manufacturers; producers
                                                             of woven, knitted and non-woven fabrics; textile finishers; designers and
                                         Horrocks, A.R.;     specifiers of textiles for new or novel applications as well as lecturers
Handbook of Technical Textiles           Anand, S.C.         and graduate students on university textile courses.
                                                             This comprehensive book contains essential information on the
                                                             applicability of thermal analysis techniques to evaluate inorganic and
                                         Ramachandran,       organic materials in construction technology and should serve as a
                                         V.S.; Paroli, R.M.; useful reference guide for the material scientist, technologist, student,
Handbook of Thermal Analysis of          Beaudoin, J.J.;     engineer, analytical chemist, architect, manufacturer, and user of
Construction Materials                   Delgado, A.H.       construction materials.

                                                             As a survey of the technology, the handbook provides the reader with
                                                             the practical implications of crosslinking, as well as establishing
                                                             relationships between time, temperature, and mass, often ignored in the
                                                             general overviews allotted to thermoset plastics in other handbooks. The
Handbook of Thermoset Plastics (2nd                          Handbook of Thermoset Plastics offers the most complete collection of
Edition)                                 Goodman, S.H.       general and technical details available for this important subject.

                                                             This book includes much cutting-edge material. Entirely new chapters on
                                                             contamination and contamination control describe the basics and the
                                                             issues - as feature sizes shrink to sub-micron dimensions, cleanliness
                                                             and particle elimination has to keep pace. A new chapter on meterology
                                                             explains the growth of sophisticated, automatic tools capable of
                                                             measuring thickness and spacing of sub-micron dimensions. The book
                                                             also covers PVD, laser and e-beam assisted deposition, MBE, and ion
                                                             beam methods to bring together all the physical vapor deposition
Handbook of Thin-Film Deposition                             techniques. Two entirely new areas receive full treatment: chemical
Processes and Techniques - Principles,                       mechanical polishing, which helps attain the flatness that is required by
Methods, Equipment and Applications                          modern lithography methods, and new materials used for interconnect
(2nd Edition)                            Seshan, K.          dielectric materials, specifically organic polyimide materials.
                                                             This is a compendium of over 1600 methods taken from technical
                                                             periodicals published. Many of the methods are detailed enough to
                                                             enable an analyst to perform the tests without reference to the original
                                                             literature. Chemists concerned with analysis of agricultural chemicals
                                                             (including pesticides), pharmaceuticals, clinical chemicals and other
                                                             biochemicals, goods and beverages, dyes and intermediates, petroleum
                                                             products, soaps and detergents, cosmetics, and forensic materials, to
                                                             name just a few, will find this book extremely valuable and time-saving
Handbook of Ultraviolet Methods          White, Robert, G.   in their work.
                                                              Ultraviolet and visible absorptions of organic compounds are
                                                              characteristic of absorbing systems that consist of a so-called
                                                              chromophore group and the auxochromic groups bonded to it, rather
Handbook of Ultraviolet and Visible                           than the chemical structure of the molecule as a whole. This revised and
Absorption Spectra of Organic                                 enlarged version has been compiled to contain tabulation according to
Compounds                                 Hirayama, Kenzo     absorption maxima.

                                                              This handbook gives readers a close look at the entire technology of
                                                              printing very high resolution and high density integrated circuit (IC)
                                                              patterns into thin resist process transfer coatings - including optical
                                                              lithography, electron beam, ion beam, and X-ray lithography. The book's
                                                              main theme is the special printing process needed to achieve volume
                                                              high density IC chip production, especially in the Dynamic Random
                                                              Access Memory (DRAM) industry. The book leads off with a comparison
                                                              of various lithography methods, covering the three major patterning
                                                              parameters of line/space, resolution, line edge and pattern feature
                                                              dimension control. The book's explanation of resist and resist process
                                                              equipment technology may well be the first practical description of the
                                                              relationship between the resist process and equipment parameters. The
Handbook of VLSI Microlithography -                           basics of resist technology are completely covered - including an entire
Principles, Tools, Technology and                             chapter on resist process defectivity and the potential yield limiting effect
Applications (2nd Edition)                Helbert, J.N.       on device production.
                                                              This is a comprehensive text describing the basic physics and
                                                              technological applications of vacuum arcs. Part I describes basic
                                                              physics of the vacuum arc, beginning with a brief tutorial review of
                                                              plasma and electrical discharge physics, then describes the arc ignition
                                                              process, cathode and anode spots which serve as the locus for plasma
                                                              generation, and resultant interelectrode plasma. Part II describes the
                                          Boxman, R.L.;       applications of the vacuum arc for depositing thin films and coatings,
Handbook of Vacuum Arc Science and        Sanders, D.;        refining metals, switching high power, and as sources of intense
Technology                                Martin, P.J.        electron, ion, plasma, and x-ray beams.

                                                              Extensively revised and updated, this authoritative biochemistry text is
                                                              known worldwide for its comprehensive and up-to-date coverage.
                                          Murray, Robert K.; Extensively illustrated and user-friendly, the text offers examples of how
                                          Granner, Daryl K.; knowledge of biochemistry is essential for understanding the molecular
Harper's Illustrated Biochemistry (26th   Mayes, Peter A.     basis of health and disease. The 26th edition also features expanded
Edition)                                  Rodwell, Victor, W. content on results of the Human Genome Project.

                                                              This handbook is invaluable to aeronautical, acoustical, civil, electrical,
                                                              mechanical, and plant engineers, as well as product designers and
                                                              students. Forty-two chapters are grouped according to subject matter.
                                                              The first group discusses theory; the second considers instrumentation
                                                              and measurements, and procedures for analyzing and testing systems
                                                              subjected to shock and vibration. Vibration that is induced by ground
                                                              motion and fluid flow is considered next; then methods of controlling
                                                              shock and vibration; followed by chapters on packaging engineering to
                                                              prevent equipment from being damaged in transit; on the theory and
                                                              practice of equipment design; and on the effects of shock and vibration
                                                              on humans. New material includes computer techniques for solving
                                                              problems, new instrumentation based on microchip technology,
Harris' Shock and Vibration Handbook      Harris C.M.;        advances in analysis of data and models, application of finite element
(5th Edition)                             Piersol, A.G.       methods, and test criteria and specifications.
                                                          This latest edition has retained all the essential characteristics that have
                                                          made it an indispensable reference book by providing precise technical
                                                          data and descriptive information for chemical substances and
                                                          phenomena. The description of chemicals and processes along with an
                                                          expanded definition of chemical entities and terminology may include:
                                                          Name, Synonyms, CAS Registry Number, Formula, Physical Properties,
                                                          Source or Occurrence, Grade, Hazard, Use, and Derivation. It
                                                          continues to be an essential tool for chemists and chemical engineers,
                                                          environmental professionals, industrial hygienists, toxicologists, police
Hawley's Condensed Chemical Dictionary Lewis, Richard J., and firefighters, EMTs, emergency clean-up technicians, and managers
(14th Edition)                         Sr.                of toxicological and chemical information systems.

                                                          Provides a detailed reference for emergency responders and people
                                                          who transport chemicals. Considering the events of September 11, this
                                                          book is especially oriented toward first responder and emergency
                                                          management personnel. New to this edition is information on chemical
                                                          warfare (CW) agents and Weapons of Mass Destruction (WMD)-nerve
                                                          gasses, blister agents/vesicants, "blood agents," choking/pulmonary
                                                          agents, and crowd-control agents (tear gasses, pepper sprays, etc.) that
                                                          might be used as weapons of terrorism. It clearly explains symptoms of
                                                          exposure and appropriate treatment for the exposure when available,
HazMat Data - For First Response,                         and describes what to do in an emergency situation. The book also
Transportation, Storage, and Security   Pohanish, Richard gives the NFPA hazard classifications, as well as chemical hazard class
(2nd Edition)                           P.                information.
                                                          Simplify decision making on environmental and occupational safety
                                                          issues with this comprehensive, unique handbook of the 400 most
                                                          important chemicals found on plastics industry worksites for molding and
                                                          extruding; cleaning and finishing; additives and raw materials; plus
                                                          waste, spills, and fugitive emissions. This intensive, ready-to-use, easy-
                                                          access safety manual provides summaries of all environmental
                                                          regulations; exposure limits and OSHA process safety management;
Hazardous Chemical Safety Guide for the                   respirator recommendations; chemical reactivity and fire information;
Plastics Industry                       Pohanish, R.;     lower and upper explosive limits; auto-ignition temperature; first-aid
                                        Greene, S.A.      measures; and much, much more.

                                                              A quick reference for anyone who deals with hazardous chemicals.
                                                              Provides the core information about the properties of chemicals,
                                                              exposure limits, flashpoints, monitoring techniques, personal protection,
                                                              and other parameters and requirements for protecting people and the
                                                              environment. Summarizes core information for quick reference in the
                                          Carson, P.A.;       workplace or in transit. Provides rapid ready-reference to help in the
Hazardous Chemicals Handbook              Mumford, C.J.       often complex task of handling, using and disposing of chemicals safely.
                                                              The substances dealt with in this book vary considerably in their
                                                              properties, whether it be chemical, physical or physiological, and as a
                                                              consequence in the risks they pose to health and safety and the
                                                              conditions demanded of staff and workplaces which handle them. It is
                                                              therefore important not only to be able to identify both the gases and
                                                              fumes themselves, but the dangers which they pose and the consequent
                                                              measures necessary to deal with those dangers, whether it be as a
                                                              precautionary measure or in response to an incident. For these reasons
                                                              the availability of the data contained in this extremely useful book will be
                                                              of vital importance to all staff on sites where such substances are used
                                                              as well as those who may need to react to an accident involving their
Hazardous Gases and Fumes - A Safety                          use such as fire-fighters, doctors, nurses, paramedics and other
Handbook                                  Warren, P.          emergency response staff.
                                                              The fundamental contents of this comprehensive work are presented
                                                              here in a user-friendly format, suitable for readers whose needs are less
                                                              demanding than those of a professional member of IOSH. This book will
                                                              prove to be as indispensable as its predecessor to a much wider
                                                              audience, and as such will be an invaluable addition to the bookshelves
Health and Safety in Brief                Ridley, J.          of anyone working within the field of safety at work.
                                                               This new edition has been extensively revised to take into account
                                                               recent advances in technology and legislative changes both in the UK
                                                               and USA. Beginning with a description of the core safety requirements,
                                                               it goes on to describe the special hazards found in the welding
Health and Safety in Welding and Allied   Balchin, Nigel C.;   environment; noise, radiation, fume, gases and so on in terms of their
Processes (5th Edition)                   Blunt, Jane          effects and the strategies that can be adopted to avoid them.
                                                               This handbook provides practitioners and other researchers with up-to-
                                                               date information on heat transfer, with main results and correlations
                                                               summarized at the end of each chapter for quick reference. The goal is
                                                               to help integrate the latest scientific findings into design. Among the
                                                               topics are thermophysical properties of fluids and materials, natural
                                                               convection, heat exchangers, heat transfer in electronic equipment,
                                          Bejan, Adrian;       porous media, and heat transfer in manufacturing and materials
Heat Transfer Handbook                    Kraus, Allan D.      processing.
                                                               This monograph provides the necessary background and problem-
                                                               solving examples required for package designers, package users,
                                                               reliability engineers and those who measure and evaluate the integrity of
                                                               packages to apply this knowledge to solving their specific challenges.
                                                               How do you define the goodness of the seal? How is that seal
                                                               measured? How does the integrity of the seal effect circuit reliability? To
                                                               answer these questions and others like them, the author has brought
                                                               together more than 100 application-specific problems and detailed their
Hermeticity of Electronic Packages        Greenhouse, H.       solutions.
                                                               This book describes the design, physics, and performance of high
                                                               density plasma sources which have been extensively explored in low
                                                               pressure plasma processing, such as plasma etching and planarization,
                                                               plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition of thin films, sputtered
                                                               deposition of metals and dielectrics, epitaxial growth of silicon and
                                                               GaAs, and many other applications. This is a comprehensive survey and
High Density Plasma Sources - Design,                          a detailed description of most advanced high density plasma sources
Physics and Performance                   Popov, O.A.          used in plasma processing.
                                                               Over the last decade, the use of high performance concrete has steadily
                                                               increased throughout the world, particularly in the construction of tall
                                                               buildings and bridges. This increased availability has been accompanied
                                                               by a continuing search for improvements in the mechanical properties,
                                                               methods of production and durability of this material. Inclusion of
                                                               examples and case studies drawn from throughout the world. Also
High Performance Concretes and                                 includes coverage of both theory and practice; and an explanation of the
Applications                              Shah, S.P.;          effect of material properties on the structural design and performance of
                                          Ahmad, S.H.          concrete.
                                                               This important handbook provides comprehensive coverage of how high
                                                               performance fibres are designed and manufactured and covers their
                                                               capabilities and applications. High performance fibres are being used
                                                               increasingly for a wide range of applications including geotextiles and
                                                               geomembranes for construction and civil engineering as well as
                                                               specialist fibres within composite materials where their ability to fulfill
                                                               demanding roles makes them an effective choice for the engineer and
High Performance Fibres                   Hearle, J.W.S.       materials scientist.
                                                               Recent developments in high performance thermoplastic resins and
                                                               their composites are described in this book, and the benefits and
                                                               limitations of these emerging materials are assessed for aerospace and
                                                               other applications. Discussions on the performance of neat and
High Performance Thermoplastic Resins                          continuous fiber reinforced thermoplastic resins in terms of their
and Their Composites                      Béland S.            properties and environmental and chemical resistance are provided.
                                                               Describes high temperature corrosion of ceramics. In addition to pure
                                                               single crystals or CVD materials, typical engineering materials of various
                                                               purities were also studied. The environments used to produce corrosion
                                                               were selected based on the likelihood of their being encountered in
                                                               practice and their severity. The ceramic materials developed corrosion
                                       Blachere, J.R.;         resistance by being immune to the environment or by developing
High Temperature Corrosion of Ceramics Pettit, F.S.            passivity.
                                                               This book provides comprehensive coverage of the mechanical
                                                               behavior of ceramic matrix composites at elevated temperatures. Topics
                                                               include both short-term behavior (strength, fracture toughness, and R-
                                                               curve) and long-term behavior (creep, creep-fatigue, delayed failure,
High Temperature Mechanical Behavior of Nair, S.V.; Jakus,     and lifetime). Emphasis is on a review of fundamentals and on the
Ceramic Composites                      K.                     mechanics and mechanisms underlying properties.
                                                               This handbook contains solid, liquid, and gas insulating materials and
                                                               their applications and breakdown phenomena-generation and
                                                               measurement of high AC, DC, and impulse voltages and currents-
                                                               overvoltages triggered by lightning, switching surges, system faults, and
                                                               other phenomena-high-voltage testing techniques plus testing of
                                                               apparatus and equipment-and planning of high voltage laboratories.
                                                               You'll also find new data on vacuum insulation, the breakdown of
                                           Naidu, M.S.;        composite insulation/insulation systems, high voltage and extra-high
High Voltage Engineering (2nd Edition)     Kamaraju, V.        voltage AC power transmission, and much more.
                                                               Economic success in the plastics processing industry depends on the
                                                               quality, precision, and reliability of its most common tool: the injection
                                                               mold. Consequently, misjudgments in design and mistakes in the
                                                               manufacturing of molds can result in grave consequences. Now in its
                                                               third edition, this classic, comprehensive handbook for the design and
                                          Menges, Georg;       manufacture of injection molds covers all aspects of how to successfully
                                          Michaeli, Walter;    make injection molds from a practical as well as from a theoretical point
How to Make Injection Molds (3rd Edition) Mohren, Paul         of view.

                                                             The Hybrid Microcircuit Technology Handbook integrates the many
                                                             diverse technologies used in the design, fabrication, assembly, and
                                                             testing of hybrid segments crucial to the success of producing reliable
                                                             circuits in high yields. Among these are: resistor trimming, wire bonding,
                                                             die attachment, cleaning, hermetic sealing, and moisture analysis. In
                                                             addition to thin films, thick films, and assembly processes, important
                                                             chapters on substrate selections, handling (including electrostatic
                                                             discharge), failure analysis, and documentation are included. A
                                                             comprehensive chapter of design guidelines will be of value to materials
Hybrid Microcircuit Technology Handbook Licari, J.J.; Enlow, and process engineers, chemists, and electrical engineers who design
(2nd Edition)                           L.R.                 and test hybrid circuits.
                                                             Easy-to-follow guide to data includes all relevant regulations from the
                                                             EPA, NOAA, Federal Highway Administration, and other public
                                                             agencies. Covers hydraulic design for water supply, water excess
Hydraulic Design Handbook                                    management, and environmental considerations. Features the
                                        Mays, Larry W.       contributions of experts in specific hydraulic design areas.

                                                               Since the first use of water as a hydraulic medium in the late 18th
                                                               century, hydraulics has become an indispensable discipline of
                                                               engineering science. Enormous technological advances have been
                                                               made in the intervening years, but this has not been reflected in the
                                                               available literature on the numerous fluids involved. Based on 40 years
                                                               of experience with Shell in Norway, this reference text brings together a
                                                               comprehensive coverage of the behavior and selection of hydraulic
                                                               fluids. It includes a full analysis of recent advances in synthetic oils -
                                                               media which will inevitably become more dominant as natural products
                                                               become scarcer. Provides an overview that both students and
                                                               professionals involved with hydraulics, whether concerned with the
                                                               mechanical components or system design or selection and maintenance
                                                               of the fluids themselves, will refer to again and again as it provides
Hydraulic Fluids                           Hodges, P.          relevant information on all the major hydraulic fluids in a single volume.
                                                              Hydrogen degradation of structural materials is a serious problem that
                                                              has received increasing attention for the past fifty years. The ubiquity of
                                                              the sources of hydrogen-corrosion in aqueous solutions, absorption into
                                                              pipelines carrying humid and contaminated hydrocarbons, contaminants
                                          Oriani, Richard A., in the melting processes contributes to the importance of the problem.
                                          Hirth, John P.;     This book provides a critical review of the fundaments of hydrogen-
                                          Smialowski,         metal interactions, mechanistic considerations, and the phenomenology
Hydrogen Degradation of Ferrous Alloys    Michael             of the degradation of mechanical properties.
                                                              The major mission of this sourcebook is to intensify and highlight the
                                                              importance of typical mechanical components by illustrating their
                                                              versatility, innovative applications, history and artistry. Hopefully, this
                                                              presentation will stimulate new ideas by giving the reader a graphic
                                                              kaleidoscopic view of mechanical components, as well as an
Illustrated Sourcebook of Mechanical                          appreciation for their geometric grace and adaptability into complex
Components                                Parmley, R.O.       mechanisms.

                                                              The broad collection of techniques gathered in this book help illustrate
                                                              material/process/property relationships for a wide selection of materials
                                                              and processes in the plastics industry. With the recent increases in
                                                              computing power and scope, as well as advances in software
                                                              engineering, imaging has already become a universal tool. Image
                                                              processing and image analysis have become common expressions and
                                                              are widely recognized within the scientific community.The imaging
                                                              techniques employed range from visible optical methods to scanning
                                                              and transmission electron microscopy, x-ray, thermal wave infrared and
                                                              atomic force microscopy. Image analysis is used to monitor/
                                                              characterize a variety of processes.Processes included within this book
                                                              are: extrusion, injection molding, foam production, film manufacture,
                                                              compression molding, blow molding, vulcanization, melt spinning,
Imaging and Image Analysis Applications                       reactive blending, welding, conveying, composite manufacture,
for Plastics                            Pourdeyhimi, B.       compounding, and thermosetting.
                                                              This book reviews and evaluates existing indoor air quality control
                                                              techniques. The indoor air pollutants of most concern are radon,
                                          Fisk, W.J.;         formaldehyde, and certain combustion products - nitrogen dioxide,
                                          Spencer, R.K.;      carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, and various respirable particles. Many
                                          Grimsrud, D.T.;     techniques exist to control the concentrations of these pollutants and
Indoor Air Quality Control Techniques -   Offermann, F.J.;    other indoor pollutants that are only now being recognized as significant.
Radon, Formaldehyde, Combustion           Pedersen, B.;       The purpose of this book is to provide a current review and evaluation of
Products                                  Sextro, R.          these control techniques.
                                                              This handbook brings you solutions to virtually any problem in the field.
                                                              Leading U.S. and international experts help you to create and maintain
                                                              safe and healthy environments in structures from hospitals to
                                                              residences, and handle a range of questions from health and comfort
                                                              effects and physiologic thresholds to ventilation measurement and
                                                              employee programs. For answers on instrumentation, contaminants,
                                          Spengler J.D.;      codes, and guidelines—for the solutions you need to assess,
                                          Samet, J.M.;        design, and maintain healthy and productive indoor environments, this
Indoor Air Quality Handbook               McCarthy, J.F.      book is the one source to have.

                                                             Turn to this multipurpose reference for a practical understanding of
                                                             electronics in the factory or laboratory. It’s perfect for people
                                                             who are not electrical engineers, but who need to use electronic
                                                             equipment every day at work. Avoid or solve common problems in the
                                                             use of electronics in the factory or lab and optimize the use of
                                                             measurement and control equipment with this helpful resource! The
                                                             guide is easily understood by anyone who has taken a high school
Industrial Electronics for Engineers,                        physics course — yet it provides quick, specific solutions for such
Chemists, and Technicians - With          Shanefield, Daniel electronics issues as feedback oscillation, ground loops, impedance
Optional Lab Experiments                  J.                 mismatch, noise pickup, and optimization of PID controllers.
                                                                  Provides an advanced level of study of industrial hygiene engineering
                                                                  situations with emphasis on the control of exposure to occupational
                                                                  health hazards. Primary attention is given to ventilation, noise and
                                                                  vibration control, heat stress and industrial illumination. Other topics
Industrial Hygiene Engineering -                                  include industrial water quality, solid waste control, handling and storage
Recognition, Measurement, Evaluation                              of hazardous materials, personal protective equipment, and costs of
and Control (2nd Edition)                  Talty, J.T.            industrial hygiene control.
                                                                  This multi-authored handbook is a unique cross-industry resource for
                                                                  formulators and compounders, and an invaluable reference for the
                                                                  producers of formulated commodities and industrial minerals.
                                                                  Monographs on each of the common functional industrial minerals-
                                                                  asbestos, barite, calcium carbonate, diatomite, feldspar, gypsum,
                                                                  hormite, kaolin, mica, nepheline syenite, perlite, pyrophyllite, silica,
                                                                  smectite, talc, vermiculite, wollastonite, and zeolite include an overview
                                                                  of natural and commercial varieties, market size, and application areas.
                                                                  These are supported by descriptions of mineral structures, and the
Industrial Minerals and Their Uses - A                            wedding of minerals and chemicals through mineral surface
Handbook and Formulary                     Ciullo, P.A.           modification.
                                                                  Completely revised, and vastly expanded, this 5th Edition is a well-
                                                                  established and successful reference volume designed principally for
                                                                  the chemical and other process industries, but will be found useful by
                                                                  anyone needing the latest pertinent data on industrial solvents. The over
                                                                  1,200 tables in this book contain basic data on the physical properties of
                                                                  most solvents and on the solubilities of a variety of materials in these
Industrial Solvents Handbook (5th Edition) Flick, E.W.            solvents.

                                                                  The second edition of this useful book describes almost 2900
                                                                  surfactants which are currently available for industrial use. The book will
                                                                  be of value to technical and managerial personnel involved in the
                                                                  specification and use of these products. The information has been
                                                                  developed directly from information received from 46 surfactant
                                                                  suppliers. Industrial surfactants find uses in almost every industry, from
                                                                  asphalt manufacturing to carpet fibers, from pulp and paper production
                                                                  to leather processing. Examples of the types of chemicals used as
                                                                  surfactants are fatty alcohol sulfates, alkanolamides, alkoxylates,
                                                                  sulfosuccinates, amines, quaternaries, phosphate esters, acid esters,
Industrial Surfactants (2nd Edition)       Flick, Ernest W.       block copolymers, betaines, imidazolines, alkyl sulfonates, etc.
                                                                  This book contains short product descriptions of 3,000 resins and
                                                                  related products from 57 manufacturers. Contents: ABS and SAN
                                                                  Resins; Acetal Resins; Acrylics; Alkyds; Curing Reaction Resins; Epoxy
                                                                  Systems & Related Products; High Solids Resins; Nylons; Phenolics;
                                                                  Polycarbonates; Polyesters; Polyethylenes; Polypropylenes;
                                                                  Polystyrenes; Polyurethanes; Rosins, Rosin Esters & Hydrocarbon
Industrial Synthetic Resins Handbook                              Resins; Silicones; Vinyls; Miscellaneous; Suppliers’ Addresses;
(2nd Edition)                              Flick, E.W.            Trade Name Index.

                                           Bollinger, Robert
                                           E.; Clark, David
                                           G.; Dowell, Arthur
                                           M. III; Ewbank,
                                           Rodger M.;             Many traditional routes to safer processes add complex layers - systems
                                           Hendershot,            that must actively intervene, or that require special operating
                                           Dennis C.; Lutz,       procedures, to avert a catastrophe. Inherently safer concepts provide
                                           William K.;            risk reduction as a built-in characteristic of the process. With a foreword
                                           Meszaros, Steven       by acclaimed international safety expert Trevor Kletz, this book presents
Inherently Safer Chemical Processes, A     I.; Park, Donald E.;   the principles and strategies for applying inherently safer thinking
Life Cycle Approach                        Wixom, Everett D.      throughout the life cycle of the process.
                                                                This new edition of the best-selling standard is the complete source for a
                                                                simplified and consolidated explanation of the injection molding
                                                                operation and each of its aspects. Taking a practical approach, Injection
                                                                Molding Handbook provides essential information in chapters that are
                                         Rosato, Dominick       organized to best present a methodology for injection molding. It
                                         V.; Rosato, Donald     examines considerable technological advancements, especially those in
                                         V.; Rosato,            computer methods, that have been made since the classic second
Injection Molding Handbook (3rd Edition) Marlene G.             edition was published.
                                                                This new edition of the best-selling standard is the complete source for a
                                                                simplified and consolidated explanation of the injection molding
                                                                operation and each of its aspects. Taking a practical approach, Injection
                                                                Molding Handbook provides essential information in chapters that are
                                           Rosato, Dominick     organized to best present a methodology for injection molding. It
                                           V.; Rosato, Donald   examines considerable technological advancements, especially those in
                                           V.; Rosato,          computer methods, that have been made since the classic second
Injection Molding Handbook (3rd Edition)   Marlene G.           edition was published.

                                                           This book is of central importance to the vast food industry, with
                                                           particular emphasis on very high sanitary and hygienic operating
                                                           standards. This comprehensive reference covers the wide range of
                                                           instruments used in the industry with contributions from an international
                                                           panel of specialists. This volume discusses both instruments routinely
                                                           used in the food industry at present and those likely to be introduced in
                                                           the next few years. The significance of measured variables,
                                                           measurement principles, and particularly considerations when applied to
Instrumentation and Sensors for the Food Kress-Rogers, E.; the food industry are described. For practitioners in the food industry,
Industry (2nd Edition)                   Brimelow, C.J.B. instrument manufacturers, and students of food technology.

                                                                Some of the most original and productive research specialists in the field
                                                                of particle-fluid flow systems are assembled in this book, which is an
                                                                important and current reference volume. The book focuses on methods
                                                                of measurement and options for engineers and scientists performing
                                                                research and evaluation of particle-fluid flow systems. Improved
                                                                instrumentation for measurement in this field is an essential element in
Instrumentation for Fluid-Particle Flow    Soo, Shao Lee        the progress of research and engineering of multi-phase flow systems.

                                                                This book is invaluable to anyone who wants an in-depth understanding
                                                                of thermal insulation. It is a thorough guide to all the important methods,
                                                                materials, and concepts associated with it, along with sound problem-
                                                                solving advice. You'll slash construction time and costs while maximizing
                                                                energy efficiency with this "A-Z" overview of residential installation.
                                                                Written by an expert author with hands-on construction and design
                                                                experience, this book provides the rock-solid help you need to: Evaluate
                                                                the pros and cons of today's most commonly used materials, including
                                                                loose fill, batts, blankets, spray-on, and boards, as well as cutting-edge
                                                                technologies still under development. Decide upon the best insulation
                                                                strategy. Work within the framework of codes, standards, and
                                                                regulations. Achieve optimum thermal comfort in any home. Understand
                                                                innovative insulation systems such as ICFs (insulated concrete
                                                                formwork), SIPs (structured insulated panels) and drainable-type EIFs.
                                                                Prevent damages caused by moisture accumulation, or solve the
Insulation Handbook                        Bynum, R.T., Jr.     problems presented by asbestos and other dangerous materials.
                                                              This volume is one of four, each of which consists of reprinted chapters
                                                              from the highly acclaimed, comprehensive two-volume set Intermetallic
                                                              Compounds: Principles and Practice, published in 1995. Chapters have
                                                              been selected and grouped in subject areas to provide more easily
                                                              accessible and user-friendly volumes for individual researchers. The
                                                              other titles in this four-volume set are: Basic Mechanical Properties and
Intermetallic Compounds, Volume 1 -                           Lattice Defects of Intermetallic Compounds; Structural Applications of
Crystal Structures of Intermetallic        Westbrook, J.H.;   Intermetallic Compounds; and Magnetic, Electrical and Optical
Compounds                                  Fleischer, R.L.    Properties and Applications of Intermetallic Compounds.

                                                              This volume is one of four, each of which consists of reprinted chapters
                                                              from the highly acclaimed, comprehensive two-volume set Intermetallic
                                                              Compounds: Principles and Practice, published in 1995. Chapters have
                                                              been selected and grouped in subject areas to provide more easily
                                                              accessible and user-friendly volumes for individual researchers. The
                                                              other titles in this four-volume set are: Crystal Structures of Intermetallic
Intermetallic Compounds, Volume 2 -                           Compounds; Structural Applications of Intermetallic Compounds; and
Basic Mechanical Properties and Lattice    Westbrook, J.H.;   Magnetic, Electrical and Optical Properties and Applications of
Defects of Intermetallic Compounds         Fleischer, R.L.    Intermetallic Compounds.

                                                              This volume is one of four, each of which consists of reprinted chapters
                                                              from the highly acclaimed, comprehensive two-volume set Intermetallic
                                                              Compounds: Principles and Practice, published in 1995. Chapters have
                                                              been selected and grouped in subject areas to provide more easily
                                                              accessible and user-friendly volumes for individual researchers. The
                                                              other titles in this four-volume set are: Crystal Structures of Intermetallic
Intermetallic Compounds, Volume 3 -                           Compounds; Basic Mechanical Properties and Lattice Defects of
Structural Applications of Intermetallic   Westbrook, J.H.;   Intermetallic Compounds; and Magnetic, Electrical and Optical
Compounds                                  Fleischer, R.L.    Properties and Applications of Intermetallic Compounds
                                                              This volume is one of four, each of which consists of reprinted chapters
                                                              from the highly acclaimed, comprehensive two-volume set Intermetallic
                                                              Compounds: Principles and Practice, published in 1995. Chapters have
                                                              been selected and grouped in subject areas to provide more easily
                                                              accessible and user-friendly volumes for individual researchers. The
Intermetallic Compounds, Volume 4 -                           other titles in this four-volume set are: Crystal Structures of Intermetallic
Magnetic, Electrical and Optical                              Compounds; Basic Mechanical Properties and Lattice Defects of
Properties and Applications of             Westbrook, J.H.;   Intermetallic Compounds; and Structural Applications of Intermetallic
Intermetallic Compounds                    Fleisher, R.L.     Compounds.
                                                              This classic and well-known reference was originally published from
                                                              1926 - 1930 for the National Research Council in 7 volumes. It contains
                                                              an enormous amount of critical data on inorganic and organic
                                                              compounds, and pure substances. Featuring physical, thermodynamic,
                                                              mechanical, and other key properties, it is a major reference source
                                                              used by those involved in chemistry, physics, and engineering. In 2003,
                                                              Knovel undertook the conversion of this publication into full-text
International Critical Tables of Numerical                    searchable electronic format that makes data easily accessible. 7 most
Data, Physics, Chemistry and Technology                       important tables were made interactive for increased searchability and
(1st Electronic Edition)                   Washburn, E.W.     user-friendliness.
                                                              The purpose of this book is to provide a convenient source of
                                                              environment information to the users of Sittig's Handbook of Toxic and
                                                              Hazardous Chemicals and Cancinogens, 4th Edition, edited by Richard
International Resources Guide to                              Pohanish. This book is intended for chemists, toxicologists, laboratory
Hazardous Chemicals - Manufacturers,                          technicians, manufacturers, safety professionals and government
Agencies, Organizations, and Useful                           personnel involved in environmental and industrial safety and health
Sources of Information                     Greene, S.A.       matters.
                                                            The field of adaptive array sensor systems is now a maturing
                                                            technology, and with applications of these systems growing more and
                                                            more numerous there is a wealth of widely scattered literature available
                                                            on various aspects of such systems. There are few textbooks that briefly
                                                            treat certain aspects of adaptive array systems, but until now there have
                                                            been no books devoted entirely to presenting an integrated treatment of
                                                            such systems that provide the reader with the perspective to organize
                                         Monzingo, Robert the available literature into easily understood parts. The primary
                                         A.; Miller, Thomas emphasis of the book is to cover those principles and techniques that
Introduction to Adaptive Arrays          W.                 are of fundamental importance in modern adaptive array systems.

                                                             This book is an ideal introduction to the subject for non-specialists:
                                                             engineers, technicians, pilots, and aerospace industry marketing, public
                                                             relations, and customer support personnel. Also excellent as a reference
                                                             for specialists in the field. The completely rewritten and revised Second
                                                             Edition updates a famous work originally published by the Hughes
                                                             Aircraft Company. Much more than a simple introduction, the book is
                                                             actually a history, reference, tech manual, and textbook rolled into one
Introduction to Airborne Radar (2nd                          beautifully illustrated volume, packed with full color photos, drawings,
Edition)                                 Stimson, G.W.       tables and charts, plus knowledgeable, informative text.

                                                             Continuum mechanics studies the response of materials to different
                                                             loading conditions. The concept of tensors is introduced through the
                                                             idea of linear transformation in a self-contained chapter, and the
                                                             interrelation of direct notation, indicial notation, and matrix operations is
                                                             clearly presented. A wide range of idealized materials are considered
Introduction to Continuum Mechanics (3rd Lai, W.M.; Rubin,   through simple static and dynamic problems, and the book contains an
Edition)                                 D.; Krempl, E.      abundance of illustrative examples of problems, many with solutions.

                                                             Fluid mechanics is one of the most difficult core courses encountered by
                                                             engineering students. The problem stems from the necessity of
                                                             visualizing complex flow patterns and fluid behaviour modeled by high-
                                                             level mathematics. This text overcomes this difficulty by introducing the
                                         Nakayama, Y.;       concepts through everyday examples before moving on to the real
Introduction to Fluid Mechanics          Boucher, R.F.       phenomena and is illustrated with numerous figures and photographs.

                                                             This is the only book focused on the complete aspects of RF Stealth
                                                             design. It is the first book to present and explain first order methods for
                                                             the design of active and passive stealth properties. Everything from
                                                             Electronic Order of Battle to key component design is covered. The
                                                             book is a "How to" allowing estimation of RCS, emitter interceptability,
                                                             IR signature with speed, emitter footprints, terrain obscuration and target
                                                             visibility, ambient spectra, ambient pulse density, detection
                                                             performance, antenna, filter and pulse compression sidelobes, emitter
                                                             location accuracy, stealthy pulse compression design, stealthy antenna
Introduction to RF Stealth               Lynch, David Jr.    design, signal processor performance, and more.

                                                            This book is written for people who simply wish to gain a basic overall
                                                            understanding of rubber technology. Thus the purchasing agent,
                                                            engineer, polymer chemist, student of rubber technology, shop floor
                                                            manager, and indeed the president and upper management, involved in
                                                            the industry will want to read this book. Customers who use rubber in
                                                            their products can obtain an understanding of those technical aspects
Introduction to Rubber Technology        Ciesielski, Andrew with which they are unfamiliar from this book.
                                                              The technique of ionized-cluster beam (ICB) deposition, the
                                                              fundamentals of ICB technology, and technical applications of thin films
                                                              produced by ICB deposition are presented in a single volume to give a
                                                              coherent presentation to all those interested or working in the field. ICB
                                                              processes are well characterized, and reliable equipment is available.
                                                              The films deposited are often superior to those deposited by either
Ionized-Cluster Beam Deposition and                           evaporation or sputtering, and the range of control of the process
Epitaxy                                   Takagi, T.          exceeds other techniques by a great margin.

                                                              This handbook is an essential reference in quality engineering and
                                                              management practices, it has been completely updated for this new
                                                              edition. Contributed, revised, and edited by a global team of industry
                                                              experts, this new edition provides penetrating coverage of the newest
                                                              methods in planning, control, and results, delivering all the tools
                                                              necessary for successful quality engineering and management well into
                                                              the next century. In this Fifth Edition, a major revision of the best-selling
                                                              classic Handbook, you'll find new emphasis on software, and updates in
                                                              many key areas. Written for managers, quality and industrial engineers,
                                                              and students, this dynamic new version of Juran's reaches beyond the
                                                              mangement site to address new customer service, supplier relations,
                                          Juran, J.M.;        and worldwide market standard considerations. No Management or
Juran's Quality Handbook (5th Edition)    Godfrey, A.B.       Engineering library can be complete without it.

                                                             Everyone involved in the process industries is fully aware of the
                                                             potentially devastating effects that an explosion, fire or escape of
                                                             flammable and toxic material can have, and the role of effective safety
                                                             procedures in this environment can never be underestimated. This
                                                             second edition of Ralph King's widely regarded insight into the key
                                                             issues has been thoroughly revised and updated throughout, to provide
King's Safety in the Process Industries                      a comprehensive account of the main hazards, as well as discussing the
(2nd Edition)                             n/a                causes of accidents and how best they can be controlled at the source.
                                                             Now in its third edition, this best-selling text is generally considered to be
                                                             the definitive guide and reference to knitting technology. The
                                                             presentation is clear, concise, systematic and carefully organized for
                                                             easy reference. Each chapter covers both fundamentals and advanced
                                                             concepts of the chapter topic. More than 250 photographs, diagrams
Knitting Technology - A Comprehensive                        and other schematics illustrate structures, designs, machinery and
Handbook and Practical Guide (3rd                            operations. This is in effect a mini-encyclopedia of today's knitting
Edition)                                  Spencer, David J.. technology.

                                                              This important, interactive Knovel reference contains tables of physical,
                                                              solvent, and thermodynamic properties. The physical property tables
                                                              alone include over 21,000 inorganic and organic compounds, and pure
                                                              substances. The solvent property tables have data for 385 common
                                                              solvents, and the thermodynamic property tables have data for over
                                                              15,000 compounds. Additionally, several tables make use of the
                                                              interactive Equation Plotter to plot thermodynamic properties as a
                                                              function of temperature. Each table is fully interactive and searchable
                                                              by keyword and numeric property value. The thermodynamic tables
                                                              feature an Equation Plotter that graphically represents the temperature
                                                              correlation relationships and allows for easy calculation and plotting of
Knovel Critical Tables                    Knovel              the properties.
                                                              This title contains a sample of scientific and technical content available
                                                              on Knovel. It showcases the range of this content and the benefits of
                                                              Knovel's productivity tools, such as Graph Digitizer. Use this free title to
                                                              browse, search (in advanced and basic modes) and practice the use of
Knovel Sample Book                        n/a                 productivity tools.
                                                           This database is a comprehensive collection of health, safety, and
                                                           physical property information for over 1100 different solvents. It
                                                           contains common properties in two quick-reference tables: Health &
                                                           Safety Information and Physical & Chemical Properties. The rows
                                                           representing the same solvent in both tables are cross-linked. In
                                                           addition, the tables have links to the chemical structure and a detailed
                                                           text file for each solvent. The text files contain all of the information
                                                           present in the interactive tables as well as more in-depth information.
                                                           Searchable data include chemical names, synonyms, molecular
                                                           formulas, CAS Registry numbers, and many of the available properties.
                                                           The text files are full-text searchable, and the fields in the interactive
Knovel Solvents - A Properties Database   Wypych, George   tables are searchable by keywords and numeric values.
                                                           This text provides students with the theoretical knowledge and practical
                                                           skills necessary to identify, model, and solve structural analysis
                                                           problems. The material is illustrated throughout with numerous
                                                           diagrammatic examples, as well as example problems similar in nature
                                                           to those found in lower level strength of materials texts. The difficulty of
                                                           the examples and problems varies from simple to complex. A solutions
                                                           manual is available for lecturers who adopt the book for classroom
Laminar Composites                        n/a              teaching.
                                                           This reference presents phase equilibria and thermodynamic data of
                                                           binary alloy systems and crystallographic data of intermediate phases in
                                                           easily accessible, fully interactive table and graphs. Information is given
                                                           on metastable crystalline phases as well as quasicrystalline or
                                                           amorphous alloys. Interactive data is field searchable, while the text of
                                                           the reference is full text searchable. All binary systems of importance
Landolt-Bornstein, Group IV Physical      Predel, B.       are covered, including essentially every possible combination of
Chemistry - Phase Equilibria,             (Author);        elements from the periodic table. There are over 4,000 interactive
Crystallographic and Thermodynamic        Madelung O.      graphs, including all of the phase diagrams present in the original 10
Data of Binary Alloys, Volume 5           (Editor)         volumes.

                                                           This reference presents phase equilibria and thermodynamic data of
                                                           binary alloy systems and crystallographic data of intermediate phases in
                                                           easily accessible, fully interactive table and graphs. Information is given
                                                           on metastable crystalline phases as well as quasicrystalline or
                                                           amorphous alloys. Interactive data is field searchable, while the text of
Landolt-Bornstein, Group IV Physical                       the reference is full text searchable.Binary systems for Electronic
Chemistry - Phase Equilibria,             Predel, B.       Materials and Semiconductors are covered, including essentially every
Crystallographic and Thermodynamic        (Author);        possible combination of elements from the periodic table. There are over
Data of Binary Alloys, Volume 5 -         Madelung O.      1542 interactive graphs, including the phase diagrams present in the
Electronic Materials and Semiconductors   (Editor)         original volumes.
                                                           This reference presents phase equilibria and thermodynamic data of
                                                           binary alloy systems and crystallographic data of intermediate phases in
                                                           easily accessible, fully interactive table and graphs. Information is given
                                                           on metastable crystalline phases as well as quasicrystalline or
                                                           amorphous alloys. Interactive data is field searchable, while the text of
Landolt-Bornstein, Group IV Physical                       the reference is full text searchable. Binary systems for Light Metal
Chemistry - Phase Equilibria,             Predel, B.       Structural Alloys are covered, including essentially every possible
Crystallographic and Thermodynamic        (Author);        combination of elements from the periodic table. There are over 589
Data of Binary Alloys, Volume 5 - Light   Madelung O.      interactive graphs, including the phase diagrams present in the original
Metal Structural Alloys                   (Editor)         volumes.
                                                           Known for over half a century simply as Lange's Handbook, this classic
                                                           reference covers the entire field of chemistry, with state-of-the-art facts,
                                                           figures, values, tables, and formulas. It is an essential source of
                                                           information for all chemistry professionals, engineers, and technicians,
                                                           who will find the easy-to-use tabular presentation, concise descriptions
Lange's Handbook of Chemistry (15th                        and definitions, and extensive cross-indexed subject listing an
Edition)                                  Dean, J.A.       invaluable working tool.
                                                             'Overall, this is one of the best books available on the subject of meat
                                                             science, and is ideal for all students of food science and technology.'
                                                             Chemistry in Britain ' of the best references available on the
                                                             biochemistry of meat.' Food and Nutrition News Contents include:
                                                             Factors affecting the growth and development of meat animals (cattle,
                                                             sheep and pigs); The structure and growth of muscle; Chemical and
                                                             biochemical constitution of muscle; The conversion of muscle to meat;
                                                             The spoilage of meat by infecting organisms; The storage and
                                                             preservation of meat (temperature and moisture control, and direct
                                                             microbial inhibition); The eating quality of meat; meat and human
Lawrie's Meat Science                       Lawrie, R.A.     nutrition; prefabricated meat.

                                                             Layer of protection analysis (LOPA), the new, simplified method of risk
                                                             assessment for acute process safety risks, provides a middle ground
                                                             between qualitative process hazard analysis and traditional, expensive
                                                             quantitative risk analysis. It also provides an excellent approach for
                                                             determining the safety integrity level necessary for an instrumented
                                                             safety system, an approach endorsed by instrument standards such as
                                                             ISA S84 and IEC 61511. Beginning with an identified accident scenario,
                                                             LOPA uses simplifying rules to evaluate: * Initiating event frequency *
                                                             Independent layers of protection * Consequences to provide an order-of-
                                                             magnitude estimate of risk. Augmented throughout with extensive
                                                             tables, charts, and examples, this resource provides the information
Layer of Protection Analysis - Simplified                    necessary to undertake and complete a Layer of Protection Analysis
Process Risk Assessment                     n/a              during any stage in a process's life cycle.

                                                             This book is a world-wide directory of the properties and suppliers of
                                                             light alloys used in, or proposed for, numerous engineering applications.
                                                             Alloys covered will include aluminium alloys, magnesium alloys, titanium
                                                             alloys, beryllium. For the metals considered each section will consist of:
                                                             a short introduction; a table comparing basic data and a series of
                                            Hussey, Robert   comparison sheets. The book will adopt standardised data in order to
                                            John; Wilson,    help the reader in finding and comparing different materials and
Light Alloys Directory and Databook         Josephine        identifying the required information.
                                                             This book provides a guide to vision and lighting fundamentals for
                                                             workplace safety. Highlighting potential problems that can develop as a
                                                             consequence of poor illumination, it recommends solutions that bring
                                                             practitioners into compliance with United Kingdom safety regulations.
                                                             The discussion begins with basic physical and biological information and
                                                             moves through a treatment of how lighting affects such factors as
Lighting for Health and Safety              Smith, N.A.      posture and vision.

                                                             This book explains different phenomena involved in the design and the
                                                             microstructure development of concrete in a very simple language. A
                                                             glossary of the terminology and definitions is included to help practicing
                                                             architects and engineers tailor a concrete that is resistant to the
                                                             aggressive atmosphere to which it is often exposed. Physical properties
                                                             and chemical durability are described in detail. The physical properties
                                                             include density, strength, shrinkage, and elasticity. Chemical durability
                                                             includes resistance to acids, chloride ingress, carbonation, and freeze-
Lightweight Aggregate Concrete -            Chandra, S.;     thaw resistance. Fire resistance is also included, which is seldom
Science, Technology, and Applications       Berntsson, L.    considered, but is a very important aspect of the safety of the structure.

                                                             This book is a state-of-the-art review of liquid filtration in the chemical
                                                             process and allied industries. Interpretations of the phenomenological
                                                             observations of the hydrodynamics of filtration are given in the hopes of
                                                             establishing more theoretical and generalized bases of design
                                            Cheremisinoff,   methodology. Specific design and selection criteria are reviewed, and
Liquid Filtration (2nd Edition)             N.P.             typical industrial problems and their solutions are presented.
                                                              This book has established itself as the standard crop husbandry text for
                                                              students and practitioners alike. Radically revised and expanded, and
                                                              with a new team of authors, the eighth edition confirms and extends its
                                                              reputation. Part 1 looks at the basic conditions for crop growth with
                                                              chapters on plant structure and growth, soil analysis and management,
                                                              and the use of fertilisers and manures. There is also a new chapter on
                                                              the influence of climate and weather. Part 2 surveys general aspects of
                                                              crop husbandry. As well as a discussion of cropping techniques, there
                                                              are new chapters on the important new areas of integrated crop
                                                              management and organic crop husbandry, as well as discussion of seed
                                                              selection and production. Part 3 then looks at how these general
                                                              techniques are applied to particular crops, with chapters on cereals, root
                                          Finch, H.J.S.;      crops, fresh harvested crops, forage crops and combinable break crops.
Lockhart & Wiseman's Crop Husbandry -     Samuel, A.M.;       Part 4 considers the use of grassland with chapters on classification,
Including Grassland (8th Edition)         Lane, G.P.F.        sowing and management, grazing and conservation for winter feed.
                                                              Over the last three decades the process industries have grown very
                                                              rapidly, with corresponding increases in the quantities of hazardous
                                                              materials in process, storage or transport. Plants are becoming larger
                                                              and are often situated in or close to densely populated areas. Increased
                                                              hazard of loss of life or property is continually highlighted with incidents
                                                              such as Flixborough, Bhopal, Chernobyl and Piper Alpha. Increasing
                                                              attention must therefore be paid to the control of these hazards, and in
                                                              particular the need to develop a comprehensive approach to the
                                                              avoidance of human and economic loss; this is loss prevention. Frank
                                                              Lees has completely rewritten this classic reference work on loss
                                                              prevention, bringing every aspect up to date. New chapters are included
                                                              on computers, artificial intelligence and expert systems, and new
                                                              appendices feature recent disasters such as Bhopal and Piper Alpha.
                                                              The many thousands of references have been updated along with
                                                              standards and codes of practice. Written in a clear and concise style,
Loss Prevention in the Process Industries                     'Loss Prevention in the Process Industries' covers traditional areas of
(2nd Edition)                             Lees, F.P.          personal safety as well as the more technological aspects and thus

                                                              The result of 20 years of research at MIT Lincoln Laboratory, this book
                                                              is of the most significant technological consequence for the industry. It
                                                              actually solves the problem of low-angle radar land clutter by showing
Low-Angle Radar Land Clutter -                                the reader how to design and predict the performance of radars that
Measurements and Empirical Models         Billingsley, J.B.   operate in situations where land clutter is prevalent.

                                                              This book is one of the most popular engineering references of all time
                                                              and is considered the standard reference for the mechanical industries
                                                              throughout the world. The 26th edition remains true to the
                                                              Handbook’s original design as an extraordinarily comprehensive
                                                              yet practical and easy-to-use reference for mechanical and
                                                              manufacturing engineers, designers, draftsmen, toolmakers, and
                                          Oberg, E.; Jones, machinists. It is intended to be used in the same way that other kinds of
                                          F.D.; Horton, H.L.; practical tools are used: to make or repair products of high quality, at the
Machinery's Handbook (26th Edition)       Ryffell, H.H.       lowest cost, and in the shortest time possible.

                                                               This newest edition provides mechanical and manufacturing engineers,
                                                               designers, draftsmen, machine toolmakers, machinists and students
                                                               with a broad range of basic and advanced material. Includes industry
                                                               fundamentals and standards, as well as new material reflecting
                                                               technological advances and editorial improvements.137 graphs in this
                                                               title have been made interactive. The PDF files in this book have been
                                                               encrypted to protect the content from unauthorized use.Guide to
                                          Oberg, Erik;         Machinery's Handbook (27th Edition)Helps use the Handbook to solve
                                          Jones, Franklin D.; problems typically encountered by both draftsmen and machinists.
Machinery's Handbook (27th Edition) &     Horton, Holbrook Allows you to become more familiar with the wide range of contents
Guide to Machinery's Handbook             L.; Ryffel, Henry H. found in the Machinery's Handbook.
                                                              This book presents a unified approach to food imaging by considering
                                                              how MRI studies of foods undergoing processes such as drying,
                                                              freezing, baking, extrusion, and freeze-drying can be modeled using
                                                              mass and heat transport equations and how these mathematical models
                                                              can be used in process design optimization programs. It also focuses
                                                              on the microscopic distance scales in foods as probed by NMR
Magnetic Resonance Imaging in Food                            microimaging and NMR microscopy. The role of food microstructure in
Science                                  Hills, Brian         controlling moisture and heat transport in foods is also discussed.
                                                              MERITT integrates the best approaches of industry leaders in the fields
                                                              of integrating inherent safety, pollution prevention, and green chemistry
                                                              into process development and design to streamline process
                                                              development, reduce costs, and improve EHS performance. Contents
                                                              include: * EHS constraints and opportunities * The five "C" fundamental
                                                              principles of commitment, concurrency, communication, collaboration,
                                                              and continuity * The application of MERITT * Implementation guidance.
                                                              This unified approach offers the flexibility to meet many different
Making EHS an Integral Part of Process   Little, Arthur D.,   developmental needs, together with the capability to evolve with
Design                                   Inc.                 changing business imperatives

                                                              Based on the experience of those who have successfully implemented
                                                              HACCP systems, this book meets the needs of food processing
                                                              businesses at all stages of HACCP development. It enables those new
                                                              to HACCP to benefit from the experience of the pioneers, enables those
                                                              with HACCP systems to see how they can be developed and how they
                                                              can help their partners in the supply chain, and informs those involved
Making the Most of HACCP - Learning      Mayes, T.;           with enforcement and national HACCP strategies about the practical
from Others' Experience                  Mortimore, S.        issues involved in implementation along the supply chain.

                                                              This comprehensive overview of frozen food technology and processes
                                                              provides a unique overview of the entire supply chain from the farm to
                                                              the freezer of the consumer. Specialists in each field cover the particular
                                                              concerns involved in freezing fruit, vegetables, meat and fish.
                                                              Maintaining quality is a key issue for the frozen food industry and this
                                                              book identifies the key quality perameters in production and distribution
                                                              as well as describing the technology and working practices necessary to
                                                              attain them. Managing frozen foods is concluded with an examination of
Managing Frozen Foods                    Kennedy, C.J.        future trends and emerging new technologies.

                                                              Based on a lifetime of experience of gearbox design in Formula One
                                                              racing cars, this book is the first practical guide to the methods used and
                                                              problems encountered when designing gearboxes. A wide range of
                                                              design issues is addressed, and various different gear forms are
                                                              considered. Lubrication and maintenance aspects are covered, as are
                                                              the consequences of various forms of gear failure. No other book deals
Manual Gearbox Design                    Stokes, A.           with the issues of gearbox design in such detail.

                                                              Never before have the wide range of disciplines comprising
                                                              manufacturing engineering been covered in such detail in one volume.
                                                              Leading experts from all over the world have contributed sections. The
                                                              coverage represents the most up to date survey of the broad interests of
                                                              the manufacturing engineer. Extensive reference lists are provided,
Manufacturing Engineer's Reference Book Koshal, D.            making this an indispensable work for every engineer in industry.

                                                              This book represents recent advances in the field of genetic therapy and
                                                              describes the methods that are currently being applied in the
                                                              manufacture of gene therapeutic products. Sixteen chapters by
                                                              scientists from the United States, Europe, and India discuss somatic
                                                              gene therapy, cancer treatment, gene self-assembly, gene expression,
Manufacturing of Gene Therapeutics -                          tumor genotype, protein binding matrices, gene transfer, plasmid DNA
Methods, Processing, Regulation and                           manufacturing, quality control for viral therapeutics, gene delivery,
Validation                               Subramanian, G.      regulatory issues, and risk assessment.
                                                               Fully updated to reflect current industry standards and practices, this
                                                               edition of the classic handbook known simply as "Marks" offers more
                                                               than 100 essential mechanical engineering topics - from the mechanics
                                                               of solids and fluids to machine elements, from electrical and electronics
                                                               engineering to environmental control, and from industrial engineering to
                                                               instruments and controls. The Tenth Edition features contributions from
                                                               125 top experts and includes all-new and rewritten material on gearing,
                                                               autofacturing, HVAC, displacement pumps, vibration, computers,
                                                               robotics, iron and steel, nonmetallic materials, stainless steels,
                                                               composites, fluid film bearings, industrial plants, and more. Complete
                                                               with state-of-the-art techniques and methods, plus thousands of
Marks' Standard Handbook for               Avallone, E.A.;     illustrations, tables, charts and formulas, this new edition remains the
Mechanical Engineers (10th Edition)        Baumeister, T., III ultimate authority on every aspect of modern mechanical engineering.

                                                               This is a database of mass spectra for about 69,000 physiologically
                                                               active organic compounds made into a highly interactive product by
                                                               Knovel. It features our Chemical Structure Search and Spectra Viewer
                                                               productivity tools to give you unprecedented access and ability to search
                                                               on molecular structures and to view the spectra associated with them.
                                                               The Chemical Structure Search allows you to draw a structure or a
                                                               substructure and then search on it. The Spectra Viewer is an interactive
                                                               tool for displaying spectra data along with the chemical structure of a
Mass Spectra of Physiologically Active                         compound. It allows you to select and record peaks data, calculate
Compounds                                  n/a                 integrals and measure the peak-to-peak distance.

                                                               This book is designed as a handy desk reference covering fundamental
                                                               engineering principles of project planning schemes and layout, corrosion
                                                               principles and materials properties of engineering importance. It is
                                           Cheremisinoff,      intended as a general source of typical materials property data, useful
Materials Selection Deskbook               Nicholas P.         for first pass materials selection in process design problems.
                                                               New materials enable advances in engineering design. This book
                                                               describes a procedure for materials selection in mechanical design,
                                                               allowing the most suitable materials for a given application to be
Materials Selection in Mechanical Design                       identified from the full range of materials and section shapes available.
(2nd Edition)                            Ashby, M.F.           A novel approach is adopted not found anywhere else.

                                                               Written with the clarity and thoroughness that only a hands-on expert
                                                               and industry insider could provide, this master reference is invaluable to
                                                               electrical utility and communications professionals of all levels who are
                                                               involved with transmission, distribution, substation, telephone, cable TV,
                                                               and fiber optic systems. It provides a rule-by-rule overview of entire
                                                               code, offering clarification, analysis, and numerous practical examples.
                                                               It includes over 400 task-simplifying and time-slashing drawings,
                                                               photographs, and examples to make every procedure crystal clear and
                                                               a detailed, useful coverage of difficult and controversial rules, written in
                                                               plain, jargon-free language. In this "no-nonsense" approach, every page
                                                               of every section is filled with 100% applicable code interpretation and
McGraw-Hill's National Electrical Safety                       advice. If you're looking for solid, authoritative, thorough coverage of the
Code (NESC®) Handbook                      Marne, D.J.         National Electrical Safety Code (NESC®), your search ends here.

                                                               This book addresses what defines meat quality in the minds of
                                                               consumers, and the ways these quality attributes can be maintained or
                                                               enhanced during processing. Part 1 considers individual aspects of
                                                               quality, beginning with a discussion of the factors affecting the quality of
                                                               raw meat. Part 2 explores ways in which quality can be measured with a
                                                               discussion of how to establish reliable and measurable indicators for
                                           Kerry, Joseph;      quality attributes. Part 3 looks at a range of new techniques that have
                                           Kerry, John;        been applied at the various stages in the supply chain to provide
Meat Processing - Improving Quality        Ledward, D.         improved and more consistent quality.
                                                              The chilling and freezing of meat remains an essential way of extending
                                                              shelf-life and maintaining quality. This book provides an authoritative
                                                              guide both to the impact of refrigeration on meat and best practice in
                                                              using it to maximize meat quality for the consumer. Part 1 considers the
                                                              impact of refrigeration on meat quality. There are chapters on the
                                                              microbiology of refrigerated meat and its influence on shelf-life, drip
                                                              production, weight loss, and the effect of refrigeration on color and
                                                              texture. Part 2 looks at best practice in managing the cold chain from
                                                              carcass to consumer. The authors discuss primary chilling, freezing,
                                                              thawing and tempering, transport, storage, retail display, and consumer
                                                              handing. Part 3 of the book looks at aspects of process control,
                                           James, S.J.;       including chapters on such issues as temperature measurement, and
Meat Refrigeration                         James, C.          the design and optimal use of refrigeration systems.
                                                              Unique in bringing about a solid-state reaction at room temperature,
                                                              mechanical alloying produces powders and compounds difficult or
                                                              impossible to obtain by conventional techniques. Immediate and cost-
                                                              effective industry applications of the resultant advanced materials are in
Mechanical Alloying for Fabrication of     El-Eskandarany,    cutting tools and high performance aerospace products such as metal
Advanced Engineering Materials             M.S.               matrix armor and turbine blades.
                                                              This new edition provides qualified engineers with sufficient information
                                                              to identify the basic principles of a subject and to be directed to further
                                                              reading if required. Eighteen chapters discuss topics such as
                                                              mechanical engineering, electrical and electronics principles; computers;
                                                              materials, properties and selection; mechanics of solids; tribology; power
                                                              units and transmission; fuels and combustion; alternative energy
                                                              sources; nuclear, offshore, and plant engineering; manufacturing
Mechanical Engineer's Reference Book                          methods; mathematics; health and safety; and units, symbols and
(12th Edition)                             Smith, Edward H.   constants.

                                                              Authoritative, comprehensive, convenient, detailed, this book is the
                                                              ultimate guide for the twenty-first century engineer. In a single, easy-to-
                                                              use volume, it covers a broad spectrum of critical engineering topics and
                                                              helps you understand the fundamentals, apply the technologies, and get
                                                              the outcomes you want. With more than 70% entirely new or revised
                                                              material, this book keeps pace with rapid developments in materials,
                                                              methods, and equipment—from concurrent engineering and TQM
                                                              through virtual reality, advanced and composite materials, ergonomic
                                                              design factors, electronic packaging, and many more major topics. No
Mechanical Engineers' Handbook (2nd                           other mechanical engineering guide matches this book's array of crucial
Edition)                                   Kutz, Myer         information and special features.

                                                              This fascinating new book examines strategies for experimental
                                                              approaches to stiffness, strength and toughness testing of plastic and
                                                              composite materials. These materials, being non-linear viscoelastic,
                                                              impose contraints on testing which are absent from other types of
                                                              material. This book covers the latest testing approaches for providing
                                                              service-pertinent data within a limited budget and relates the structure of
                                                              the tests and the functions that they serve to the intrinsic nature of the
                                                              mechanical properties of plastic materials. Its aim is also to evaluate
                                                              beneficial approaches to testing in the context of multiple objectives -
Mechanical Evaluation Strategies for       Moore, D.R.;       mechanical evaluation being considered here in the light of modulus
Plastics                                   Turner, S.         measurement and strength/ductility measurement.

                                                              One of the most important subjects for any student of engineering to
                                                              master is the behaviour of materials and structures under load. The way
Mechanics of Materials, Volume 1 - An                         in which they react to applied forces, the deflections resulting and the
Introduction to the Mechanics of Elastic                      stresses and strains set up in the bodies concerned are all vital
and Plastic Deformation of Solids and                         considerations when designing a mechanical component such that it will
Structural Materials (3rd Edition)         Hearn, E.J.        not fail under predicted load during its service lifetime.
                                                              More advanced topics are dealt with in a companion volume -
                                                              Mechanics of Materials 2. Each chapter contains a summary of the
                                                              essential formulae which are developed in the chapter, and a large
                                                              number of worked examples which progress in level of difficulty as the
Mechanics of Materials, Volume 2 - The                        principles are enlarged upon. In addition, each chapter concludes with
Mechanics of Elastic and Plastic                              an extensive selection of problems for solution by the student, mostly
Deformation of Solids and Structural                          examination questions from professional and academic bodies, which
Materials (3rd Edition)                   Hearn, E.J.         are graded according to difficulty and furnished with answers at the end.
                                                              Over 2,500 mechanisms and mechanical devices at your fingertips! A
                                                              one-of-a-kind pictorial directory, this book gives you drawings and
                                                              descriptions of time-tested components, mechanisms, and devices. A
                                                              carefully compiled index lets you quickly find a specific component
                                                              which may very well be the exact problem-solving answer you've been
                                                              seeking. You can count on this guide to help you: Design basic
                                                              mechanisms from scratch with a chapter of tutorial text and formulas;
                                                              Save time researching patents; Get a refresher on the design and
                                                              function of bearings, belts, brakes, clutches, couplings, cranks, feeders,
Mechanisms and Mechanical Devices         Sclater, N.,        gears, genevas, joints, latches, linkages, pumps, screws, springs, and
Sourcebook (3rd Edition)                  Chironis, N.P.      switches.

                                                              The use of plastics is widespread. Less widespread, however, is a clear
                                                              understanding and examination of the many forms of degradation
                                                              inherent within the very environments these materials must perform.
                                                              Medical Plastics-Degradation Resistance & Failure Analysis fills that
                                                              void. The introductory chapter gives an overview of the medical
                                                              applications of plastics and the specific performance requirements they
                                                              need to meet. The following chapters discuss various degrading
                                                              environments and their effects including environmental stress cracking,
                                                              effect of body liquids, effect of harsh environments, and various
                                                              methods of sterilization. The book also discusses the failure of medical
                                                              devices due to contamination, low temperature, the effects of UV light,
                                                              migration of formulation components, mechanical stresses, and
Medical Plastics - Degradation Resistance                     problems with design and fabrication. Case histories of failures of some
& Failure Analysis                        Portnoy, R.C.       common products used in medicine are also provided.
                                                              Discusses recent developments and future directions in the field of
                                                              membrane separation systems. Describes research needed to bring
                                                              energy-saving membrane separation processes to technical and
                                                              commercial readiness for commercial acceptance within the next 5 to 20
Membrane Separation Systems - Recent                          years. Pays particular attention to identifying currently emerging
Developments and Future Directions        Baker, R.W.; et al. innovative processes.

                                                              Plant secondary metabolism is an economically important source of fine
                                                              chemicals, such as drugs, insecticides, dyes, flavours, and fragrances.
                                                              Moreover, important traits of plants such as taste, flavour, smell, colour,
                                                              or resistance against pests and diseases are also related to secondary
                                                              metabolites. The genetic modification of plants is feasible nowadays.
                                                              What does the possibility of engineering plant secondary metabolite
                                                              pathways mean? In this book, firstly a general introduction is given on
                                                              plant secondary metabolism, followed by an overview of the possible
                                                              approaches that could be used to alter secondary metabolite pathways.
                                                              In a series of chapters from various authorities in the field, an overview
Metabolic Engineering of Plant Secondary Verpoorte, R.;       is given of the state of the art for important groups of secondary
Metabolism                               Alfermann, A.W.      metabolites.
                                                             Metal machining is the most widespread metal-shaping process in the
                                                             mechanical manufacturing industry. Worldwide investment in metal
                                                             machining tools increases year by year, and the wealth of nations can
                                                             be judged by it. This text is the most up-to-date in the field, and provides
                                                             in-depth discussion of the theory and application of metal machining at
                                                             an advanced level. It begins with an overview of the development of
                                                             metal machining and its role in the current industrial environment and
                                          Childs, T.H.C.;    continues with a discussion of the theory and practice of machining. The
                                          Maekawa, K.;       underlying mechanics are analyzed in detail and there are extensive
Metal Machining - Theory and              Obikawa,           chapters examining applications through a discussion of simulation and
Applications                              T.; Yamane, Y.     process control.
                                                             The 2003 Metallic Material Properties Development and Standardization
                                                             (MMPDS) Handbook is the replacement document for MILHDBK- 5. It is
                                                             recognized internationally as a reliable source of aircraft materials data
                                                             for aerospace materials selection and analysis. Consistent and reliable
                                                             methods are used to collect, analyze, and present statistically based
                                                             material and fastener allowable properties. Contains extensive
                                                             information and data for other material properties and characteristics,
                                                             such as fracture toughness, fatigue, creep strength, rupture strength,
Metallic Materials Properties Development                    fatigue-crack propagation rate, and resistance to stress corrosion
and Standardization (MMPDS)               n/a                cracking.

                                                             This is the ideal basic guide for anyone who is about to start working
                                                             with metallic pigments. It also contains a wealth of information for those
                                                             who already use these pigments. It is hoped that this book will help
                                                             existing users to achieve the best possible effects with metallic pigments
                                                             and encourage those who have not yet used them to explore their
Metallic Pigments in Polymers             Wheeler, I.        potential to add value to their products.

                                                             Second in the Metallocene series from PDL, this book focuses on the
                                                             commercial use and process improvements of resins produced with
                                                             metallocene, single site, and other modern catalytic methods. Research
                                                             to broaden the scope of applications and shorten production cycles is
                                                             presented. New and improved polymer blends resulting from the use of
                                                             new catalysts and improved polymer compatability are explored as well
                                                             as new applications becoming possible due to improved and balanced
                                                             properties.Current trends and the latest research from the international
                                                             scientific and industrial community are presented in this volume.
                                                             Chapters cover use in extrusion, film manufacture, injection molding,
                                                             foam production, fiber spinning, composites and new applications.
Metallocene Technology in Commercial      Benedikt, G.M.,    Precise testing methods, material characterization, polymer morphology
Applications                              Dr.                and crstallization are the focus of another section of the book.
                                                             It has been estimated that within just ten years, over half of all
                                                             polyolefins will be made by using metallocene catalysts. This ground-
                                                             breaking volume from PDL brings together- for the first time- work from
                                                             dozens of world-renowned experts on the subject. Fifty chapters of peer-
Metallocene-Catalyzed Polymers -                             reviewed content offer insights into applications in automotive
Materials, Properties, Processing and     Benedikt, G.M.;    components, food packaging, insulating films, non-woven fabrics and
Markets                                   Goodall, B.L.      medical markets, among others.
                                                             This book provides in a single volume a comprehensive and
                                                             authoritative treatment of the crucial topics involved in the metrology and
                                                             properties of engineering surfaces. The subject matter is a central issue
                                                             in manufacturing technology, since the quality and reliability of
                                          Mainsah, E.;       manufactured components depend greatly upon the selection and
Metrology and Properties of Engineering   Greenwood, J.A.;   qualities of the appropriate materials as ascertained through
Surfaces                                  Chetwynd, D.G.     measurement.
                                                             Microbiological risk assessment (MRA) is one of the most important
                                                             recent developments in food safety management. It provides a
                                                             structured way of identifying and assessing microbiological risks in food,
Microbiological Risk Assessment in Food Brown, M.;           and provides a detailed coverage of the key steps in MRA and how it
Processing                              Stringer, M.         can be used to improve food safety.
                                                             Microbiologists and food industry experts provide comprehensive
                                                             coverage of food preservation techniques and microbial ecology of
                                                             different types of food and foodborne pathogens and quality assurance.
                                                             Topics in the first section include irradiation, chill storage, drying and
                                                             reduction of water activity, control of pH and use of organic acids,
                                                             modified atmospheres, new and emerging physical methods of
                                                             preservation, and use of combined preservative factors in foods of
                                                             developing countries. Section two covers the microbial ecology of foods
                                                             such as fresh red meats, fresh and further-processed poultry, milk and
                                                             unfermented milk products, fresh and processed fruits, yellow fat
                                                             products, fruit juices and soft drinks, bottled water, and spices and
                                                             herbs. The third section discusses taxonomy, characteristics,
                                                             epidemiology, incidence, growth factors, principles of detection and
                                          Lund, Barbara, M.; isolation, and control of specific pathogens, including less recognized
                                          Baird-Parker, Tony and suspected bacterial pathogens. The final section discusses good
Microbiological Safety and Quality of     C.; Gould,         manufacturing practice, hygienic design of factories and equipment, and
Food, Volumes 1-2                         Grahame W.         detection of microorganisms in foods.
                                                             This book provides an up-to-date review of the subject, with coverage
                                                             including the physiology of bacteria, yeasts and molds associated with
                                                             meat and poultry products; the microbiology of industrial slaughtering,
                                                             processing, packaging and storage technologies; food safety and quality
                                                             control. It will be an invaluable reference source for microbiologists and
                                                             technologists in the meat industry, research workers in private and
                                          Davies, Andrew;    government laboratories, and for food scientists in academic research
Microbiology of Meat and Poultry          Board, Ron         institutions.

                                                              This new edition provides a comprehensive reference on food
                                                              microstructure, emphasizing its interdisciplinary nature, rooted in the
                                                              scientific principles of food materials science and physical chemistry.
                                                              Details the techniques available to study food microstructure; examines
                                         Aguilera, Jose       the microstructure of basic food components and its relation to quality;
Microstructural Principles of Food       Miguel; Stanley,     and explores how microstructure is affected by specific unit operations in
Processing and Engineering (2nd Edition) David W.             food process engineering.

                                                             This book is comprised of three parts. Part 1 gives a historical
                                                             description of the development of ironworking techniques since the
                                                             earliest times. Part 2 is the core of the book and deals with the
                                                             metallurgical basis of microstructures, with four main themes: phase
                                                             diagrams, solidification processes, diffusion, and solid state phase
                                                             transformations. Part 3 begins by an introduction to steel design
                                                             principles. It then goes on to consider the different categories of steels,
                                                             placing emphasis on their specific microstructural features.  It is
                                                             intended for scientists, metallurgical engineers and senior technicians in
                                                             research and development laboratories, design offices and quality
                                          Durand-Charre,     departments, as well as for teachers and students in universities,
Microstructure of Steels and Cast Irons   Madeleine          technical colleges and other higher education establishments.
                                                             Presents the technology of measurement or direction of arrival of RF
                                                             signals from their source. Unifies DF theory and details methods of
                                                             calculating and predicting actual system performance. Covers DF
                                                             techniques utilized at microwave frequencies (from 500 MHz to 100
                                                             GHz) for aircraft and ships, with particular emphasis on electronic
                                                             warfare. Explains how signals are identified, the special receivers and
                                                             antennas required, as well as some of the cloaking techniques used to
                                                             deal with hostile signals. Introduces new systems concepts such as
                                                             digital processing, super commutation, and wide bandwidth noise
                                                             detection methods. Provides working charts, diagrams and equations to
Microwave Passive Direction Finding       Lipsky, Stephen E. facilitate configuration of systems.
                                                   This 1995 handbook is provided as guidance for DOD personnel wishing
                                                   to apply architectural paints or protective coatings to military structures
                                                   fixed in place. It is written for general use and is applicable to readers at
Military Handbook - MIL-HDBK-1110:                 various knowledge levels. It contains information on the composition of
Handbook for Paints and Protective                 coatings, their mechanisms of curing, selection for different substrates
Coatings for Facilities                     n/a    and structures, application, inspection, and failure analysis.

                                                   Volume 1 of this 2002 revised military handbook provides guidelines and
                                                   material properties for polymer (organic) matrix composites materials.
                                                   This handbook encompasses, but is not limited to, polymeric composites
                                                   intended for aircraft and aerospace vehicles and military combat vehicle
Military Handbook - MIL-HDBK-17-1F:                applications. The information is obtained from materials producers,
Composite Materials Handbook, Volume 1             industry, reports on Government-sponsored research, the open
- Polymer Matrix Composites Guidelines             literature, and by contact with research laboratories and those who
for Characterization of Structural Materials n/a   participate in the coordination activity.
                                                   Volume 2 of this 2002 revised military handbook provides guidance on
                                                   the selection and use of composite materials. Its presentation of the
Military Handbook - MIL-HDBK-17-2F:                data collected will allow for initial assessments of material adequacy for
Composite Materials Handbook, Volume 2             a particular application. The handbook also provides a common
- Polymer Matrix Composites Materials              database to reduce the amount of validation data necessary to use the
Properties                             n/a         data for design purposes.
                                                   Volume 3 of this 2002 revised military handbook represents a
                                                   compilation of composites design, manufacture, and analysis
                                                   experience of engineers and scientists from industry, government, and
Military Handbook - MIL-HDBK-17-3F:                academia. It discusses utilization of the material data provided in volume
Composite Materials Handbook, Volume 3             2, while being consistent with the guidance provided in volume 1. The
- Polymer Matrix Composites Materials              information serves as background and as a basis for consistent use of
Usage, Design, and Analysis                        terminology, notation, and methodology, and is not offered for regulatory
                                            n/a    purposes.

                                                   Volume 4 of this 2002 revised military handbook documents engineering
                                                   methodologies for the development of standardized, statistically-based
                                                   material property data for continuous and discontinuous metal matrix
                                                   composite (MMC) materials. Essential to efficient engineering
                                                   development process, this data will be beneficial to material suppliers,
                                                   engineering users, and system end-users alike. And, since the inherent
                                                   properties of materials are independent of specific applications, data
                                                   development methodologies and material property data are applicable to
Military Handbook - MIL-HDBK-17-4A:                a wide variety of industries, and form much of the technical basis for
Composite Materials Handbook, Volume 4             establishment of statistically based design values acceptable to
- Metal Matrix Composites              n/a         procuring or certifying agencies.
                                                   This 1998 handbook contains design information on the strength
                                                   properties of metallic materials and elements for aerospace vehicle
                                                   structures and provides standardized design values and related design
                                                   information for metallic materials and structural elements used in
                                                   aerospace structures. These metallic materials include all systems
                                                   potentially useful in aerospace and aircraft applications, including those
                                                   involving reinforcing components. This handbook also contains
                                                   information and data for other properties and characteristics, such as
Military Handbook - MIL-HDBK-5H:                   fracture toughness strength, fatigue strength, creep strength, rupture
Metallic Materials and Elements for                strength, fatigue-crack propagation rate, and resistance to stress
Aerospace Vehicle Structures                n/a    corrosion cracking.
                                                            This 2003 publication is the highly interactive Knovel version of the
                                                            Department of Defense's Military Handbook MIL-HDBK-5H. It contains
                                                            standardized design values and related design information for metallic
                                                            materials and structural elements used in aerospace vehicle structures.
                                                            It provides mechanical and physical property data, including fatigue-
                                                            crack propagation rate; fracture toughness; fatigue, creep, and rupture
                                                            strength for steel, aluminum, magnesium, titanium, and other alloys; and
                                                            a whole chapter on joint allowables. In Knovel's version, each of the
Military Handbook - MIL-HDBK-5H:                            design and mechanical property data tables is interactive. In addition,
Metallic Materials and Elements for                         Knovel has digitally calibrated hundreds of graphs, such as the effect of
Aerospace Vehicle Structures (Knovel                        temperature on various physical properties and stress-strain curves.
Interactive Edition)                     n/a                These graphs are featured in our interactive Graph Digitizers.
                                                            The properties of all basic plastics can be enhanced by the addition of
                                                            fibers, whiskers and particulate. Plastics so modified are referred to as
                                                            organic or plastic matrix composites. The plastic matrix composites
                                                            discussed in this 1991 handbook are restricted to those employing
Military Handbook - MIL-HDBK-754(AR):                       continuous fiber reinforcements. The fibers are fiberglass, carbon-
Plastic Matrix Composites with                              graphite, aramid organic, and boron. Advantages in applications are
Continuous Fiber Reinforcement           n/a                discussed, and "pros and cons" are considered.

                                                            This 1989 handbook should serve as a guide to designers concerned
                                                            with the technology associated with the nondestructive testing of
                                                            advanced composites. It deals with the basic concepts of nondestructive
                                                            testing and the specific tests that can be used at various stages during
Military Handbook - MIL-HDBK-793(AR):                       production and in-service inspections. The data can be used by
Nondestructive Active Testing Techniques                    designers to aid in selecting the nondestructive test equipment best
for Structural Composites                n/a                suited for a particular application.
                                                            The emergence of 'minimal' processing techniques which have a limited
                                                            impact on a food's nutritional and sensory properties has been a major
                                                            new development in the food industry. This book provides an
Minimal Processing Technologies in the   Ohlsson, T.;       authoritative review of the range of minimal techniques currently
Food Industry                            Bengtsson, N.      available, their applications and safety and quality issues.
                                                            Ranging from gold mining in the Brazilian Amazon, to coal mining, this
                                                            1st volume of Issues in Environmental Science and Technology
                                                            discusses the environmental impacts of various mining activities
                                                            including the effects of gaseous emissions, revegetation of metal-
                                                            contaminated soils and pollution in water. Policy issues and
                                                            environmental best-practice in metals production are also discussed,
                                         Hester, R.E.;      illustrated by case studies emphasising economic and political
Mining and Its Environmental Impact      Harrison, R.M.     considerations.

                                         Hegberg, B.A.;     Presents an overview of mixed plastics recycling technology. In addition,
                                         Brenniman, G.R.;   it characterizes mixed plastics wastes, and describes collection
Mixed Plastics Recycling Technology      Hallenbeck, W.H.   methods, costs and markets for reprocessed plastics products.

                                                            This handbook packs a wealth of up-to-date knowledge about plastics
                                                            processes, forms and formulations, design, equipment, testing and
                                                            recycling. This A-to-Z guide keeps you on top of: Properties and
                                                            performance of thermoplastics, polymer blends, thermosets, reinforced
                                                            plastics and composites, natural and synthetic elastomers; Processes
                                         Modern Plastics; from extrusion, injection and blow molding to thermoforming, foam
Modern Plastics Handbook                 Harper, Charles A. processing, hand lay-up and filament winding, and many, many more.
                                                              This new sixth edition brings benefits to professors and students alike
                                                              who will find new chapters on food preservation by modified
                                                              atmosphere, high pressure and pulsed electric field processing, and
                                                              foodborne pathogens; additional sections covering new food regulations,
                                                              fresh-cut produce, new food products, and risk assessment and
                                                              analysis; and thorough updating of taxonomies, text, illustrations, and
                                                              references throughout. Coverage includes: historical background;
                                                              overview of microorganisms in food and what allows them to grow;
                                                              specific microorganisms in fresh, fermented, and processed meats,
                                                              poultry, seafood, dairy products, fruits, vegetables, and other products;
                                                              scientific methods for finding and measuring microorganisms and their
                                                              products in foods; scientific methods for preserving foods; food safety
                                                              and quality controls; foodborne diseases; and in-depth references
                                                              following each chapter, appendixes, and index. A helpful Instructor's
Modern Food Microbiology (6th Edition)     Jay, James M.      manual is available to adopting professors.

                                                              The book includes chapters on materials for sports equipment (golf,
                                                              tennis, bicycles, skiing, etc.) and biomaterials (replacement joints, heart
                                                              valves, tissue repair, etc.) - two of the most exciting and rewarding areas
                                                              in current materials research and development. Special consideration is
                                                              given to the crucial processing stage that enables materials to be
                                                              produced as marketable commodities. While attempting to produce a
                                                              useful and relatively concise survey of key materials and their
Modern Physical Metallurgy and Materials                      interrelationships, the authors have tried to make the subject accessible
Engineering - Science, Process,                               to a wide range of readers, to provide insights into specialised methods
Applications (6th Edition)               Smallman, R.E.;      of examination and to convey the excitement of the atmosphere in which
                                         Bishop, R.J.         new materials are conceived and developed.

                                                              This handbook packs a wealth of up-to-date knowledge about plastics
                                                              processes, forms and formulations, design, equipment, testing and
                                                              recycling. This A-to-Z guide keeps you on top of: Properties and
                                                              performance of thermoplastics, polymer blends, thermosets, reinforced
                                                              plastics and composites, natural and synthetic elastomers; Processes
                                           Modern Plastics; from extrusion, injection and blow molding to thermoforming, foam
Modern Plastics Handbook                   Harper, Charles A. processing, hand lay-up and filament winding, and many, many more.

                                                             In this volume, the Editor and Contributors describe the use of molecular
                                                             beam epitaxy (MBE) for a range of key materials systems which are of
                                                             interest for both technological and fundamental reasons. Prior books on
                                                             MBE have provided an introduction to the basic concepts and
                                                             techniques of MBE and emphasize growth and characterization of GaAs-
                                                             based structures. The aim in this book is somewhat different; it is to
                                                             demonstrate the versatility of the technique by showing how it can be
                                                             utilized to prepare and explore a range of distinct and diverse materials.
Molecular Beam Epitaxy - Applications to                     For each of these materials systems MBE has played a key role both in
Key Materials                              Farrow, R.F.C.    their development and application to devices.
                                                             This book covers highly important topics in the challenging process from
                                                             lead finding to drug candidates. Focus is upon the potential usefulness
                                                             of methods for design of lead discovery libraries, lead optimization,
                                                             computational chemistry methods for the calculation of energetics of
                                                             protein-ligand interaction, and computer simulations of biological
                                                             activities. Important topics include new developments in chemometrics
                                           Gundertofte,      and rational molecular design as well as different aspects of structure
Molecular Modeling and Prediction of       Klaus; Jorgensen, representation, knowledge-based approaches to structure identification,
Bioactivity                                Flemming Steen    and information handling.
                                                              This book illustrates and explains virtually all common failure modes
                                                              which adversely affect boiler reliability. Each failure mode is well
                                                              illustrated with case histories. The corrective steps necessary to reduce
                                                              or eliminate each failure type, as well as precautionary notes, are
                                                              provided; and boilers of numerous pressures and many construction
                                                              designs are presented. As a result, this text provides a comprehensive,
                                         Port, R.D., Herro,   authoritative field guide for the identification and elimination of boiler
NALCO Guide to Boiler Failure Analysis   H.M.                 failures.

                                                            This is a concise, authoritative guide to the identification and elimination
                                                            of corrosion in cooling water systems and related equipment. It presents
                                                            a wide variety of environments and equipment, including open and
                                                            closed systems, recirculating and once-through arrangements,
                                                            conventional shell-and-tube exchangers and plate heat exchangers,
                                                            special purpose cooling arrangements, and service water systems.
                                                            Coverage features concentration cell corrosion, biologically influenced
                                                            corrosion, chemical attack, cracking, dealloying, mechanically induced
NALCO Guide to Cooling Water System      Herro, H.M.; Port, attack, manufacturing defects, graphitic corrosion, exfoliation, and
Failure Analysis                         R.D.               galvanic cells.
                                                            This handbook is an ideal source of information for specialists and
                                                            nonspecialists alike. It provides completely practical data and
                                                            techniques in the four major water conservation and use areas: (1) water
                                                            chemistry, sources, and contaminants; (2) unit operations and treatment;
                                                            (3) industrial and municipal use of water and its disposal; and (4) special
NALCO Water Handbook (2nd Edition)       Kemmer, F.N.       technology in water treatment.
                                                            Introduces practitioners, researchers, and students of non-destructive
                                                            testing to multisensor integration and data fusion, a recently developed
                                                            technology for signal processing that facilitates the understanding and
                                                            interpretation of data. Considers composite inspection, scientific
                                                            visualization, and performance analysis in a progressively detailed
                                                            treatment that draws on many case studies. The techniques for
NDT Data Fusion                                             inspecting welds and composites could be particularly useful in the oil,
                                         Gros, Xavier E.    nuclear, and aerospace industries.
                                                            Nanostructure science and technology has become an identifiable, very
                                                            broad and multidisciplinary field of research with emerging applications
                                                            in recent years. It is one of the most visible and growing research areas
                                                            in materials science in its broadest sense. Nanostructured materials
Nanostructured Materials - Processing,                      include atomic clusters, layered (lamellar) films, filamentary structures,
Properties and Potential Applications    Koch, C.C.         and bulk nanostructured materials.
                                                            This book details the results of a comprehensive natural ageing and
                                                            physical testing program on 19 rubber compounds stored in controlled
                                                            conditions for a period of 40 years. This is believed to be the most
                                                            extensive such study ever carried out. Now, for the first time, all the
                                                            results of this unique program have been published. The results of all
                                                            these tests are presented graphically, allowing the rate of property
                                                            deterioration and the influence of the environment to be clearly seen.
Natural Ageing of Rubber - Changes in    Brown, R.P.;       Properties after 40 years are also tabulated, together with calculations of
Physical Properties Over 40 Years        Butler, T.         percentage change.
                                                            This general text gives an overview of the development, production,
                                                            properties and applications of modern polymeric fibres. This second
                                                            edition brings the coverage up to date and includes a chapter on fibers
                                                            for the next millennium. Natural fibers can be improved, and specific
                                                            functional properties introduced into them. Artificial wool, silk and fur for
                                         Honngu, Tatsuya; example, can be produced by mimicking the natural characteristics but
New Fibers (2nd Edition)                 Phillips, Glyn O.  with improved physical properties.
                                                            This authoritative text provides the food industry professional with a
                                                            guide to the range of intermediate food products, their functionality,
                                                            methods of manufacture and applications. The first part of the book
                                                            looks at the development of IFP's, common functional properties and
                                                            methods of extraction and purification. It then covers IFPs derived from
                                         Linden, G.;        plants, milk, eggs, meat and fish. IFPs from by-products such as whey
New Ingredients in Food Processing       Lorient, D.        and blood are also discussed.
                                                              '...a well-produced and detailed survey, particularly in the chapters on
                                                              food and health.' Hydrobiologica Contents include: Analytical methods;
                                                              Nitrate occurrence in water; Nitrate and nitrite in foods; Nitrate and nitrite
                                                              as food additives; Human exposure, Pharmacology and metabolism;
Nitrates and Nitrites in Food and Water   Hill, M.J.          Nitrates, nitrites and human disease.

                                                              Damage from noise exposure of sufficient intensity and duration is well
                                                              established and hearing loss may be temporary or permanent.
                                                              Fortunately, noise exposure can be controlled and technology exists to
                                                              reduce the hazards. Aside from employer/employee concern with the
                                                              inherent hazards of noise, added attention has been brought to focus on
                                                              the subject through regulatory requirements. Under the Occupational
                                                              Safety and Health Act (OSHA) every employer is legally responsible for
                                                              providing a workplace free of hazards such as excessive noise. It has
                                                              been estimated that 14 million U.S. workers are exposed to hazardous
                                                              noise.This book is presented as an overview summary for employers,
                                                              workers, and supervisors interested in workplace noise and its control.
                                                              We believe that in order to understand and control noise it is not
                                                              necessary to be highly technical. Noise problems can quite often be
                                                              solved by the people who are directly affected. Presented are an
Noise Control in Industry - A Practical   Cheremisinoff,      overview of noise; the regulations concerning its control; an explanation
Guide                                     N.P.                of specific principles and a discussion of some particular techniques.

                                                           Packaging continues to be one of the most innovative areas in food
                                                           processing. With its distinguished international team of contributors, this
                                                           book summarises the key developments in the field. The first part of the
                                                           book discusses general issues such as packaging design, consumer
                                                           attitudes to novel packaging and the legislative context. Part 2 looks at
                                                           new techniques such as the use of oxygen and other scavengers,
                                                           freshness indicators and antimicrobial packaging. The final part of the
                                                           book discusses packaging materials and considers how packaging can
                                                           be used with other preservation techniques to improve the quality of
Novel Food Packaging Techniques          Ahvenainen, Raija particular foods.
                                                           Over the past decade there has been an explosion of research on the
                                                           relationship between nutrition and health. Given the current interest of
                                                           consumers in more nutritious food, food processors are increasingly
                                                           concerned with understanding the nature of nutrient loss during food
                                                           processing. This new book brings together an international team of
                                                           experts to summarise key findings on diet and nutrient intake, the impact
                                         Henry, C.J.K.;    of nutrients on health, and how food processing operations affect the
Nutrition Handbook for Food Processors Chapman, C.         nutritional quality of foods.
                                                           Managing safety in the workplace requires mastering a wide range of
                                                           safety and health subjects. This valuable reference, widely accepted as
Occupational Health and Hygiene - Safety Ridley, J.;       an authoritative guide, provides the thorough coverage necessary to
at Work Series, Volume 3                 Channing, J.      effectively manage these safety and health issues.

                                                              Concise, comprehensive, and compact, this guide covers the entire
                                                              range of fuel performance problems encountered during testing,
                                                              storage, transportation delivery, and combustion. Using a hands-on,
                                                              practical approach and actual field examples to demonstrate concepts,
                                                              this book takes you step-by-step through effective troubleshooting
                                                              tactics, test methods and test results, the most common sources of fuel
                                                              problems, and safety and hazard management. A unique roundup
Ondeo/Nalco Fuel Field Manual (Revised                        chapter draws together hard-to-find information on chemical storage
Edition)                               Peyton, K.B.           tanks, fuel filters, flowmeters, metals, plastics, and more.
                                                           Fibre optical sensors and optical microsystems have assumed a
                                                           significant role in sensing and measurement of many kinds. These
                                                           optical techniques are utilized in a wide range of fields, including
                                                           biomedicine, environmental sensing, mechanical and industrial
                                       Martellucci,        measurement, and art preservation. This volume is a survey of optical
                                       Sergio; Chester,    sensors and optical microsystems. It aims at combining a tutorial
Optical Sensors and Microsystems - New Arthur N.; Mignani, foundation with analysis of research in this area, and an extensive
Concepts, Materials, Technologies      Anna Grazia         coverage of both technology and applications.

                                                               Get “last-word” guidelines for selecting and optimizing
                                                               wireless/RF ICs. Instead of complex math and abstract theory this hands-
                                                               on tool helps you configure robust circuits, handle components
                                                               (capacitors, transistors, resistors, ICs most likely to cause circuit
                                                               difficulties, boost frequency synthesizers, high-speed frequency dividers,
                                                               direct frequency synthesizers, universal radio ICs, and log/linear
                                                               amplifier ICs.) No other work puts you in control of ICs and discrete-
                                                               component circuits you’ll find here. Until recently, many
                                                               didn’t even exist in IC form. Plus you get several discrete-
Optimizing Wireless/RF Circuits           Lenk, J.D.           component examples to fast-track your next project.
                                                               This updated database comprises the seminal paint & ink formulations
                                                               compiled by Ernest Flick and published during the last decade. The
                                                               more than 2500 trade and industrial paint and ink formulations is the first
                                                               comprehensive database of its kind and will be an invaluable tool for all
                                                               companies and personnel involved in paint and ink manufacture and

                                                               Each formulation includes the raw materials used and their quantities,
                                                               key paint or ink properties, film properties, trade names of components,
                                                               and formula source. In many cases suggested formula modifications
Paint & Ink Formulations Database         Flick, Ernest W.     are given as well.

                                                               Comprehensive and authoritative, this up-to-date exploration of the
                                                               science and technology of paints and surface coatings covers the theory
                                                               often missing in other texts and introduces state-of-the-art developments
                                                               and cutting-edge proposals. Offers an easy-to-read account of the
                                                               principles involved in the optical properties of paints, covering both the
                                                               physical and aesthetic aspects of opacity and color, and discussing in
                                                               detail the physics of paint and the physical chemistry of dispersions.
                                                               Reviews the polymer chemistry of all common paint binders and the
                                                               technology of pigment use. An extensive section on automotive paints
                                                               and automotive refinish paints addressing the demands and
                                                               performance required in these markets. Valuable chapters on the use of
Paint and Surface Coatings - Theory and   Lambourne, R.;       computers in the paint industry and health and safety explore their
Practice (2nd Edition)                    Strivens, T.A.       recent influences on coating developments.

                                                               This book presents a unified approach to the measurement, modeling
                                                               and simulation of these processes, bringing together the disciplines of
                                                               colliod and surface chemistry, hydrodynamics, and experimental and
                                                               computational methods. It will be required reading for graduates working
                                          Elimelech, M.;       in process and environmental engineering, postgraduates involved in
Particle Deposition and Aggregation -     Gregory, J.; Jia,    industrial R & D and for all scientists wishing to gain a more detailed and
Measurement, Modelling and Simulation     X.; Williams. R.A.   realistic understanding of process conditions in these areas.
                                                                These new volumes present for the first time a separation of industrial
                                                                hygiene and toxicology topics, offering complete reorganization of the
                                                                material into four volumes of clearly defined topic areas. These
                                                                traditional areas are covered in this new edition: Sampling and analysis,
                                                                exposure measurement and interpretation, absorption and elimination of
                                                                toxic materials, occupational dermatoses, instrument calibration, odors,
                                                                industrial noise, ionizing and nonionizing radiation heat stress, pressure,
                                                                lighting, control of exposures, safety and health law, health surveillance,
                                                                occupation health nursing, ergonomics and safety, agricultural hygiene,
Patty's Industrial Hygiene (5th Edition)                        hazardous wastes, occupational epidemiology, and other vital areas of
Volumes 1-4                                Harris, Robert L.    practice.
                                                                Completely reorganized, this new edition encompasses 8 volumes. For
                                                                the vast majority of chapters that focus on individual compounds or
                                                                classes of compounds, a standardized format will be adopted to provide
                                                                core identifying information for each compound, such as CAS Registry
                                            Bingham, Eula;      numbers, RTECS number, physical and chemical properties, threshold
                                            Cohrssen,           limit values, permissible exposure limits, maximum workplace
Patty's Toxicology (5th Edition) Volumes 1- Barbara.; Powell,   concentrations, and biological tolerance values for occupational
8                                           Charles H.          exposures.

                                                                This is the only data handbook on the barrier and film properties of
                                                                polymeric materials in thin sections. Data on permeation of liquids,
                                                                gases, moisture, aroma, and flavor—all important considerations
                                                                in a wide range of applications—is extensive. Extensive data
                                                                ranges from a general overview of the barrier properties of plastics and
                                                                elastomers to detailed discussions and test results. Properties are
                                                                presented relative to different test conditions, exposure environments,
Permeability Properties of Plastics and                         and test specimen details such as thickness or temperature. As an
Elastomers - A Guide to Packaging and                           added feature, permeability data has been normalized to allow for easy
Barrier Materials (2nd Edition)            Massey, L.K.         comparison between material and test conditions.

                                                                This handbook is a unique database reference on the barrier and film
                                                                properties of 145 plastics and elastomers to detailed discussions and
                                                                test results. Data presented details the differences in permeation
                                                                between generic families of plastic and rubber materials. Also covered
                                                                are differences within the same generic family due to environmental
                                                                factors such as temperature and humidity or material characteristics
                                                                such as sample preparation and material composition. This data serves
                                                                as an indication of how one material is likely to behave relative to
                                                                another material or relative to the same material exposed under different
                                                                conditions. This includes details of test methods, test conditions,
Permeability and Other Film Properties of                       penetrant, sample size, material composition and other factors, which
Plastics and Elastomers                   n/a                   may affect the resulting value.

                                                                With over a million copies in print, this is considered the chemical and
                                                                process engineers' favorite reference. This fully updated Seventh
                                                                Edition contains new information on condensers, reboilers, evaporators
                                                                and vessels; multicomponent and enhanced distillation including
                                                                azeotropic, extractive, and reactive methods; gas absorption processes
                                                                with data on plate performance, plate design, and packed towers;
                                                                supercritical fluid and membrane separation processes; biochemical
                                                                separation processes; materials of construction; and materials for
Perry's Chemical Engineers' Handbook       Perry, R.H.;         process applications. It's the standard in the field-with all the facts,
(7th Edition)                              Green, D.W.          figures, methods, and data engineers rely on and need.
                                                            This book describes the issues surrounding pesticide residues in food
                                                            and drinking water and, in particular, the issues associated with human
                                                            exposure and consumer risk assessment. In broad terms, consumer risk
                                                            assessment encompasses three areas of scientific disciplines, human
                                                            toxicology, pesticide residue chemistry and dietary consumption, all of
                                                            which are explored in detail within this book. Topics covered include
                                                            the effects of pesticides on the environment, metabolism, food
                                                            processing, toxicology, dietary consumption, chronic and acute dietary
Pesticide Residues in Food and Drinking   Hamilton, Denis;  intakes, natural compounds, international standards and explaining the
Water - Human Exposure and Risks          Crossley, Stephen risks.

                                                              This book establishes a system of data classification for all of the
                                                              applications of stress and strain analysis and expedites their synthesis
                                                              into CAD applications. Substantially revised and completely updated,
                                                              this book presents stress concentration factors both graphically and with
                                                              formulas. It also employs computer-generated art in its portrayal of the
                                                              various relationships between the stress factors affecting machines or
                                                              structures. These new charts provide a visual representation of the
                                                              machine or structure under consideration as well as graphs of the
                                                              various stress concentration factors at work. 224 stress concentration
                                                              and other important graphs in this title have been made interactive using
Peterson's Stress Concentration Factors                       Graph Digitizer. Graph Digitizer allows you to plot points on otherwise
(2nd Edition)                             Pilkey, Walter D.   static image of the graph.

                                                               This handbook gives you a sound working knowledge of each product's
                                                               properties, characteristics, and performance, enabling you to more
                                                               easily select the right product for any specific requirement, and use it
                                                               efficiently and economically. Thirty-two top specialists bring you this time
                                                               and cost-saving help. They fully cover gasoline, diesel fuel oils,
                                                               lubricating oils and greases, aircraft gas turbine fuels, distillate heating
Petroleum Products Handbook               Guthrie, Virgil B.   oils, liquefied petroleum gas, and many other petroleum products.
                                                               This second edition of the best seller, more than double the size of the
                                                               previous edition, describes manufacturing processes for approximately
                                                               1300 pharmaceuticals currently marketed as trade-name products
                                                               around the world. Pertinent process information has been obtained from
                                                               the patent literature, and references for other synthetic methods and
Pharmaceutical Manufacturing                                   pharmacology are cited. A 2000-entry Raw Materials Index will quickly
Encyclopedia, Volumes 1-2 (2nd                            tell you in which drugs the raw materials are utilized. A 12,000-entry
Edition)                                  Sittig, M.           Trade Name Index completes the book.
                                                               Most of the significant developments of medicines have occurred in the
                                                               last 70 years and by a process of trial and error many plants and other
                                                               substances have been used by man to produce certain pharmalogical
                                                               effects. This book is a general introduction aimed at all those involved in
                                                               the engineering stages required for the manufacture of the active
                                                               ingredient (drugs - primary manufacture) and its dosage forms
                                                               (secondary manufacture). Chapters in the book also focus on the design
                                                               of Quality Control Laboratories, process development facilities and pilot
                                                               plants as these all play a role in ensuring medicines are of an
Pharmaceutical Production - An            Bennett, Bill; Cole, appropriate quality and have their own special problems for
Engineering Guide                         Graham               pharmaceutical products.
                                                               The demand for liquid crystals with better display parameters and lower
                                                               power consumption has stimulated much research into their properties
                                                               and characterization. A large team of over 50 leading researchers from
                                                               the USA, Europe and Japan have focused their expertise to extract and
                                                               review data on a wide range of properties of nematics, including those
                                          Dunmur, David;       which are essential to the development of all types of liquid crystal
                                          Fukuda, Atsuo;       device. Where appropriate these properties are also explained with
Physical Properties of Liquid Crystals:   Luckhurst,           expert commentary. The book is fully illustrated and structured for
Nematics                                  Geoffrey             reference.
                                                              This book examines the physical testing of textiles in the form of fibre,
                                                              yarn and fabric. In order to specify a property in a material it is
                                                              necessary to specify the method of test; so in this book the emphasis
                                                              throughout is on standard and reproducible tests. After an introductory
                                                              explanation of sampling and measurement, the author explores the
                                                              effects of moisture on textiles, then goes on to discuss fibre dimension,
                                                              yarn tests for linear density, twist, evenness and hairiness, tensile
                                                              strength and dimensional stability and serviceability. Also covered are
                                                              aspects of comfort and fabric handle, colour fastness and quality
                                                              assurance. The book's comprehensive coverage of the physical
                                                              properties of textiles makes it an essential reference for managers in the
                                                              textiles industry concerned with quality assurance, garment and fabric
Physical Testing of Textiles             Saville, B.P.        technologists.

                                                          This second edition has become one of the leading references for the
                                                          practice of occupational and environmental health. During the seven
                                                          years since the landmark first edition appeared, there have been major
                                                          revisions of government standards and guidelines for physical agents
Physical and Biological Hazards of the   Wald, Peter H.;  such as ergonomics, shift work, and electric power, and for biological
Workplace (2nd Edition)                  Stave, Gregg M.  agents such as tuberculosis and blood-borne pathogens.
                                                          This handbook now in its seventh edition, covers the entire field of
                                                          piping-related subjects. It's the most useful, complete, well-organized,
                                                          and internationally applicable professional reference in the field.
                                                          Featuring 90% completely new or meticulously revised text, 15 added
                                                          sections, and the inclusion of SI units, this guide thoroughly reflects the
                                         Nayyar, Mohinder latest changes in piping design, practice, materials, and industry
Piping Handbook (7th Edition)            L.               standards.
                                                          This book covers all the topics necessary to design and develop an
                                                          engineering plant. It will help engineers in industry deal with practical
                                                          problems in a variety of situations. A plant engineer is responsible for a
                                                          wide range of industrial activities, and may work in any industry. This
Plant Engineer's Reference Book (2nd                      book is a reference work designed to provide a primary source of
Edition)                                 Snow, Dennis A. information for the plant engineer.

                                                              A non-theoretical work, easy to use, suited to all managers' needs. This
                                                              book is a practical blueprint for implementing the 12 elements of
Plant Guidelines for Technical                                chemical process safety management system at the plant level. Each
Management of Chemical Process Safety                         chapter offers a concrete discussion of one of the twelve points and
(Revised Edition)                     n/a                     provides details of successful plant programs to illustrate.

                                                              This database provides product application data for all major generic
                                                              families of plastics along with processing characteristics and features. It
                                                              is a unique compilation of data from plastics manufacturers and
                                                              processors. Applications, processing characteristics, suppliers, generic
                                                              families, trade names, and part and assembly images are available for
                                                              most applications. It gives documented practical usage for commercial
                                                              plastics, showing how the performance and processing flexibility allows
                                                              plastics to be used in numerous applications ranging from inexpensive
Plastic Applications Database            n/a                  disposable items to expensive components.

                                         U.S.                 Plastic wastes in the municipal solid waste (MSW) stream and in the
                                         Environmental        industrial sector are discussed in this book. Quantities of plastic wastes
                                         Protection Agency;   generated, characterization of the wastes, their environmental impact,
Plastic Wastes - Management, Control,    Curlee,T.R.; Das,    and management of the waste stream are described. Also covered are
Recycling and Disposal                   S.                   costs of recycling processes, technology, and energy considerations.
                                                           The plasticizer database was developed to contain data required in
                                                           plasticizers application. Attempts were made to include large number of
                                                           plasticizers used in various sectors of industry to provide information for
                                                           all users and to help in finding new solutions and formulations.
                                                           Plasticizers included in the database can be divided into two categories:
                                                           generic (chemical name) compounds and commercial plasticizers, which
                                                           are either mixtures of several components, industrial grades of particular
                                                           compound, polymeric materials, or products having unknown, complex
                                                           composition. The database contains solvents representing all chemical
                                                           groups of materials, which are considered as plasticizers. In most cases,
                                                           plasticizers differ from solvents by boiling point, which is above 250°C,
                                                           but some plasticizers are used as temporary plasticizers or are expected
                                                           to react with other components of mixture. These substances will not
                                                           meet the boiling temperature standard but still are included since they
                                                           play role of plasticizers. The large number of the plasticizers and the
Plasticizers Database (2nd Electronic                      data fields makes this database the most comprehensive database on
Edition)                                   Wypych, Anna    plasticizers ever available in any source.

                                                           This book is intended for students of Engineering or Materials Science
                                                           degree courses, and for scientists and engineers who require an
                                                           introduction to the properties and applications of plastics. There is as
Plastics - Microstructure and Engineering                  much emphasis on the mechanical design of plastics products as there
Applications (2nd Edition)                Mills, N.J.      is on explaining physical properties in terms of the microstructure.
                                                           The growth in the worldwide plastics industry in recent years owes at
                                                           least as much to developments in additive technology as it does to
                                                           improvements in polymer science. Probably the improvements in
                                                           polymer science have been more widely disseminated and better
                                                           explained. There are now far more categories of additives than there
                                                           were 25 years ago. Changes in technology are driven partly by the
                                                           desire to produce plastics which are ever more closely specified for
                                                           particular purposes, and partly by environmental pressures and
                                                           legislative changes. This book does not deal specifically with
                                                           environmental issues as a subject (nor with health and safety topics) but
                                                           it includes within its authorship representatives of both the
                                                           manufacturing industry sector and the academic world, thus providing a
Plastics Additives - An A-Z Reference      Pritchard, G.   range of views on controversial issues.
                                                           This second edition describes almost 4,000 plastics additives which are
                                                           currently available to industry. It is the result of information received
                                                           from 164 industrial companies and other organizations. The data
                                                           represent selections from manufacturer's decriptions made at no cost to,
Plastics Additives - An Industrial Guide                   nor influence from, the makers or distributors of these materials. Only
(2nd Edition)                              Flick, E.W.     the most recent information has been included.
                                                           This book, the first in a three volume set, contains 983 plastics additives
                                                           formulations based on information received from industrial companies
                                                           and other organizations.The additives included in all three volumes are
Plastics Additives - An Industrial Guide                   currently available, trademarked raw materials. There is absolutely no
(3rd Edition) Volume 1                     Flick, E.W.     repetition between volumes.
                                                           This book, the second in a three volume set, contains over 1,300
                                                           plastics additives formulations based on information received from
                                                           industrial companies and other organizations. The additives included in
Plastics Additives - An Industrial Guide                   all three volumes are currently available, trademarked raw materials.
(3rd Edition) Volume 2                     Flick, E.W.     There is absolutely no repetition between volumes.
                                                           These books contain plastics additives formulations, based on
                                                           information received from numerous industrial companies and other
                                                           organizations. There are no duplications in any of the volumes in this
                                                           series. Each formulation is identified by a description of its end use. The
                                                           formulations include the following as available: a listing of each raw
                                                           material; suggested formulation procedure; and the formula source. Also
Plastics Additives - An Industrial Guide                   included are sections on Trade Name Raw Material and
(3rd Edition) Volume 3                     Flick, E.W.     Supplier’s Addresses.
                                                              Plastics additives are a complex and growing group of minerals and
                                                              chemical derivatives, that account for 15 to 20% by weight
                                                              of the total volume of plastic products marketed. They are produced by a
                                                              large number of companies for a wide variety of customers and needs.
                                                              This database is a unique compilation of 7,000 plastic additives with
                                                              information from manufacturers and suppliers of these important
Plastics Additives Database                Flick, Ernest W.   Additives are classified in 25 application and usage categories.
                                                              This reference work provides a simplified and practical approach to
                                                              designing with plastic materials. It enables the reader to recognize the
                                                              fundamental considerations necessary when designing products with
                                                              plastics pertaining to the different processes and different plastics.
                                                              Intended for both technical and non-technical readers, it encompasses
                                                              the relation of materials and processes to understanding the art of
                                                              designing. After introducing the design basics, the book moves on to
                                           Rosato, Dominick discuss those factors which influence design. Design features and
                                           V.; Rosato, Donald concepts are then covered, as is how to interpret the plethora of data
Plastics Design Handbook                   V.; Rosato, M.G. available.

                                                              This textbook pioneered the approach whereby both properties and
                                                              processing of reinforced and unreinforced plastics are covered in a
                                                              single volume. It assumes no prior knowledge of plastics, and
                                                              emphasizes practical aspects of the subject. In this third edition over half
                                                              the book has been re-written and the remainder has been updated and
                                                              re-organized. Early chapters give an introduction to types of plastics,
                                                              which are currently available and describe how a designer goes about
                                                              the selection of a plastic for a particular application. Later chapters lead
                                                              the reader into more advanced aspects of mechanical design and
                                                              analysis of polymer melt flow. All techniques developed are illustrated by
                                                              numerous worked examples, and problems are given at the end of each
Plastics Engineering (3rd Edition)         Crawford, R.J.     chapter - solutions to which form one of the appendices.
                                                              This book contains analysis of reasons that cause products to fail.
                                                              General methods of product failure evaluation give powerful tools in
                                                              product improvement. Such methods, discussed in the book, include
                                                              practical risk analysis, failure mode and effect analysis, preliminary
                                                              hazard analysis, progressive failure analysis, fault tree analysis, mean
                                                              time between failures, Wohler curves, finite element analysis, cohesive
                                                              zone model, crack propagation kinetics, time-temperature collectives,
                                                              quantitative characterization of fatigue damage, and fracture maps.
                                                              Methods of failure analysis, broadly discussed, are critical for material
                                                              improvement. Fractography of plastics is relatively a new field, which
                                                              has many commonalities with fractography of metals. Here various
                                                              aspects of fractography of plastics and metals are compared and
                                                              contrasted. Fractography application in studies of static and cycling
                                                              loading of ABS is also discussed. Other methods include SEM, SAXS,
                                                              FTIR, DSC, DMA, GC/MS, optical microscopy, fatigue behavior,
                                                              multiaxial stress, residual stress analysis, punch resistance, creep-
Plastics Failure - Analysis and Prevention Moalli, J.         rupture, impact, oxidative induction time, craze testing, defect analysis,

                                                              This comprehensive volume illustrates how and why a variety of plastic
                                                              products fail due to fracture, appearance change, loss of adhesion, and
                                                              many other problems, and details how to prevent such failure. Topics
                                                              include the nature, causes, and consequences of plastics failure;
                                                              fundamental materials variables affecting processing and product
                                                              performance or failure; failure related to design and material selection;
                                                              examples of failure due to design and material selection; processing-
                                                              related factors in failure; failure related to service conditions; failure
                                                              analysis and test procedures; quality control; legal aspects of failure;
Plastics Failure Guide - Cause and                            composites; pipes and fitting; medical applications; and electrical and
Prevention                                 Ezrin, Myer        electronic applications.
                                                            A classic reference that was first published in 1966 and most recently in
                                                            1993. It provides a comprehensive overview of the nature, manufacture,
                                                            structure, properties, processing, and applications of commercially
                                                            available plastics materials. This revised and updated edition adds new
                                                            chapters on materials selection and special polymers, including
                                                            biodegradable and electroconductive polymers and thermoplastic
                                                            elastomers. In addition, many new plastics materials are added
                                                            throughout and more information is included on testing methods and
Plastics Materials (7th Edition)         Brydson, J.        data.

                                                        This comprehensive workbook offers a thorough review of today's high
                                                        performance plastics and manufacturing processes. Focusing on
                                                        common processing problems and practical solutions this book surveys
                                                        fundamental processing concepts for every major fabrication technique
                                                        in use today and provides extensive data on controls, instrumentation,
                                                        materials and molding technologies. This second edition is fully updated
                                                        with the addition of new material, new tables and new figures. Other
                                                        useful features include: numerous examples of various phases of
Plastics Processing Data Handbook (2nd                  processing; a detailed review of each plastics process; the effect of
Edition)                               Rosato, Dominick changing one variable while others are constant.

                                                            The fourth edition of this manual provides access to concise, practical
                                                            advice on the diagnosis and treatment of poisoning, drug overdose, and
                                                            chemical and occupational toxic exposures. Contains new material on
                                                            nutritional supplements, the latest information on chemical and
Poisoning and Drug Overdose (4th                            biological weapons, and updated tables listing current toxicity and
Edition)                                 Olson, Kent R.     workplace exposure guidelines for some 500 industrial chemicals.

                                                            The focus of this two-volume set is upon thermoplastic blends made of
                                                            predominantly saturated linear macromolecules. Subject matter falls
                                                            within two divisions: fundamental principles (nine chapters) and
                                                            technology (eight chapters and four appendices). Examples of chapter
                                                            topics are thermodynamics of polymer blends, interpenetrating polymer
                                                            networks, rheology of polymer alloys and blends, commercial polymer
                                                            blends, and role of polymer blends' technology in polymer recycling.
                                                            Each chapter provides an introduction and the principal aspects and
                                                            typical approaches used by experts in the area, numerical values of
Polymer Blends Handbook, Volumes 1-2     Utracki, L.A.      pertinent parameters, and references to further study.

                                                            This volume provides an overview of polymer characterization test
                                                            methods. The methods and instrumentation described represent modern
                                                            analytical techniques useful to researchers, product development
                                                            specialists, and quality control experts in polymer synthesis and
                                                            manufacturing. Engineers, polymer scientists and technicians will find
                                                            this volume useful in selecting approaches and techniques applicable to
Polymer Characterization - Laboratory    Cheremisinoff,     characterizing molecular, compositional, rheological, and
Techniques and Analysis                  N.P.               thermodynamic properties of elastomers and plastics.

                                                            The Wiley Database of Polymer Properties is the single most
                                                            comprehensive source of physical property data for polymers
                                                            commercially available, with experimentally determined and selected
                                                            data of about 350 properties for over 2,500 polymers.The initial content
                                                            is derived from the Polymer Handbook, known as THE essential print
                                         Brandrup, J.;      reference for every polymer scientist's laboratory (the "bible" of polymer
                                         Immergut,          physical data).It contains a vast array of data for polymers, monomers
                                         Edmund H.;         and other ancillary topics that are required for experimental and
                                         Grulke, Eric A.;   theoretical research and applications of polymers. This is a must have
                                         Abe, Akihiro;      database for all all technologists, scientists, researchers, and students
Polymer Handbook (4th Edition)           Block, Daniel R.   concerned with theoretical or applied polymer science.
                                                         Eighteen papers from an August 1996 conference in Orlando, Florida
                                     Swift, Graham;      address the development of new modified polymeric materials for a
                                     Carraher Jr.,       variety of specialty applications that use the chemistry-on-polymers
                                     Charles E.;         approach. Subject areas include grafting and chemical oxidation,
                                     Bowman,             inorganic-containing and shaped polymers, various chemical
Polymer Modification                 Christopher N.      modifications, and reactions with vinyl polymers.

                                                         The main topics of this book are fillers, their interface with polymers,
                                                         composites, blends, and alloys. Treatment of the subject is
                                                         fundamentally based on principles of surface phenomena, physico-
                                                         chemical theory of filling, theory of adsorption, surface adhesion, etc.
                                                         Each concept is illustrated by practical consequences for real materials
                                                         which allows for easy transfer of experiences from one discipline to the
                                                         other and makes book invaluable for material scientists, technologists,
Polymer Reinforcement                Lipatov, Y.S.       and engineers also in scopes other than polymers.

                                                         The manner in which polymers are linked, under certain conditions,
                                                         forms the main focus of this work. Spectroscopy has, over the years,
                                                         proved itself to be the technique in providing information at molecular
                                                         levels for many polymer systems. With each technique described, the
                                                         wider importance of the method and the contribution it has made to the
                                                         development of polymer science is covered in detail. It will be an
                                                         invaluable tool for postgraduate students of polymer and materials
Polymer Spectroscopy                 Fawcett, Allan H.   science and researchers using any spectroscopic technique

                                                         Polymers from biobased materials are polymers derived from renewable
                                                         resources by chemical or combined chemical and mechanical methods,
                                                         or produced directly in biological processes. Combinations of renewable
                                                         and conventional fossil-fuel-derived plastics are also biobased
                                                         materials. This assessment reviews materials from renewable resources
                                                         and their properties including major biopolymers produced by plants and
Polymers from Biobased Materials     Chum, H.L.          selected animal sources.

                                                       An authoritative up-to-date summary of the chemistry and applications
                                                       of polyoxometalates with emphasis on new synthetic strategies directed
                                                       towards functionalized organic derivatives, self-assembly of mesoscopic
                                                       composite polyoxoanions, generation of framework materials and thin
                                                       oxide films, extended optical, magnetic, and electrical properties,
Polyoxometalate Chemistry From                         applications in homogeneous and nanocluster-based catalysts,
Topology via Self Assembly to        Pope, Michael T.; photocatalytic water decontamination, ribosomal crystallography, and
Applications                         Muller, Achim     topological aspects of large symmetrical structures.
                                                       This multiauthor book reviews the present state of knowledge on the
                                                       manufacturing, processing and applications of neat, modified, filled and
                                                       reinforced polypropylenes. This book, of an encyclopaedic nature
                                                       represents an updated and comprehensive report on the synthesis,
                                                       processing, testing and applications of PP and related systems
                                                       (modified, filled, reinforced). Each key aspect is the subject on an article
                                                       which is presented in a way which will also be useful for non-specialists.
                                                       The articles are grouped in alphabetical format allowing the reader to
Polypropylene   - An A-Z Reference   Karger-Kocsis, J. find the information needed quickly.
                                                       This multiauthor book reviews the present state of knowledge on the
                                                       manufacturing, processing and applications of neat, modified, filled and
                                                       reinforced polypropylenes. This book, of an encyclopaedic nature
                                                       represents an updated and comprehensive report on the synthesis,
                                                       processing, testing and applications of PP and related systems
                                                       (modified, filled, reinforced). Each key aspect is the subject on an article
                                                       which is presented in a way which will also be useful for non-specialists.
                                                       The articles are grouped in alphabetical format allowing the reader to
Polypropylene - An A-Z Reference     Karger-Kocsis, J. find the information needed quickly.
                                                               This definitive user's guide and databook presents a panoramic and up-
                                                               to-the-minute reference for today's most important thermoplastic. The
                                                               book examines every aspect - science, technology, engineering,
                                                               properties, design, processing, and applications - of the continuing
                                                               development and use of polypropylene. Specialists can not only find
Polypropylene - The Definitive User's      Maier, C.; Calafut, what they want, but for the first time can relate to and understand the
Guide and Databook                         T.                  needs and requirements of others in the product development chain.
                                                               This book has been in print since 1923 and is the classic reference work
                                                               in the field of cosmetics. Now in its 10th edition, this new volume
                                                               provides a firm basic knowledge of the science of cosmetics (including
                                                               toiletries) as well as incorporating the latest trends in scientific
                                                               applications and legislation which have occurred since the 9th edition.
                                                               The many additions since the last edition demonstrate the recent
                                                               dramatic expansion in the industry and how changes in legal regulations
                                                               affecting the development, production and marketing of old, established,
                                                               and new products are operative almost worldwide. Information on
Poucher's Perfumes, Cosmetics and                              specialist products for babies and others is included within individual
Soaps (10th Edition)                       Butler, Hilda       chapters.
                                                               Practical Compliance was written for smaller chemical processing
                                                               operations to give them easy access to process safety and risk
                                                               management programs tailored to meet their needs. With its "how to"
                                                               checklists, Practical Compliance shows step by step how to use the
                                                               simplest approaches possible for managers of facilities with small
Practical Compliance with the EPA Risk                         chemical operations to implement a process safety program and meet
Management Program                         Walter, Robert J. existing regulations.
                                                               Practical Dehydration has long been known as a standard work in its
                                                               field. This book provides an invaluable guide to the practicalities and
                                                               logistics of a changing industry and particularly strong in its coverage of
                                                               international practice. In addition to the original chapters on packaging,
                                                               storing and quality control this new edition includes modern analysis of
Practical Dehydration                      Greensmith, M.      expanding sectors and new technologies.

                                                                This book describes the different tests that must be performed on new
                                                                chemicals and other materials to demonstrate to the regulatory
                                                                authorities that they are safe for use. Tests vary from physico-chemical,
                                                                measuring properties such as melting point and density, through genetic
                                                                toxicity studies, to mammalian toxicology and studies to investigate
                                                                effects on the environment. Animal testing is carried out to look for
                                                                potential irritants, harmful substances, corrosive agents, allergens,
                                                                cancer causing potential, etc. Each test type is described here and the
Practical Guide to Chemical Safety                              validity of the test methods is debated. For example, there are
Testing - Regulatory Consequences -                             sometimes major differences between simple model systems using cell
Chemicals, Food Packaging and Medical      Knight, Derek, J.;   lines or bacteria, effects in laboratory animals and, most importantly,
Devices                                    Thomas, Mike B.      with effects on humans.

                                                                After price and delivery time, the most frequently asked question about a
                                                                product is "How long will it last?" Lifetime expectancy is often many
                                                                years, the service conditions may be complex, and there is a scarcity of
                                                                definitive data on durability. The situation is complicated by the fact that
                                                                there are a vast number of degradation agents, service conditions,
                                                                properties of importance, and different plastics. The purpose of this
                                                                publication is to provide practical guidance on assessing the useful
Practical Guide to the Assessment of the                        service life of plastics. It describes test procedures and extrapolation
Useful Life of Rubbers                     Brown, R.P.          techniques together with the inherent limitations and problems.
                                                            This book describes over 1500 currently available prepaint specialties
                                                            and surface tolerant coatings supplied by 67 manufacturers or
                                                            distributors of these products. The products described may, for example,
                                                            prepare the surface for paint, thin the paint, allow painting over rusted
                                                            areas, or provide quick and easy cleanup. They may be fillers, sealers,
                                                            rust preventives, galvanizers, caulks, grouts, glazes, phosphatizers,
                                                            corrosion inhibitors, neutralizers, graffiti removers, floor surfacers, etc.
                                                            The book lists the following Product Information, as available, in the
                                                            manufacturer’s own words: Company Name, Product Category,
Prepaint Specialties and Surface Tolerant                   Trade Name and Product Number, Product Description. It also contains
Coatings                                  Flick, E.W.       a Trade Name Index, and a list of Suppliers’ Addresses.
                                                            Pressure Safety Design Practices for Refinery and Chemical Operations
                                                            is an introductory reference guide for pressure relieving operations in
                                                            petroleum refineries and chemical plants. Petroleum refineries and their
                                                            related chemical manufacturing facilities often operate at high pressures
                                                            and/or at conditions that can result in excessive pressure conditions.
                                                            Start-up and emergency shut-down operations, transient upset
                                                            conditions, or catastrophic equipment failures, as well as plant process
                                                            fires and plant wide utility failures, all require fail safe systems that will
Pressure Safety Design Practices for      Cheremisinoff,    alleviate high process operating conditions in a safe and expedient
Refinery and Chemical Operations          N.P.              manner.
                                                            Integrating statistics and dynamics within a single volume, this book will
                                                            support the study of engineering mechanics throughout an
                                                            undergraduate course. The theory of two- and three-dimensional
                                                            dynamics of particles and rigid bodies, leading to Euler's equations, is
                                                            developed. The vibration of one- and two-degree-of-freedom systems
                                                            and an introduction to automatic control, now including frequency
                                                            response methods, are covered. This edition has also been extended to
                                                            develop continuum mechanics, drawing together solid and fluid
Principles of Engineering Mechanics (2nd Harrison, H.R.;    mechanics to illustrate the distinctions between Eulerian and Lagrangian
Edition)                                 Nettleton, T.      coordinates.

                                                            The new edition contains a complete overview of the chemical and
                                                            physical properties of the major and minor food components and their
                                                            changes during processing, handling and storage. Food chapters cover
                                                            water, lipids, carbohydrates, protein, minerals, vitamins and enzymes.
                                                            Also covered are color, flavor and texture, as well as additives and
                                                            contaminants. A new chapter discusses the bases of regulatory control
                                                            of food composition and quality. Full of illustrations and tables, each
                                                            chapter also contains a bibliography, providing readers with quick
Principles of Food Chemistry (3rd Edition) deMan, John M.   access to the relevant literature.
                                                            This book contains a collection of more than 200 formulations for
                                                            printing inks, overprint varnishes, and related products. The data
                                                            represent selections from manufacturers' descriptions made at no cost
                                                            to, nor influence from the makers or distributors of these materials. Only
                                                            the most recent formulas have been included. It is believed that all of the
                                                            trademarked raw materials listed here are currently available, which will
Printing Ink and Overprint Varnish                          be of utmost interest to readers concerned with raw materials
Formulations (2nd Edition)                Flick, E.W.       discontinuances.
                                                        This book presents about 300 printing ink and overprint varnish
                                                        formulations from manufacturers. Types of inks covered include flexors,
                                                        gravures, heatsets, offsets, quicksets, sheetfeds, lithographics, screen-
                                                        process, and letterpress inks. Overprint varnish formulations have such
                                                        major properties as: high solids, high slip, thermosetting, heat
                                                        resistance, oil resistance, high gloss, scuff resistance. Each formulation
                                                        may include, in the manufacturer’s own words, as available: 1)
                                                        each raw material contained, 2) percent by weight of each raw material,
                                                        3) suggested formula modifications, 4) key properties, and 5) formula
Printing Ink and Overprint Varnish                      source. The book also contains a Trade-Named Raw Materials section
Formulations - Recent Developments    Flick, E.W.       and a list of Suppliers’ Addresses.
                                                        The first practical guide for process engineers, covering nearly every
                                                        type of process-related equipment, this handbook is the fastest way to
                                                        master process environments. This hands-on reference helps you
                                                        understand and specify all types of auxiliary process equipment and
                                                        materials. Provides engineering and operating expertise on machinery
                                                        that is of prime importance in process engineering, including
                                                        compressors and pumps, gas and steam turbines, fans, blowers and
                                                        motors, both as individual components and as part of a supplied total
                                                        package. Explores various applications, such as mechanical drive and
                                                        direct drive (power generation service) for gas turbines, major support
                                                        systems including instrumentation, and key components such as
                                                        bearings and seals, all with reference to practical applications.
                                                        Troubleshoot and solve problems in unfamiliar machines and
                                                        components. Works effectively with control, environmental, mechanical,
                                                        civil, and other technical specialists. Handles issues with filters, seals,
Process Engineering Equipment                           fans, dryers, nozzles, gaskets, elements made of unusual materials,
Handbook                              Soares, Claire    blowers, connectors, gas and steam turbines, conveyors, feeders, joints,
                                                        The Process Troubleshooting Wizard allows you to solve injection
                                                        molding problems by drilling down from defects to appropriate solutions.
                                                        Solutions are provided for defects such as blisters, brittleness,
                                                        discoloration, mold flash, parts sticking in mold, warping and weld lines.
                                                        This information is useful to process engineers, technicians, machine
                                                        operators, and quality control personnel who work in the injection
Process Troubleshooting Wizard        n/a               molding field.
                                                        The latest methods for increasing process efficiency, production rate,
                                                        and quality. Award-winning editor Greg McMillan has loaded this book
                                                        with advice from top technical experts to help you tackle process
                                                        instrument and control assignments confidently and solve problems
                                                        efficiently. This major revision of the best selling on-the-job toolkit
                                                        includes time-saving tables, selection ratings, key points, rules of thumb
                                                        and hundreds of topic-defining illustrations. Updated to mirror the most
                                                        common industry practices, it brings you up to speed on smart
Process/Industrial Instruments and    McMillan, G.K.;   instrumentation and the latest advances sparked by increased power
Controls Handbook (5th Edition)       Considine, D.M.   and miniaturization of the microprocessor.

                                                        Some papers in this book report on the most recent developments in
                                                        pure liquid crystalline polymers showing that discipline is dynamic and
                                                        may offer in the future numerous other opportunities not known today.
                                                        We hope that our selections of papers will be interesting for specialists
Processing and Properties of Liquid                     in polymer chemistry, blends, and their industrial application, and that
Crystalline Polymers and LCP Based    Acierno, D.; La   information included in this book will be stimulating and will favorably
Blends                                Mantia, F.P.      impact research currently performed by the readers of this book.
                                                              Composite materials have been acclaimed as the "Materials of the
                                                              Future." What makes the fabrication of these materials so complex is
                                                              that it involves simultaneous heat, mass, and momentum transfer, along
                                                              with chemical reactions in a multiphase system with time-dependent
                                                              material properties and boundary conditions. This book provides a
                                                              quick overview of the fundamental principles underlying composite
                                                              processing and summarizes a few important processes for composite
                                                              manufacturing. This book is intended for those who want to understand
                                                              the fundamentals of composite processing. In particular, this book is
                                          Dave, Raju S.;      especially valuable for students as a graduate level textbook and for
Processing of Composites                  Loos. Alfred C.     practitioners who struggle to optimize these processes.

                                                              AlGaAs is the most widely studied and applied of the ternary
                                                              semiconductors. International arrays of 30 experts have contributed
                                                              under the editorship of a world authority on AlGaAs, Dr. S. Adachi of
                                                              Gunma University, Japan. Subjects covered: structural, mechanical,
                                                              elastic, lattice vibrational and thermal properties; band structure; optical
                                                              properties; electro-optical properties; carrier transport; surfaces,
                                                              interfaces and contacts; impurity and defect centers; lattice dislocations,
                                                              2D carrier transport, real space transfer band offsets and electro-optic
Properties of Aluminium Gallium Arsenide Adachi, Sadao        effects in AlGaAs/GaAs heterostructures.

                                                            This book has a wide range of properties that are primarily controlled by
                                                            the different bond hybridizations possible in such materials. This allows
                                                            for the growth of an extensive range of thin films that can be tailored for
                                                            specific applications. Films can range from those with high transparency
                                                            and are hard and diamond-like, through to those which are opaque, soft
                                                            and graphitic-like. Films with a high degree of sp3 bonding giving the
                                                            diamond-like properties are used widely by industry for hard coatings.
                                                            Application areas including field emission cathodes, MEMS, electronic
                                                            devices, medical and optical coatings are now close to market. World
                                                            experts in amorphous carbon have been drawn together to produce this
                                                            comprehensive commentary as to the current state and future prospects
Properties of Amorphous Carbon            Silva, S. Ravi P. of this highly functional material.
                                                            Over the last decade there have been major advances in the
                                                            characterization of amorphous silicon for use in solar cells, TFT liquid
                                                            crystal displays, photo detectors, LEDs and xerographic devices. In the
                                                            last decade researchers have succeeded in dispelling much of the
                                                            uncertainty about its behavior and the associated models, so that
                                                            engineers are better able to exploit it. Here the essential knowledge of
Properties of Amorphous Silicon and its                     the properties, preparation and exploitation of amorphous silicon are
Alloys                                    Searle, Tim       distilled into one volume.
                                                            The basic purpose of this conference and those to follow is to break
                                                            down barriers to communication across disciplines and to foster,
                                                            promote, and enhance a converted and unified approach to the study of
                                                            materials properties. A few examples may serve as illustration.
                                                            Therefore, a derivative purpose of this conference is to help
                                          Gonis, Antonios; practitioners, both experimentalists and theorists, across the various
                                          Meike, Annemarie; scientific disciplines involved in the study of complex inorganic solids
                                          Turchi, Patrice   learn from one another, enhancing their own perspectives and horizons
Properties of Complex Inorganic Solids    E.A.              as well as those of their colleagues.
                                                          Silicon, as used in silicon chips, is the material on which the information
                                                          society depends for its power to process information. In 1988 INSPEC
                                                          published the standard reference source on silicon properties and since
                                                          then an enormous amount of Si R&D has taken place, with a hundred
                                                          thousand papers published over 1989-1998. Now, for the benefit of
                                                          academics, process developers and device simulation engineers
                                                          working in the area of silicon microelectronics Prof. Hull has brought
                                                          together the specialized expertise of over 100 invited authors from the
                                                          USA, Japan and Europe coordinated by 18 chapter editors to concisely
Properties of Crystalline Silicon       Hull, Robert      review its properties in a structured way.
                                                          This book comprises some 150 independently compiled, concise
                                                          modules of knowledge ('Data reviews') arranged into a highly structured
                                                          format and indexed for easy reference. These were individually
                                                          commissioned from a large international array of 90 specialists backed
                                                          up by a comparable number of referees and helpers. Each Data review
Properties of Gallium Arsenide (3rd     Brozel, M.R.;     is self-contained and gives text, tables, figures and selected references
Edition)                                Stillman, G.E.    on a precisely specified subject.

                                                          The group III nitride materials are playing an increasingly important role
                                                          in the development of commercially viable microelectronic and
                                                          optoelectronic devices. James Edgar has collected world wide expertise
                                                          on the group III nitrides in this highly structured volume with reviews,
                                                          evaluations, graphs and expert guidance to literature. Contents include
                                                          Basic physical properties; Phase diagrams; Electrical properties; Band
                                                          structure; Optical functions; Photoluminescence and
                                                          cathodoluminescence; Raman and reflection spectra; Defects and
Properties of Group III Nitrides        Edgar, James H.   impurities; Interfaces with group III nitrides.

                                                          The characterization and precisely controlled building of atomic-scale
                                                          mutilayers has been the subject of intensive R&D worldwide. In this
                                                          book, the large volume of research results which have accumulated is
                                                          evaluated and distilled down to a useful, manageable concentration of
                                                          up-to-date knowledge for electronic engineers and solid-state physicists.
                                                          This has been carried out by an invited international team of over 50
Properties of III-V Quantum Wells and   Bhattacharya,     specialists under the editorship of Professor Bhattacharya with support
Superlattices                           Pallab            from INSPEC, who also compiled the subject index.

                                                          Indium Phosphide is second only to Gallium Arsenide as a candidate
                                                          material for improved devices. This volume, containing some 130 data
                                                          reviews by over fifty authors from around the world, includes coverage
                                                          of: basic properties; selected InGAs and InGaAsP properties; defects
                                                          and their detection; surfaces; interfaces; oxidation; etching; ion
Properties of Indium Phosphide          n/a               implantation; and exploitation in devices.

                                                          InGaAs, grown on both GaAs and InP, is playing a pivotal role in the
                                                          study of quantum systems which promise applications in microelectronic
                                                          and optoelectronic devices. This highly authoritative book concentrates
                                                          the expertise of 39 leading researchers from the USA, Europe and
                                                          Japan, covering: structural, thermal, mechanical and vibrational
                                                          properties; band structure of lattice-matched and strained alloys;
                                                          transport, surface, optical and electro-optical properties; radiative and
                                                          non-radiative recombination; epitaxial growth; doping; etching of InGaAs
Properties of Lattice-Matched and       Bhattacharya,     and related heterostructures; photodetectors; FETs; double
Strained Indium Gallium Arsenide        Pallab            heterostructure and quantum well lasers.
                                                         The use of lithium niobate in signal filtering in TV sets and video
                                                         cassette recorders is well established and it is finding increased
                                                         application in optoelectronic modulation devices in DWDM (dense
                                                         wavelength division multiplexing) fiber optic systems. Much LiNbO3
                                                         research has taken place in recent years. This fully illustrated volume
                                                         brings electronic engineers, materials scientists and physicists up-to-
                                                         date by enlisting the expertise of active researchers and presenting their
                                                         considered reviews in the modular form which characterizes the Data
Properties of Lithium Niobate         Wong, K.K.         reviews series.

                                                       The properties of silicon alloyed with metals need to be known by
                                                       integrated circuit engineers as well as scientists developing
                                                       semiconductor multilayer formations and novel device structures. This
                                                       book presents 42 specially commissioned contributions ('Data reviews')
                                                       from 23 researchers in Europe, the USA and China. Numeric data,
                                      Maex, Karen; Van figures, concise text and expert guidance to the literature are provided
Properties of Metal Silicides         Rossum, Marc     for silicides of both the transition and the rare earth metals.
                                                       This book fully updates a previous EMIS volume (1987) with new
                                                       sections on growth and device aspects. In addition, it contains data
                                                       reviews for a range of cadmium-based materials used both with MTC
                                                       and independently for solar cells, optoelectric components and X-ray
                                                       detectors. Areas reviewed for both HgCdTe and for
                                                       CdTe/CdZnTe/CdSeTe used as substrates: bulk and epitaxial growth;
                                                       mechanical, thermal, dielectric and optical properties; diffusion of
                                                       impurities and matrix elements; defects and annealing; band structure;
Properties of Narrow Gap Cadmium-                      carrier properties; surfaces and interfaces; exploitation in detector and
based Compounds                       Capper, Peter    emission devices.

                                                         Porous silicon has been the focus of much R&D activity in recent years
                                                         in view of its luminescence, which may enable light-emitting devices to
                                                         be integrated with silicon chips. However, research into its properties
                                                         has yielded the possibility of diverse novel applications (see below). This
                                                         truly comprehensive work, fully structured and indexed for reference,
                                                         comprises over 50 specially commissioned contributions from a similar
                                                         number of scientists in Europe, Japan and the USA. Many of the
                                                         subjects covered have never previously been reviewed (e.g. capping,
                                                         impregnation, lithographic patterning, chemical composition, carrier
                                                         mobility, cathodoluminescence). Fully structured, illustrated and indexed
Properties of Porous Silicon          Canham, Leigh      for reference.
                                                         Research on SiC is driven by the growing promise of applications in blue
                                                         light diodes, integrated circuits operating at high temperatures, high-
                                                         power/high frequency devices and quantum structures. To fulfill this
                                                         promise it is necessary to understand and fully characterize the SiC
                                                         system. In this book the author has drawn together the expert
                                                         knowledge of numerous researchers from around the world and
                                                         presented it in one highly structured fully indexed volume with over 1000
Properties of Silicon Carbide         Harris, Gary L.    references to published and unpublished sources.

                                                         The industrial relevance of SiGe has increased dramatically in the last
                                                         few years with the manufacture of heterojunction bipolar circuits for the
                                                         commercial wireless and datacomms markets by IBM and TEMIC, with
                                                         over 20 companies planning manufacture in the near future. Major high
                                                         technology companies see the development and use of SiGe as an
                                                         important part of their strategy, so that there is a strong impetus to
                                                         improve its characterization and exploitation. This liberally illustrated and
                                                         fully indexed volume distils in a homogeneous, structured way the
                                                         expertise of some 40 invited authors to comprehensively review the
Properties of Silicon Germanium and   Kasper, Erich;     whole range of properties as well as SiGe:C, self-assembled
SiGe: Carbon                          Lyutovich, Klara   nanostructures, quantum effects and device trends.
                                                              Semiconductors comprising elements from groups II and VI of the
                                                              periodic table and having a large energy gap (e.g. ZnSe) are generating
                                                              intense R&D activity world-wide largely as a result of their blue green
                                                              diodes. To review the accumulating knowledge and provide an up-to-
                                                              date state-of-the-art picture, 34 scientists from leading research groups
                                                              in the USA, Europe and Japan have pooled their knowledge under the
Properties of Wide Bandgap II-VI           Bhargava,          editorship of Dr. Bhargava. The book is illustrated, structured for
Semiconductors                             Rameshwar          reference and deeply indexed.
                                                              Recent breakthroughs in the synthesis of diamond have led to increased
                                                              availability at lower cost. This has spurred R&D into its characterization
                                                              and application in machine tools, optical coatings, X-ray windows and
                                                              light-emitting optoelectronic devices. In the longer term, diamond's high
                                                              thermal conductivity and electron mobility make it potentially useful for
                                                              integrated circuit applications (e.g. in heat sinks). This book draws
                                                              together expertise from some 60 researchers in Europe and the USA
                                                              working on bulk and thin film diamond. All fully refereed, the
                                                              contributions are combined to form a highly structured volume with
Properties, Growth and Applications of     Nazare, M.H.;      reviews, evaluations, tables and illustrative material, together with expert
Diamond                                    Neves, A.J.        guidance to the literature.

                                                              Since the early 1990s when highly efficient gallium nitride blue and
                                                              ultraviolet LEDs and laser diodes were first demonstrated, the world
                                                              market for such devices has rapidly expanded. Based on its outstanding
                                                              properties, including a wide energy band gap, high thermal conductivity,
                                                              and high electron drift velocity, GaN is uniquely suited for many novel
                                                              devices including solar-blind UV light detectors, high power microwave
                                           Edgar, James H.;   transistors, and cold cathode electron emitters. The widening range of
                                           Strite, Samual     applications is generating an 80% p.a. growth in R&D. This book covers
                                           (Toby); Akasaki,   the basic physical and chemical properties, surveys existing processing
Properties, Processing and Applications of Isamu; Amano,      technology, and presents summaries of the current state-of-the-art of
Gallium Nitride and Related                Hiroshi; Wetzel,   devices. This book is an excellent reference for authoritative reviews of
Semiconductors                             Christian          all aspects relevant to current devices, and for developing new devices.

                                                              R & D on optical fibers is driven by the need for ever higher bandwidth
                                                              transmission in telecommunications at lower cost. Some 60 experts from
                                                              leading R&D groups around the world review silica, oxide, halide and
                                                              chalcogenide glasses in a structured format, thereby creating an
                                                              authoritative, encyclopaedic reference source for researchers and
                                                              engineers. The book includes a historical overview by W. Alexander
                                                              Gambling, FRS. Over 60 individually authored modules on the above-
Properties, Processing and Applications of                    mentioned types of glass covering optical, thermal & mechanical
Glass and Rare Earth-Doped Glasses for                        properties, RE spectroscopy, optical fiber manufacture and applications
Optical Fibres                             Hewak, Dan         in fiber amplifiers, fiber gratings, fiber lasers and optical switches.
                                                              In 1991, in response to strong demand by semiconductor researchers,
                                                              the IEE published 'Properties of Indium Phosphide'. Since then InP has
                                                              continued to be the subject of intensive R&D, especially in the area of
                                                              optoelectronics, with over 11,000 papers published in the intervening
                                                              period. Professor Pearsall has assembled a team of some 20
                                                              researchers from around the world in order to identify the significant
                                                              advances and distil the current knowledge from this large mass of
                                                              literature. New text, tables and illustrations, which form the bulk of the
Properties, Processing and Applications of                    book, are presented together with some compressed material from the
Indium Phosphide                           Pearsall, T.P.     old volume.
                                                               This classic handbook provides practical data and know-how on the
                                                               design, application, specification, purchase, operation, troubleshooting,
                                                               and maintenance of pumps of every type. It is an essential working tool
                                                               for engineers in a wide variety of industries, all those who are pump
                                                               specialists, in addition to those who need to acquaint themselves with
                                                               pump technology. Newly revised, and bringing together the resources of
                                                               international experts, this job-critical guide is the one and only guide to
                                            Karassik, Igor J.; the design, application, specification, purchase, operation, and
                                            Messina, Joseph maintenance of pumps of all kinds. Covering everything from advanced
                                            P.; Cooper, Paul; seals to basic design paradigms, this book takes you through all the
Pump Handbook (3rd Edtion)                  Heald, Charles C. latest developments in pump technologies.

                                                              This book shows how to apply the fundamentals of various disciplines
                                                              and subjects to produce a well-integrated pumping station, which will be
                                                              reliable, easy to operate and maintain, and free from design mistakes.
                                                              Each author or contributor is an expert with many years experience in
                                                              the subject concerned, and qualified experts have thoroughly reviewed
                                                              and approved the whole content. Among the 29 chapter topics are flow
                                                              in conduits, fundamentals of hydraulic transients, electrical
Pumping Station Design (2nd Edition)                          fundamentals and power system principles, pump particulars, system
                                            Sanks, R.L.       design for water and sludge pumping, and last but not least, costs.
                                                              The purpose of this book is to help chemists, biochemists and other
                                                              scientists purify the chemical reagents that they use in their work.
                                                              Despite the fact that commercially available chemicals are often of a
                                                              very high quality, and quite satisfactory for some applications within
                                                              science and technology, it is becoming almost as important to know
Purification of Laboratory Chemicals (4th   Armarego, W.L.F.; what impurities are present and make allowances for them or to remove
Edition)                                    Perrin, D.D.      them completely. This book will show you how.
                                                              Now in its fifth edition, the book has been updated to include more
                                                              detailed descriptions of new or more commonly used techniques since
                                                              the last edition as well as remove those that are no longer used,
                                                              procedures which have been developed recently, ionization constants
                                                              (pKa values) and also more detail about the trivial names of compounds.
                                                              This book provides details of the physical properties and purification
                                                              procedures, taken from literature, of a very extensive number of organic,
                                                              inorganic and biochemical compounds which are commercially
                                                              available. This is the only complete source that covers the purification of
Purification of Laboratory Chemicals (5th                     laboratory chemicals that are commercially available in this manner and
Edition)                                    n/a               format.

                                                                This book predicts the rate of fluid discharge, the depressurization,
                                                                flashing and formation of liquid drops, the entrainment of drops into the
                                                                vapor cloud, the subsequent spreading of the jet, and rate of liquid
                                                                rainout to a pool on the ground. Designed in a modular fashion to permit
                                                                adjustment and corrections as new data become available, its multi-
                                                                layered approach contains sub-models that include the complexities of
                                                                many variables, including the effect of liquid superheat, rate of bubble
RELEASE - A Model with Data to Predict      Johnson, D.W.;      growth, criterion for bubble formation, and heat transfer from the liquid to
Aerosol Rainout in Accidental Releases      Woodward J.L.       the growing vapor bubble.
                                                                This book serves as a guide for radio, mechanical, medical, or other
                                                                engineers who are responsible for or concerned about the possible
                                                                dangers of radio frequency radiation, including electromagnetic
                                                                compatibility and interference, electro-explosive vapors and devices,
                                                                and direct effects on the human body. The topics include sources and
                                                                effects, safety standards (British, European, and US), radiation surveys
RF Radiation Safety Handbook                Kitchen, R.         and measurement, and antenna and other device design.
                                                              RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) is used in all areas of automatic
                                                              data capture allowing contactless identification of objects using RF. With
                                                              applications ranging from secure internet payment systems to industrial
                                                              automation and access control, RFID technology solutions are receiving
                                                              much attention in the research and development departments of large
                                                              corporations. RFID is a major growth area in auto ID, allowing
                                                              emergency vehicles to safely trip traffic signals, and providing the
                                                              technology behind contactless smart cards, "autopiloting" cars, and
                                                              production automation. Fully revised and updated to include all the latest
                                                              information on industry standards and applications, this new edition
                                                              provides a standard reference for people working with RFID technology.
RFID Handbook - Fundamentals and                              Expanded sections explain exactly how RFID systems work, and provide
Applications in Contactless Smart Cards                       up-to-date information on the development of new tags such as the
and Identification (2nd Edition)          Finkenzeller, Klaus smart label.

                                                             This is the second edition of the first and foremost book on this subject
                                                             for self-study, training, and course work. Radar cross section (RCS) is a
                                                             comparison of two radar signal strengths. One is the strength of the
                                                             radar beam sweeping over a target, the other is the strength of the
                                                             reflected echo sensed by the receiver. This book shows how the RCS
                                                             "gauge" can be predicted for theoretical objects and how it can be
                                                             measured for real targets. Predicting RCS is not easy, even for simple
                                                             objects like spheres or cylinders, but this book explains the two "exact"
                                                             forms of theory so well that even a novice will understand enough to
                                                             make close predictions. Weapons systems developers are keenly
                                                             interested in reducing the RCS of their platforms. The two most practical
                                          Knott, Eugene F.; ways to reduce RCS are shaping and absorption. This book explains
                                          Shaeffer, John F.; both in great detail, especially in the design, evaluation and selection of
Radar Cross Section (2nd Edition)         Tuley, Michael T. radar absorbers.

                                                                A true classic in the field, available once again, this widely respected
                                                                source on radar design offers coverage of digital technology, weather
                                                                radar, microburst detection, and digital correlators. Providing a broad
                                                                look at modern theory as well as a review of all the development in
Radar Design Principles - Signal                                practical equipment design and construction in recent years, this
Processing and the Environment (2nd                             resource for radar engineers includes four chapters on equations and
Edition)                                  Nathanson, F.E.       detection theory, plus seven on waveforms and signal processing.

                                                             With this book, you're taken step-by-step through the development of
                                                             modern airborne microwave radar, up to the cutting edge of emergent
                                                             technologies, including new results on theoretical 2D and 3D ISAR point-
                                                             spread functions (PSF) and current discussions concerning
                                                             dechirp/deskew SAR processing, layover in SAR images, vibrating
                                                             targets, foliage penetration, image quality parameters, and more. Plus,
                                                             for students of electrical engineering, physics, and radar, this book
Radar Foundations for Imaging and                            provides the best source for basic airborne radar understanding, as well
Advanced Concepts                         Sullivan, Roger J. as a broad introduction to the field of radar imaging.

                                                                This second edition is the most comprehensive and informative
                                                                available on radar systems and technology. Growth in radar capability
                                                                and applications has been, and continues to be prodigious, and the new
                                                                material (nearly 75 percent) in this volume reflects that. This handbook
                                                                covers all the new developments in radar, as well as the fundamentals,
Radar Handbook (2nd Edition)              Skolnik, Merrill I.   making it the standard reference.
                                                            This book encourages engineers to incorporate rapid prototyping in their
                                                            daily routine. It illustrates the benefits that come with the use of models
                                                            at any stage of the product development process and defines the
                                                            different types of models. It gives comprehensive coverage on the
                                                            fundamentals of rapid prototyping and the special capabilities.
                                                            Demonstrating how RPT can be an effective means for evaluating
                                                            design before costly commitments are made makes Rapid Prototyping
Rapid Prototyping                         Gebhardt, Andreas an invaluable resource.

                                                              Differential scanning calorimetry is an extremely useful analytical
                                                              method that can be used to measure the Tg and Tm of polymers, for
                                                              studying the melting behavior of polymers that have different
                                                              crystallization histories as well as in the identification of constituent parts
                                                              of polymer blends. The result of many years work this book provides a
                                                              set of thermograms for 68 materials covering a broad range of widely
                                                              available semi-crystalline polymers. The collection has been designed
Rapra Collection of DSC Thermograms of                        so that four thermograms for each material can be seen, enabling a
Semi-Crystalline Thermoplastic Materials Price, C.D.          clear picture of the thermal history of the material.

                                                             This collection is the result of a number of years work and provides a set
                                                             of transmission and pyrolysate spectra of a comprehensive range of
                                                             technically important rubber and plastic materials, including copolymers
Rapra Collection of Infrared Spectra of                      and blends, which are in current use. Spectra were stored at 4cm-1
Rubbers, Plastics, and Thermoplastic                         resolution and plotted in %transmittance (4000cm-1 to 400cm-1). The
Elastomers (2nd Edition)                  Sidwell, J.A.      book is indexed by polymer type and by tradename.
                                                             This book is a compilation of rate expressions for industrially important
                                                             polymerization reactions, which have appeared in major technical
                                                             journals in both chemistry and chemical engineering. In the polymer
                                                             industry rate expressions are vital for the analysis, optimal design, and
                                                             optimal operation of polymerization reactors. This book will be of service
Rate Equations of Polymerization          Mezaki, Reiji; Ma, for those who wish to conduct an efficient survey of the rate expressions
Reactions                                 Guang-Hui          of interest to them.

                                                              This book was written to support an area of very significant technical
                                                              and industrial interest in the field of polymer development. Major
                                                              advancements have occurred in preparing useful polymer blends, in
                                                              most cases using some form of compatibilization. While physical
                                                              compatibilization using block copolymers was the technique of choice in
                                                              the past, increasingly, reactive approaches have been used. Over the
                                          Baker, W.; Scott,   last 30 years polymer blends of many types have become the dominant
Reactive Polymer Blending                 C.; Hu, G.-H,       material class of polymers in commercial practice.

                                                              The main goal of this book is to discuss various technological methods
                                                              of reactive processing of polymers with a special emphasis on
                                                              production of large size articles. The book also shows methods of
                                                              scaling up from laboratory to production stage by a combination of
                                                              process modeling and application of modern analytical techniques to
                                                              evaluate similarity of production on different scales. This unique
                                                              approach not only gives objective results required for precise evaluation
                                                              of process kinetics but it is applied in the book to real systems used as
                                                              examples of model application. The book begins with a discussion of the
                                                              chemistry of reactive processes that are then discussed from the point
                                                              of view of their modeling. In the next section, analytical control methods
                                                              are evaluated for their usefulness in process monitoring. The final
                                                              chapter discusses details of various technological methods of reactive
                                                              processing by means of 70 diagrams clearly discussed and thus easy to
                                                              understand. This book shows how to control and introduce new
                                          Begishev, V.P.;     processes without long trials, and design technology that is cost-efficient
Reactive Processing of Polymers           Malkin, A.Ya.       and environmentally friendly.
                                                             The work contained in this critical review was carried out as part of the
                                                             National Physical Laboratory's MTS programme on Processability, the
                                                             object being to provide the best available data for commercial alloys to
                                                             help with the mathematical modelling of processes such as casting and
                                                             primary and secondary refining. Mathematical modelling has become an
                                                             established tool with which to improve process control and efficiency,
                                                             and product quality. Models have been developed to such a stage that
                                                             one of the prime requirements is now for accurate, reliable data for the
                                                             thermophysical properties involved in the heat and fluid flow processes.
                                                             There are few data for these available in the standard literature on
Recommended Values of Thermophysical                         commercial alloys and so this report is of interest to all users of
Properties for Selected Commercial Alloys Mills, Kenneth C. mathematical modelling processes.
                                                             This technology transfer handbook describes recycling equipment and
                                                             technology for municipal solid waste (MSW) at material recovery
                                                             facilities (MRFs). It points out what technically can be done, what
                                                             material specifications can be achieved, and what the different manual
                                                             and mechanical material separation and recovery approaches can cost.
                                          Swartzbaugh, J.T.; It is intended to give guidance as to what should be incorporated into
Recycling Equipment and Technology for Duvall, D.S.; Diaz, startup, implementation and acceptance testing of any equipment and
Municipal Solid Waste                     L.F.; Savage, G.M. systems to be included in the MRF.
                                                             This book, on recycling of PVC and mixed plastic wastes, has been
                                                             compiled from contributions from an array of scientists from several
                                                             countries who are playing a leading role in plastic recycling. They offer
                                                             practical solutions to many difficult problems in this field. Anyone
                                                             involved in production of materials from virgin polymers who is
                                                             concerned with their recyclability should read this book. The ideas and
                                                             data presented will help the process of planning future recycling efforts
Recycling of PVC and Mixed Plastic                           and help to bring the recycling process from a costly nuisance to a
Waste                                     La Mantia, F.P.    profitable industry.

                                                           Recycling of materials is rapidly developing discipline because of
                                                           environmental awareness, need to conserve materials and energy, and
                                                           growing demand to increase production economy. This book combines
                                                           topics discussing the state of art, analysis of processes successfully
                                                           implemented in industrial practice, ideas concerning production with
                                                           recycling in mind, and the new research developments offering practical
                                                           solutions for recycling industry and product manufacturers. The major
                                                           emphasis is given to polyolefins, polyethylene terephthalate, PVC, and
                                                           rubber. Materials concerned include films, bottles, packing materials,
Recycling of Plastic Materials            La Mantia, F.P.  paper, car batteries, plastics used in car interiors, tires, etc.
                                                           Contains up-to-date information on the process technology, applications
                                                           and markets for man-made cellulosic fibres. The editor presents ten
                                                           contributions that provide an overview of the only naturally
                                                           biodegradable and recyclable manufactured fibres and the techniques
                                                           that have been developed to produce them. Topics include a brief
                                                           history of regenerated cellulosic fibres, industrial cellulose, the viscose
                                                           process, Lyocell the production process and market development,
                                                           cuprammonium and other processes, fibers related to cellulose, physical
                                                           structure and fiber properties, applications development, and current
Regenerated Cellulose Fibres              Woodings, Calvin and future market trends.
                                                           This book deals with engineering reliability, maintainability, and safety-
                                                           related failures in a simple and straightforward style, explaining technical
                                                           terms and jargon, and pre-supposing no prior knowledge of the subject.
Reliability, Maintainability and Risk -                    The author explains numerical data by making realistic predictions using
Practical Methods for Engineers (5th                       minimal mathematics, and handling the limitations of reliability
Edition)                                  Smith, D.J.      parameters.
                                                              This book covers reservoir fluid behavior and properties, including
                                                              laboratory analysis and reservoir fluid flow. It provides a guide to
                                                              predicting oil reservoir performance through analysis of oil recovery
                                                              mechanisms and performance calculations. It also explains the
                                                              fundamentals of reservoir engineering and their practical application
                                                              through a comprehensive field study. New material makes this volume a
Reservoir Engineering Handbook (2nd                           very comprehensive reference for the reservoir engineer or reservoir
Edition)                                  Ahmed, T.           engineering student.

                                                              This book provides readers with the information needed to design,
                                                              develop and manufacture high components using an RTM route and
                                                              provides a framework which readers can use to place their endeavours
                                                              within an industrial context. Readers are presented with information to
                                                              give them an understanding of the scientific and theoretical background
                                                              to RTM, thereby giving them an understanding of the major constraints
                                                              on the process. This background is then built on by an in-depth
                                                              consideration of the technological details that are required to utilize the
                                                              process effectively. To achieve all this the book presents detailed
Resin Transfer Moulding                   Potter, Kevin       sections on all the essential topics in RTM finishing with a case study.

                                                              The foundation of any successful process safety program is a current
                                                              set of process hazard analyses, or PHAs, for each of its processes, and
                                                              revalidating PHAs is vital for keeping them current and applicable.
                                                              Derived from the experience of many companies in the chemical and
                                                              hydrocarbon processing industries, this resource presents
                                                              demonstrated, common-sense approaches, including flowcharts,
                                                              checklists, and worksheets. Contents include: *Preparing for the
                                                              revalidation study *Identifying an appropriate revalidation methodology
                                                              that provides the most benefit for resources expended *Conducting and
                                          Frank, Walter L.;   documenting the revalidation study sessions *Federal regulatory
Revalidating Process Hazard Analyses      Whittle, David K.   requirements *An essential criteria checklist
                                                              Most technological improvements are realized through application of
                                                              rheology used to modify properties of materials. At the same time,
                                                              rheology is a complex discipline not fully understood by most
                                                              researchers and engineers. It is not because rheology is too difficult to
                                                              understand but mostly because the discipline uses its own language full
                                                              of terms and models, understood by rheologists but not commonly used
                                                              by others. ChemTec Publishing introduces a new series entitled
                                                              Fundamental Topics in Rheology, designed to facilitate conversion of
                                                              rheology from a field familiar to a narrow group of specialists to a
                                                              popularly applied science. The first book in the series was written by
                                                              Prof. Malkin who is an accomplished researcher in the field. The difficult
                                                              task of writing the fundamental principles of rheology in an easy to
                                                              understand way without loosing its scientific content has been fulfilled
                                                              with accomplishment by Prof. Malkin. It is only possible to write this
                                                              book according to the previously defined prescription, if author can see
                                                              nature as a complex but homogeneous entirety, divided to disciplines for
Rheology Fundamentals                     n/a                 the clarity of thought or simply to concentrate on one angle of
                                                              This is the first single-volume handbook with the information a
                                                              researcher needs to select the best rheology modifiers for his/her
                                                              project. Information on 20 different types of rheology modifiers
                                                              manufactured by 26 companies worldwide is described. These range
                                                              from Acrylic Polymers to Xanthan Gum. This handbook was written
                                                              because, in the authors’ experience, the selection of a rheology
                                                              modifier for specific applications is an arduous task. It requires
                                                              researching the technical literature of numerous suppliers, contacting
                                                              them for current information and recommendations, and paring the list of
                                                              candidates from hundreds to a few dozen. This book will enable readers
Rheology Modifiers Handbook - Practical   Braun, D.B.;        to easily identify the best candidates for an application with a minimum
Use and Application                       Rosen, M.R.         investment of time.
                                                              The rheology of filled polymer systems is an ever expanding field in the
                                                              polymer industry today. Using a concise, practical and simple format this
                                                              comprehensive work explains the concepts behind filled polymer
                                                              systems and the rheological techniques involved in studying their
                                                              behaviour. Covering such topics as preparation of filled polymer
                                                              systems, steady shear viscous properties and extensional flow
                                                              properties, this book covers areas from an introductory level through to
Rheology of Filled Polymer Systems        Shenoy, Aroon V,    more complex issues.
                                                              This book introduces students and scientists to the study of how non-
                                                              solid foods flow, either in or before the final product form, and the factors
                                                              that influence viscosity. He covers a functional model for rheological
                                                              properties of fluid foods, measuring flow and viscoelastic properties,
                                                              gum and starch dispersions, processed fluid and semisolid foods, food
                                                              gel systems, the role of rheological behavior in the sensory assessment
                                                              of fluid foods, and applying rheology to fluid food handling and
Rheology of Fluid and Semisolid Foods -                       processing. He hopes the insights will be helpful in quality control and
Principles and Applications               Rao, M. Anandha     product development.

                                                            In the last decade there have been numerous advances in the area of
                                                            rhodium-catalyzed hydroformylation, such as highly selective catalysts
                                                            of industrial importance, new insights into mechanisms of the reaction,
                                                            very selective asymmetric catalysts, in situ characterization and
                                                            application to organic synthesis. The views on hydroformylation which
                                                            still prevail in the current textbooks have become obsolete in several
                                                            respects. Therefore, it was felt timely to collect these advances in a
                                                            book. The book contains a series of chapters discussing several
                                                            rhodium systems arranged according to ligand type, including
                                                            asymmetric ligands, a chapter on applications in organic chemistry, a
                                                            chapter on modern processes and separations, and a chapter on
                                                            catalyst preparation and laboratory techniques. This book concentrates
                                                            on highlights, rather than a concise review mentioning all articles in just
                                          Van Leeuwen, Piet one line. The book aims at an audience of advanced students, experts
                                          W.N.M.; Claver,   in the field, and scientists from related fields. The didactic approach also
Rhodium Catalyzed Hydroformylation        Carman            makes it useful as a guide for an advanced course.
                                                            This 9th volume of Issues in Environmental Science and Technology
                                                            provides a detailed and wide-ranging review of the many aspects of risk
                                                            assessment and risk management, which have excited so much debate
                                                            and controversy in recent times. Written by acknowledged experts in the
                                                            field, the articles examine a range of practical applications of risk
                                                            assessment methods and risk management procedures. Subjects as
                                                            diverse as BSE, the use of risk assessment in government, the use of
                                                            computer modelling as an aid to risk assessment in the case of
                                          Hester, R.E.;     accidental contamination of rivers and estuaries and many others are
Risk Assessment and Risk Management       Harrison, R.M.    included.

                                                              Now updated with 30 percent new material, this ultimate resource is
                                                              written for designers, engineers, and analysts working with calculations
                                                              of loads and stress. This landmark reference continues its tradition of
Roark's Formulas for Stress and Strain    Young, W.C.;        presenting equations and diagrams of structural properties, all in an
(7th Edition)                             Budynas, R.G.       easy-to-use, thumb-through format containing 150 illustrations.
                                                              This book presents the work of 42 international contributors. It will be of
                                                              interest to nutritionists, veterinarians, and all those concerned with
                                                              animal feeds and feeding programs--particularly those supplying mineral
Roles of Amino Acid Chelates in Animal                        supplements to the diet in a form that can be absorbed readily and
Nutrition                                 Ashmead, H.D.       digested properly.
                                                               Roofing is a competitive, specialized niche in the residential construction
                                                               industry. Roofers need to know the techniques, technologies and
                                                               building codes that govern their industry, but most don't realize that
                                                               technical expertise is not enough. The one skill that will set the
                                                               successful roofer apart from the competition is how they manage their
                                           Scharff, R.;        business. This second edition of Scharff's best-selling handbook will
Roofing Handbook (2nd Edition)             Kennedy, T.         feature new information on how to manage a roofing business.
                                                               Root Cause Failure Analysis provides the concepts needed to effectively
                                                               perform industrial troubleshooting investigations. It describes the
                                                               methodology to perform Root Cause Failure Analysis (RCFA), one of
                                                               the hottest topics currently in maintenance engineering. It also includes
                                                               detailed equipment design and troubleshooting guidelines, which are
                                                               needed to perform RCFA on machinery found in most production
Root Cause Failure Analysis                Mobley, R.K.        facilities.

                                                               The U.S. market for rotational molding products was one billion pounds
                                                               in the year 2000. The growth of the rotational molding industry has
                                                               grown at 10 to 15% per year. With this growth has come an increasing
                                                               need for details on the complex, technical aspects of the process. This
                                                               new book clarifies and quantifies many of the technical interactions in
                                                               the process. It distinguishes itself from other books on the subject by
                                                               being a seamless story of the advanced aspects of the rotational
                                                               molding process. There are seven chapters within the book including:
                                                               Introduction to Rotational Molding; Rotational Molding Polymers;
                                           Crawford, Roy J.;   Grinding and Coloring; Rotational Molding Machines; Mold Design;
Rotational Molding Technology              Throne, James L.    Processing; and Mechanical Part Design.

                                                               A stable usage of rubber compounds in the production of components
                                                               for almost every industry has created the need for this handbook and
                                                               formulary. Convenience is the primary reason for such a book. With the
                                                               variety of uses for rubber being as broad as the imagination, a formulary
                                                               which includes an overview of the history of rubber, as well as sections
                                                               on ingredients, processing methods, and testing, is a welcome addition
                                                               to any manufacturer’s library. Rubber products include seals and
                                                               gaskets for windows, pressure and vacuum hoses for automotive and
                                                               aerospace applications, bottle stoppers for medical and pharmaceutical
                                                               products, center cores for all types of balls, belts for tools and
                                                               machinery, shock and vibration absorbers for everything from motor
                                                               mounts to sky scrapers, insulation for blankets, and even large film
                                           Ciullo, P.A.;       coatings for roofing applications. Additional industrial and consumer
Rubber Formulary                           Hewitt, N.          products are being designed out of rubber compounds every day.
                                                               This fifth edition continues a tradition of providing readers with a
                                                               comprehensive manual for plastics processing. Since the last edition
                                                               was published in 1976, there have been many changes in the types of
                                                               materials available for manufacturing plastic products. Likewise, there
                                                               have been new processes introduced and substantial improvements in
SPI Plastics Engineering Handbook of the                       those that already existed. Extensive revisions in this edition have
Society of the Plastics Industy, Inc. (5th                     resulted in an up-to-date handbook that reflects the plastics industrys
Edition)                                   Berins, M.L.        state of the art.
                                             The Society of Vacuum Coaters (SVC) is a nonprofit professional and
                                             educational organization, dedicated to the development of equipment
                                             and processes for high-volume production of coatings using vacuum-
                                             based processes. Proceedings volumes published by the SVC contain
                                             manuscripts presented at the Annual Technical Conference. The 41st
                                             Conference (1998) was held in Boston, MA; the 42nd Conference (1999)
                                             was held in Chicago, IL; the 43rd Conference (2000) was held in
                                             Denver, CO; and the 44th Conference (2001) was held in Philadelphia,
                                             PA. These serialized volumes provide views of specialized topics and
                                             frequently offer comprehensive overviews of rapidly developing areas,
                                             such as vacuum web coating, process control and instrumentation,
                                             optical coating, plasma processing, tribological and wear coating,
                                             decorative and functional coating, large area coating, and emerging
SVC - 41st Annual Technical Conference       technologies. The series is registered with the Library of Congress as
Proceedings                            n/a   Series ISSN 0737-5921.

                                             The Society of Vacuum Coaters (SVC) is a nonprofit professional and
                                             educational organization, dedicated to the development of equipment
                                             and processes for high-volume production of coatings using vacuum-
                                             based processes. Proceedings volumes published by the SVC contain
                                             manuscripts presented at the Annual Technical Conference. The 41st
                                             Conference (1998) was held in Boston, MA; the 42nd Conference (1999)
                                             was held in Chicago, IL; the 43rd Conference (2000) was held in
                                             Denver, CO; and the 44th Conference (2001) was held in Philadelphia,
                                             PA. These serialized volumes provide views of specialized topics and
                                             frequently offer comprehensive overviews of rapidly developing areas,
                                             such as vacuum web coating, process control and instrumentation,
                                             optical coating, plasma processing, tribological and wear coating,
                                             decorative and functional coating, large area coating, and emerging
SVC - 42nd Annual Technical Conference       technologies. The series is registered with the Library of Congress as
Proceedings                            n/a   Series ISSN 0737-5921.

                                             The Society of Vacuum Coaters (SVC) is a nonprofit professional and
                                             educational organization, dedicated to the development of equipment
                                             and processes for high-volume production of coatings using vacuum-
                                             based processes. Proceedings volumes published by the SVC contain
                                             manuscripts presented at the Annual Technical Conference. The 41st
                                             Conference (1998) was held in Boston, MA; the 42nd Conference (1999)
                                             was held in Chicago, IL; the 43rd Conference (2000) was held in
                                             Denver, CO; and the 44th Conference (2001) was held in Philadelphia,
                                             PA. These serialized volumes provide views of specialized topics and
                                             frequently offer comprehensive overviews of rapidly developing areas,
                                             such as vacuum web coating, process control and instrumentation,
                                             optical coating, plasma processing, tribological and wear coating,
                                             decorative and functional coating, large area coating, and emerging
SVC - 43rd Annual Technical Conference       technologies. The series is registered with the Library of Congress as
Proceedings                            n/a   Series ISSN 0737-5921.
                                                              The Society of Vacuum Coaters (SVC) is a nonprofit professional and
                                                              educational organization, dedicated to the development of equipment
                                                              and processes for high-volume production of coatings using vacuum-
                                                              based processes. Proceedings volumes published by the SVC contain
                                                              manuscripts presented at the Annual Technical Conference. The 41st
                                                              Conference (1998) was held in Boston, MA; the 42nd Conference (1999)
                                                              was held in Chicago, IL; the 43rd Conference (2000) was held in
                                                              Denver, CO; and the 44th Conference (2001) was held in Philadelphia,
                                                              PA. These serialized volumes provide views of specialized topics and
                                                              frequently offer comprehensive overviews of rapidly developing areas,
                                                              such as vacuum web coating, process control and instrumentation,
                                                              optical coating, plasma processing, tribological and wear coating,
                                                              decorative and functional coating, large area coating, and emerging
SVC - 44th Annual Technical Conference                        technologies. The series is registered with the Library of Congress as
Proceedings                            n/a                    Series ISSN 0737-5921.

                                                              The Society of Vacuum Coaters (SVC) is a nonprofit professional and
                                                              educational organization, dedicated to the development of equipment
                                                              and processes for high-volume production of coatings using vacuum-
                                                              based processes. Proceedings volumes published by the SVC contain
                                                              manuscripts presented at the Annual Technical Conference. The 41st
                                                              Conference (1998) was held in Boston, MA; the 42nd Conference (1999)
                                                              was held in Chicago, IL; the 43rd Conference (2000) was held in
                                                              Denver, CO; the 44th Conference (2001) was held in Philadelphia, PA;
                                                              and the 45th Conference was held in Lake Buena Vista, FL. These
                                                              serialized volumes provide views of specialized topics and frequently
                                                              offer comprehensive overviews of rapidly developing areas, such as
                                                              vacuum web coating, process control and instrumentation, optical
                                                              coating, plasma processing, tribological and wear coating, decorative
                                                              and functional coating, large area coating, and emerging technologies.
SVC - 45th Annual Technical Conference                        The series is registered with the Library of Congress as Series ISSN
Proceedings                            n/a                    0737-5921.
                                                              The Society of Vacuum Coaters, a non-profit professional, trade and
                                                              educational organization, is dedicated to the development of equipment
                                                              and processes for high-volume production of coatings using vacuum-
                                                              based processes. Its unique industrial focus targets the processing
                                                              engineer and technician, end-user, equipment manufacturer, and the
                                                              materials supplier. SVC seeks to disseminate knowledge, experience,
SVC - 46th Annual Technical Conference                        and techniques to the vacuum coating industry through a variety of
Proceedings                            n/a                    forums.
                                                              The Society of Vacuum Coaters, a non-profit professional, trade and
                                                              educational organization, is dedicated to the development of equipment
                                                              and processes for high-volume production of coatings using vacuum-
                                                              based processes. Its unique industrial focus targets the processing
                                                              engineer and technician, end-user, equipment manufacturer, and the
                                                              materials supplier. SVC seeks to disseminate knowledge, experience,
SVC - 47th Annual Technical Conference                        and techniques to the vacuum coating industry through a variety of
Proceedings                            n/a                    forums.

                                                              The processing and supply of fish products is a huge global business.
                                                              Like other sectors of the food industry it depends on providing products
                                                              which are both safe and which meet consumers' increasingly demanding
Safety and Quality Issues in Fish                             requirements for quality. With its distinguished editor and international
Processing                                 Bremner, H.A.      team of contributors, this book addresses these two central questions.
                                                              This book examines the concepts of systems reliability and the
                                                              techniques available for determining both 'technical' and 'human'
                                                              hazards and risks. Emphasis is placed both on technical systems and
Safety, Reliability and Risk Management -                     human factors, and the increasing importance of psychological factors in
An Integrated Approach (2nd Edition)      Cox, S.; Tait, R.   overall safety assessment.
                                                              Since its inception in the early 1950s, this work has become the "bible"
                                                              for those who need to evaluate the hazard of substances used in
                                                              commerce. It is the only reference that combines, for so many
                                                              substances, data on toxicological, fire, reactivity, explosive potential,
                                                              and regulatory information. Highly acclaimed in the professional
                                                              journals, it was reviewed as "an indispensable reference guide for
                                                              professionals responsible for managing industrial safety and
                                                              occupational exposure ... an extraordinary work," and as "a monumental
Sax's Dangerous Properties of Industrial   Lewis, Richard J., work ... Efforts like this are the things of what history is made," among
Materials (10th Edition) Volumes 1-3       Sr,                other reviews.

                                                               This compendium represents the state of the art in the rapidly
                                                               developing field of nanotubes. An important focus is on the relative
                                                               merits of the various techniques used to synthesize nanotubes of carbon
                                                               and other materials. Another important issue addressed is the effect of
                                                               synthesis conditions on the multitude of morphologies that have by now
                                                               been observed, and the characterization of the structures. Important
                                                               advances are reported in the understanding of mechanical and chemical
                                                               properties of nanotubes, including their potential use for hydrogen
                                                               storage and nano-manipulators in micro-electromechanical systems
                                                               (MEMS). The unusual electronic properties of nanotubes, which seem to
                                                               attract most attention in the field, are represented accordingly, alongside
                                           Tomanek, D.;        the first likely commercial application of nanotubes in high-efficiency flat-
Science and Application of Nanotubes       Enbody, R.J.        panel displays.

                                                           This is the first book to encompass the fundamental phenomenon,
                                                           principles, and processes of discrete droplets of both normal liquids and
                                                           melts. It provides the reader with the science and engineering of discrete
                                                           droplets, and provides researchers, scientists and engineers with the
                                                           latest developments in the field. The book begins with a systematic
                                                           review of various processes and techniques, along with their
                                                           applications and associations with materials systems. This is followed by
                                                           a description of the phenomena and principles in droplet processes.
                                                           Correlations, calculations, and numerical modeling of the droplet
                                                           processes provide insight into the effects of process parameters on
                                                           droplet properties for optimization of atomizer design. Droplets are found
                                                           in the areas of metallurgy, materials, automotive, aerospace, medicine,
Science and Engineering of Droplets -                      food processing, agriculture, and power generation, and encountered in
Fundamentals and Applications           Liu, Huimin        a huge range of engineering applications.
                                                           Comprises state-of-the-art research presented at the 1997 conference.
                                                           Seventy-eight articles discuss composites and blends; high performance
                                                           materials; materials for electronics and photonics; biomaterial and
                                                           biotechnology; degradation, stabilization and recycling of materials, and
                                        Prasad, Paras N.; environmentally friendly processing; sol-gel processed materials;
Science and Technology of Polymers and Mark, James E.;     advanced materials from natural and petroleum products; materials for
Advanced Materials - Emerging           Kandil, Sherif H.; separation technology; educational needs and trends; and business
Technologies and Business Opportunities Kafafi, Zakya H.   opportunities.
                                                           This book is presented in two parts. Part I covers the problems
                                                           associated with scrap tires and identifies existing and potential source
                                                           reduction and utilization methods that may be effective in solving the
                                                           scrap tire problem. Barriers to increased utilization and options for
                                                           removing the barriers are identified and evaluated. Part II provides
                                                           information on the use of whole, scrap tires and tire-derived fuel (TDF)
Scrap Tire Technology and Markets       n/a                as combustion fuel, and on the pyrolysis of scrap tires.

                                                               This practical book will help anyone encountering the insidious corrosion
                                                               problems that can be caused by seawater. The technological information
                                                               contained in this book is based on studies by research terms for U.S.
                                                               Navel Research Laboratories and other research teams under the
                                                               auspices of various government agencies. Aspects concerning the
                                                               corrosion of metals in marine environments, corrosion at various depths,
Seawater Corrosion Handbook                Schumacher, M.      and the effects of microorganisms are discussed.
                                                             Explores a comprehensive body of experimentally developed
                                                             conclusions, extending this base to design-relevant relationships and
                                                             limit states that are reduced to usable forms. Focus throughout the book
                                                             is given to developing a potent integration of knowledge and imagination
                                                             to create the highest quality structural systems capable of attaining
                                                             performance objectives in design-level earthquakes. This powerful
                                                             reference tool is packed with broad-ranging material from fundamental
                                                             principles to state-of-the-art, seismic-resistant technologies, as well as
Seismic Design of Reinforced and Precast Englekirk, Robert   algorithms that are thoroughly developed to be highly adaptable offering
Concrete Buildings                       E.                  the most complete guidance to precast bracing systems.

                                                             This book provides a comprehensive review of the primary industrial
                                                             hygiene topics relevant to semiconductor processing: chemical and
                                                             physical agents, and ventilation systems. The book also has excellent
                                                             chapters on newer industrial hygiene concerns that are not specific to
                                                             the semiconductor industry: ergonomics, indoor air quality, personal
Semiconductor Industrial Hygiene                             protective equipment, plan review, and records retention. While much of
Handbook - Monitoring, Ventiliation,      Williams, M.E.;    the information in these chapters can be applied to all industries, the
Equipment and Ergonomics                  Baldwin, D.G.      focus and orientation is specific to issues in the semiconductor industry.
                                                             This handbook is a broad review of semiconductor materials and
                                                             process technology, with emphasis on very large-scale integration
                                                             (VLSI) and ultra large scale integration (ULSI). The technology of
                                                             integrated circuit (IC) processing is expanding so rapidly that it can be
                                                             difficult for the scientist working in one area to keep abreast of
                                                             developments in other areas of the field. This handbook solves this
Semiconductor Materials and Process                          problem by bringing together "snapshots" of the various aspects of the
Technology Handbook                       McGuire, G.E.      technology.
                                                             The purpose of the Semiconductor Safety Handbook is to provide a
                                                             current, single source reference for many of the primary semiconductor
                                                             EH&S technologies and disciplines. To this end, the contributors have
Semiconductor Safety Handbook - Safety                       assembled a comprehensive text written by some of the leading experts
and Health in the Semiconductor Industry Bolmen, R.A., Jr.   in EH&S in the semiconductor industry.

                                                             This book reviews recent methods and techniques for separating food
                                                             components and products of the biotechnology industry. The
                                                             introduction focuses on food composition and some of the conventional
                                                             separation techniques. Subsequent chapters deal with each specific
                                                             type or area of application individually and include information on the
                                                             basic principles, industrial equipment available, commercial applications
                                                             and an overview of current research and development. Contents
                                                             include: Separation processes - An overview; Supercritical fluid
                                                             extraction; Pressure-activated membrane processes; Ultrafiltration; Ion-
Separation Processes in the Food and      Grandison, A.S.;   exchange and electrodialysis; Innovative separation methods in
Biotechnology Industries                  Lewis, M.J.        bioprocessing; Fractionation in fat; Solids separation processes.

                                                             This book describes separation and purification
                                                             techniques—adsorption, ion exchange and liquid chromatography
                                                             on solid supports—used for fermentation and biochemical
                                                             feedstreams. Emphasis is placed on basic sorption theory, laboratory
                                                             evaluation techniques, sorptive materials and their characteristics, scale-
                                                             up of laboratory techniques, and their industrial applications. Each
Separation and Purification Techniques in                    chapter contains specific examples illustrating the use of purification
Biotechnology                             Dechow, F.J.       techniques in biotechnology processes.

                                                            This book provides a comprehensive overview of the principles and
                                                            industrial applications of shock waves to materials fabrication and
                                                            manufacturing processes. It covers metals and alloys, ceramics, and
                                                            polymers either as powders or composites. It is aimed at the
                                                            industrialist, managers of technology, manufacturers, and those involved
                                                            in a host of manufacturing processes where shock wave fabrication may
Shock Waves for Industrial Applications   Murr, Lawrence E. provide some novel approaches and new process insights.
                                                              Within this text, the synthetic chemistry, properties and applications of
                                                              the full range of silicon-containing polymers are for the first time drawn
                                                              together comprehensively in a single work. Siloxane, carbosilane,
                                                              silazane, silane, silylalkylene, and silylarylene polymers are all included,
                                                              as are special topics that include, amongst others, unusual structures,
                                                              applications, and high performance characteristics. It is a text directed
                                                              at researchers in the field. It contains subject matter that is right up-to-
                                                              date and in some instances material that has so far not been published
Silicon-Containing Polymers - The          Jones, Richard G.; elsewhere. For years to come it should serve as the first point of entry
Science and Technology of Their            Ando, Wataru;      for those seeking to understand just how very different silicon-based
Synthesis and Applications                 Chojnowski, Julian polymers are from other kinds of polymer.

                                                           As one of the natural fibres, silk continues to be perceived as a very
                                                           high quality luxury fibre which is never off the fashion agenda. Mohair,
                                                           cashmere and the other related animal fibres have also traditionally
                                                           been associated with high priced, high quality clothing and are currently
                                                           undergoing something of a renaissance of interest as high fashion
                                                           materials. Natural fibres are also increasingly finding applications within
Silk, Mohair, Cashmere and other Luxury                    the technical textiles sector where their high performance thermal
Fibres                                   Franck, Robert R. properties and bio-mimetic qualities in particular, are very useful.
                                                           The electronic version of the fourth edition of this classic title is the most
                                                           complete reference available providing information on almost 1,400 of
                                                           the most heavily used, transported and regulated chemical substances
                                                           of occupational and environmental concern. This new edition contains a
                                                           massive infusion of data that nearly doubles the size of the previous
                                                           edition. It continues to keep pace with the explosion of hazardous
                                                           chemical data, fulfilling the needs of all concerned with toxic
                                                           compounds. This publication contains invaluable information about
                                                           exposure limits, first aid, storage, handling, spill clean up, reference
                                                           information as well as many other topics. The appendices contains lists
                                                           of oxidizing materials, known and suspected carcinogens, and a
                                                           glossary of terms used in the publication.The data is presented in two
                                                           ways. The Table of Contents is an alphabetical listing of all material with
                                                           direct links to individual files detailing all of the information available
                                                           about the material. Additionally there is a table that cross-indexes the
Sittig's Handbook of Toxic and Hazardous                   materials by name, synonym, RTECS number, CAS Registry number,
Chemicals and Carcinogens (4th Edition) Pohanish, R.P.     DOT ID, and molecular formula. The individual files can also be
                                                           This is one of the most comprehensive handbooks on slurries and slurry
                                                           systems, covering everything from fluid mechanics to soil classification,
                                                           pump design to selection criteria. Slurries are mixtures of liquids and
                                                           solid particles of all types. For instance, liquid is used as a way of
                                                           transporting what you get out of the mine, which might be better than
                                                           shoveling it into freight cars and carrying it out by train. Slurry systems
                                                           are fundamental to dredging, many mineral processes, bridge and
                                                           tunnel construction, and to the manufacturer of synthetic petroleum
Slurry Systems Handbook                  Abulnaga, B.E.    products from oil sands.
                                                           This book is intended to provide an overview and review of the
                                                           fundamentals and latest developments in smart technology for textiles
                                                           and clothing. The contributors represent a truly international panel of
                                                           experts and the book covers many aspects of cutting edge research and
                                                           development. It will be essential reading for academics in textile and
                                                           materials science departments, researchers, designers and engineers in
                                                           the textiles and clothing product design field. Product managers and
                                                           senior executives within textile and clothing manufacturing will also find
                                                           the latest insights into technological developments in the field very
Smart Fibres, Fabrics and Clothing       Tao, Xiaoming     useful.
                                                                  This is the only single volume that provides all the data and references
                                                                  needed by those practicing metallurgy. This seventh edition of the
                                                                  standard reference work for metallurgists includes important new
Smithells Metals Reference Book (7th                              chapters on powder metallurgy and superconductivity. All chapters have
Edition)                                      Brandes, E.A;       been thoroughly revised to bring them up to date with developments
                                              Brook, G.B.         since the last edition in 1983.
                                                                  Originally published by Smithsonian Institution Press in 1954, this
                                                                  classic reference source comprises 901 tables of common physical and
                                                                  chemical data. The information provided is broad in scope. It is of
                                                                  general interest to scientists and engineers, and of particular interest to
                                                                  those involved with physics in its larger sense. In 2003, Knovel
Smithsonian Physical Tables (9th                                  undertook the conversion of this publication into full-text searchable
Revised Edition)                              Forsythe, W.E.      electronic format that makes data easily accessible.

                                                                  Assesses the state of the art of soil vapor extraction (SVE) technology
                                                                  and summarizes an expert workshop on SVE sponsored by the USEPA.
                                                                  SVE is an accepted cost effective technique for removing VOCs and
                                                                  motor fuels from contaminated soil. The book identifies current SVE
                                                                  technologies, as well as additional research needed in site
                                           Pedersen, T.A.;        characterization, pilot systems, full scale system design and operation,
Soil Vapor Extraction Technology           Curtis, J.T.           attainment of clean-up criteria and closure monitoring.
Sol-Gel Technology for Thin Films, Fibers,
Preforms, Electronics and Specialty                               Covers principles, developments, and applications of sol-gel technology
Shapes                                     Klein, L.C.            for thin films, fibers, preforms, electronics, and specialty shapes.
                                                                  This book provides a comprehensive up-to-date account of the solid
                                                                  phase processing of polymers with particular emphasis on the
                                                                  production of oriented polymers in the form of fibers, films, and solid
                                                                  sections, including rods, sheets, and tubes. It explains how such
                                                                  oriented materials can be produced by a wide range of techniques,
                                              Ward, Ian M.;       including tensile drawing, die drawing, ram extrusion, and hydrostatic
                                              Coates, Phil D.;    extrusion. It also discusses how the development of molecular
                                              Dumoulin, Michel    orientation and structural changes lead to improvements in properties,
Solid Phase Processing of Polymers            M.                  especially in mechanical properties.

                                                                  A surge of new molding technologies is transforming plastics processing
                                                                  and material forms to the highly efficient, integrated manufacturing that
                                                                  will set industry standards in the early years of this century. This book is
                                                                  a survey of these technologies, putting them into context and
                                              Heim, H-P.;         accentuating opportunities. The relations among these technologies are
Specialized Molding Techniques                Potente, H.         analyzed in terms of products, materials, processing, and geometry.

                                                                  This book provides practical information that can be used to ensure
                                                                  compliance with the European Community directive relating to plastic
                                                                  materials and articles intended to come in contact with foodstuffs. In
                                              van Lierop, Ben;    addition, it describes the legal framework and implementation of the
                                              Castle, Laurence;   European legislation, and the analytical approach for testing compliance
                                              Feigenbaum,         with SML or QM limits. Entries include the structural formula, CAS and
Spectra for the Identification of Additives   Alexandre;          PM number and trivial name, physical characteristics and food-contact
in Food Packaging                             Boenke, Achim       uses for the material.
                                                                 As Nanotechnology turned from marvelous vision to exciting reality, the
                                                                 need for a quickly accessible source of application-oriented,
                                                                 authoritative and comprehensive information arose. This book meets
                                                                 this requirement by integrating the knowledge from nanofabrication,
                                                                 nanomechanics, materials science, and reliability engineering in just one
                                                                 volume. Beside the presentation of nanostructures,
                                                                 micro/nanofabrication, and micro/nanodevices, special emphasis is on
                                                                 scanning probe microscopy, nanotribology and nanomechanics,
                                                                 molecularly thick films, industrial applications and microdevice reliability,
                                                                 and on social and ethical implications. It addresses mechanical and
                                                                 electrical engineers, materials scientists, physicists and chemists who
                                                                 work either in the nano area or in a field that is or will be influenced by
Springer Handbook of Nanotechnology         Bhushan, Bharat      this new key technology.

                                                                 The shelf-life of a food product is critical to its success in the market
                                                                 place. It is a key issue for consumer safety, product quality and
                                                                 profitability. Manufacturers need to be able to measure and predict shelf-
                                            Kilcast, David;      life accurately, to understand the various factors which determine shelf-
                                            Subramaniam,         life and the strategies open to them in extending the shelf-life of a
Stability and Shelf-Life of Food            Persis               product. The stability and shelf-life of food addresses these concerns.
                                                                 Written in clear, simple language, using hundreds of worked-out
                                                                 problems and numerical examples, this handbook provides information
                                                                 available on both basic design considerations and the design of specific
                                                                 machine elements. From standards and codes to CAD and
                                                                 computational methods, this handbook contains 50 sections, each
                                                                 written by a top international expert, covering such vital topics as
                                                                 computational considerations, wear, strength of steels, seals, fasteners,
Standard Handbook of Machine Design                              joints, springs, lubrication, bearings, drives, gears and gearing, vibration
(2nd Edition)                               Shigley, J.E.;       and control, Cam mechanisms, linkages, gear trains, stress, and much
                                            Mischke, C.R.        more.
                                                                 Targeted at the food industry, this text offers principle methods of
                                                                 statistical quality and process control. Clearly explains underlying
                                                                 concepts and uses real-world examples for illustrating statistical
                                                                 techniques. Includes appendix, references, index, and many new
                                                                 updates. There are updates on FDA Regulations and Net Weight control
                                                                 limits, as well as additional HACCP applications. Anyone involved in the
                                                                 production of foods will find this book a valuable guide for assuring the
                                                                 safety and uniformity of food production through application of the latest
                                                                 techniques in process quality control. Specifically, this text can be used
                                                                 effectively by those skilled in the field for reference; by entry level
                                                                 technicians as a training aid; and by upper management to enhance
                                                                 their understanding of this highly specialized field. It can also be studied
Statistical Quality Control for the Food    Hubbard, Merton      by operating and service departments to assist them in "total quality
Industry (3rd Edition)                      R.                   control" efforts.
                                                                 Thoroughly updated, this book has been expanded to cover everything
                                                                 on materials and structures that engineering students are likely to need.
                                                                 Starting with basic mechanics, the book goes on to cover modern
                                                                 numerical techniques such as matrix and finite element methods. There
                                                                 is also additional material on composite materials, thick shells, flat plates
                                                                 and the vibrations of complex structures. Illustrated throughout with
Strength of Materials and Structures (4th   Case, J.; Chilver,   worked examples, the book also provides numerous problems for
Edition)                                    L.; Ross, C.T.F.     students to attempt.
                                                                This book presents a detailed study of the flexural strengthening of
                                                                reinforced and prestressed concrete members using fibre reinforced
                                                                polymer composite plates encompassing both short-term and long-term
                                                                performance through experimental testing and theoretical and numerical
                                                                considerations. The authors also discuss plate bonding onto other
                                                                engineering materials such as steel and cast iron. The book has been
Strengthening of Reinforced Concrete                            designed for practising civil and structural engineers seeking to
Structures - Using Externally-Bonded FRP                        understand the principles and design technology of plate bonding, and
Composities in Structural and Civil      Hollaway, L.C.;        for final year undergraduates and postgraduate engineers studying the
Engineering                              Leeming, M.B.          principles of highway and bridge engineering and structural engineering.

                                                                This book is a comprehensive reference for designers of steel
                                                                structures, providing information on materials, fabrication, erection,
                                                                structural theory, and connections, as well as the many facets of
                                                                designing structural steel systems and members for buildings and
                                                                bridges. The information presented applies to a wide range of structures,
                                                                and numerous worked examples illustrate design procedures. The thrust
                                                                is to provide practical techniques for cost-effective design as well as
Structural Steel Designer's Handbook (3rd Brockenbrough,        explanations of underlying theory and criteria. Design methods and
Edition)                                  R.L.; Merritt, F.S.   equations from leading specifications are presented for ready reference.

                                                                This book is intended to give engineers, designers and students of
                                                                engineering to first degree level a thorough understanding of the
                                                                principles involved in the analysis of structural vibration and to provide a
                                                                sound theoretical basis for further study. There is a large number of
                                                                worked examples throughout the text, to amplify and clarify the
                                                                theoretical analyses presented, and the meaning and interpretation of
                                                                the results obtained are fully discussed. A comprehensive range of
Structural Vibration: Analysis and                              problems has been included, together with many worked solutions which
Damping                                     Beards, C.F.        considerably enhance the range, scope and usefulness of the book.

                                                                This book discusses the determination of the strength and stiffness of
                                                                civil engineering structures - determining the loads they will support
                                                                before failure and the displacements the loads produce. This analysis of
Structural and Stress Analysis              Megson, T.H.G.      structure is an essential part of the design of structures.

                                                                Although supercritical fluid (SCF) technology is now widely used in
                                                                extraction and purification processes (in the petrochemical, food and
                                                                pharmaceuticals industries), this book is the first to address the new
                                                                application of cleaning. The objective is to provide a roadmap for
                                                                readers who want to know whether SCF technology can meet their own
                                                                processing and cleaning needs. It is particularly helpful to those striving
                                                                to balance the requirements for a clean product and a clean
                                                                environment. The interdisciplinary subject matter will appeal to scientists
                                                                and engineers in all specialties ranging from materials and polymer
Supercritical Fluid Cleaning -                                  sciences to chemistry and physics. It is also useful to those developing
Fundamentals, Technology, and               McHardy, J.;        new processes for other applications, and references given at the end of
Applications                                Sawan, S.P.         each chapter provide links to the wider body of SCF literature.

                                                              Supercritical Fluid Extraction is a technique in which CO2 is used under
                                                              extremely high pressure to separate solutions (e.g., removing caffeine
                                                              from coffee). Separation is basic to all process industries and
                                                              supercritical fluid extraction is a specific type, receiving a high level of
                                                              attention. This book combines basic fundamentals with industrial
                                             McHugh, Mark A.; applications. This second edition has been expanded and updated and
Supercritical Fluid Extraction (2nd Edition) Krukonis, Val J. includes new chapters on chromatography and food processing.
                                                             This book brings together novel concepts in machine vision, computer
                                                             graphics, and three-dimensional modelling, in solving real practical
                                                             inspection problems. Automated inspection of three-dimensional shape
                                                             and the analysis of both two- and three-dimensional surface defects and
                                                             texture patterns, represents one of the most challenging and rapidly
                                                             developing applications for machine vision today. This is the first book
                                                             to include a comprehensive review of existing techniques for defect
                                                             detection. It goes on to develop a new approach to the problem of shape
                                                             analysis, surface inspection, and texture classification. A simple, low-
                                                             cost demonstrator system is described. Using a fixed camera and fixed
                                                             computer-controlled illumination system, this innovative approach offers
                                                             potential for new applications, considered to be beyond the capabilities
Surface Inspection Techniques - Using                        of existing inspection techniques. A thorough treatment of underlying
the Intergration of Innovative Machine                       theory is given, including sufficient detail to allow application to real
Vision and Graphical Modelling                               inspection tasks. Numerous example applications are discussed across
Techniques                               Smith, M.L.         several industrial sectors.

                                                             Provides information on processing adherends prior to adhesive
                                                             bonding from the point of view of the materials and process engineer.
                                                             Processing of aluminum and its alloys, titanium and its alloys, steels,
                                                             copper and its alloys, and magnesium are treated in the form of detailed
                                                             specifications with comparative data. Other metals not requiring
Surface Preparation Techniques for       Wegman,             extensive treatment are covered, as are metal matrix and organic matrix
Adhesive Bonding                         Raymond F.          composites, thermosets and thermoplastics.
                                                             This title arose from a need for a basic text dealing with industrial
                                                             chemistry for use in a one semester, three-credit senior level course
                                                             taught at the University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire, USA. This edition
                                                             covers all important areas of the chemical industry, yet it is reasonable
                                                             that it can be covered in 40 hours of lecture. Also a resource and
                                                             reference for persons working in the chemical and related industries, it
                                                             has sections on all important technologies used by these industries: a
Survey of Industrial Chemistry (3rd                          one-step source to answer most questions on practical, applied
Edition)                                 Chenier, Philip, J. chemistry.

                                                             This guide to plant design and machinery construction and operation is
                                                             written by one of the pioneers in the field. It offers a comprehensive
                                                             overview on processes, machines, and plant layouts for the production
                                                             of synthetic (man-made) fibers from an engineering point of view.
                                                             Detailed technical drawings plus numerous formula and diagrams,
                                                             illustrate the entire fiber-technical knowledge for the design of the
Synthetic Fibers - Machines and                              various production steps, from raw materials through polymerization,
Equipment Manufacture, Properties        Fourne, Franz       and spinning to textured and technical fabrics.

                                                             Technology of Biscuits, Crackers and Cookies is widely regarded as the
                                                             standard work in its field. Part 1 covers management issues such as
                                                             quality management, process control and product development. Part 2
                                                             deals with the selection of raw materials and ingredients. The range of
                                                             types of biscuit is covered in Part 3, whilst Part 4 covers the main
Technology of Biscuits, Crackers and                         production processes and equipment from bulk handling and metering of
Cookies (3rd Edition)                    Manley, D.          ingredients to packaging, storage and waste management.
                                                             '...excellent progressive structure from agro-botany through to cereals
                                                             processing, covering the range of cereal processes.' '...its international
                                                             perspective and clear coverage of principal grain technologies.'
                                                             '...authoritative, well set out and easy to read' (reasons given for using
                                                             the text, given by users in a recent questionnaire).Contents include:
                                                             Cereal crops (botany, chemistry, classification); Storage and pre-
                                                             processing; Dry milling; Flour quality; Baking; Malting, brewing and
                                                             distilling; Pasta and whole grain foods; Breakfast cereals and other
                                                             extrusion products; Wet milling; Small-scale products; Nutrition; Feed
Technology of Cereals (4th Edition)      n/a                 and industrial uses.
                                                              This book was written for young researchers in polymer and plasticizer
                                                              application areas and for fabricators who need to know how plasticizers
                                                              affect processing of their resins, and which one will most closely give the
                                                              final properties they want. It also applies to formulators whose
                                                              customers complain that the product did not do its job right or did not
                                                              last as long as it should have—and do not know why, as well as
                                                              plasticizer salespersons who must answer customers' questions
                                                              and polymer scientists who feel that anything added to their polymer
                                                              must surely adulterate it. Academia will also benefit. Professors
                                           Sears, J. Kern;    and students who want to broaden their understanding of nature and of
Technology of Plasticizers                 Darby, Joseph R.   matter around and within us should find this book very helpful.
                                                              This thorough text covers thermoforming processes and products. It
                                                              moves from a relatively simple approach to more technical in-depth
                                                              consideration, featuring examples and guidelines to illustrate all
Technology of Thermoforming                Throne, James L.   technical aspects.

                                                               Introducing the first published monograph devoted to this emerging
                                                              technology. Template polymerization is a new field in polymer synthesis
                                                              but common practice in the biosynthesis since DNA is the most popular
                                                              template or matrix on which proteins are built by living species. This
                                                              field is relevant to the synthesis of polymers of controlled structure but
                                                              its application goes beyond the synthesis. Materials are formulated in
                                                              complex mixtures always containing components which can be regarded
                                                              as templates on which other materials are formed, modified, or are
                                                              interacted with. In the new product development the relevance of these
                                                              phenomena is controlled by the order of addition which affects
Template Polymerization                    Polowinski, S.     probabilities and preferences of interaction.
                                                              This book describes over 3,150 textile finishing chemicals currently
                                                              available for industrial use. It has been compiled from information
                                                              received from 74 manufacturers and distributors of these chemicals.
                                                              Including: flame retardants, softeners, soil repellents, hand modifiers,
                                                              antistatic agents, biocides, fixatives, scouring agents, dispersants,
Textile Finishing Chemicals - An Industrial                   defoamers, anticracking agents, binders, stiffeners, and sequestering
Guide                                       Flick, E.W.       agents.
                                                              This book presents a comprehensive treatment of both functional and
                                                              decorative textiles used in the automotive industry including seat covers,
                                                              headliners, airbags, seat belts and tyres. Written in a clear, concise style
                                                              it explains material properties and the way in which they influence
                                                              manufacturing processes as well as providing practical production
                                                              details. The subject treatment cuts across the disciplines of textile
                                                              chemistry, fabric and plastics technology and production engineering.
                                           Fung, Walter;      Environmental effects and recycling are also covered. It is aimed at the
                                           Hardcastle, Mike   design and process engineer in industry as well as researchers in
Textiles in Automotive Engineering         .                  universities and colleges.

                                                              Thermal technologies have long been at the heart of food processing.
                                                              The application of heat is both an important method of preserving foods
                                                              and a means of developing texture, flavor, and color. An essential issue
                                                              for food manufacturers is the effective application of thermal
                                                              technologies to achieve these objectives without damaging other
                                                              desirable sensory and nutritional qualities in a food product. Edited by a
                                                              leading authority in the field, and with a distinguished international team
                                                              of contributors, Thermal technologies in food processing addresses this
                                                              major issue. It will provide food manufacturers and researchers with an
Thermal Technologies in Food Processing Richardson, P.        authoritative review of thermal processing and food quality.
                                                            Provides tables of information on the thermodynamic properties of
                                                            cryogenic fluids, for practicing engineers and for students in courses in
                                                            cryogenic engineering and engineering systems analysis. Background
                                                            chapters review the fundamentals of thermodynamic property
                                          Jacobsen, Richard formulations and summarize current practices in data analysis and
                                          T.; Penoncello,   correlation. The bulk of the book offers tables on 15 cryogenic fluids,
Thermodynamic Properties of Cryogenic     Steven G.;        and equations of state, vapor pressure, freezing liquid pressure,
Fluids                                    Lemmon, Eric W. saturated liquid and vapor density, and ideal gas heat capacity.

                                                              This second edition has been compiled to take account the continued
                                                              expansion of the composites industry. Additional entries cover new
                                                              companies, products and resin systems, which have recently appeared
                                                              on the market. A change in the lay-out of part two allows better property
Thermoset Resins for Composites -                             tabulation and more descriptive entries for resins, and it is hoped that
Directory & Databook (2nd Edition)        Technolex           both new and old readers will find this more user-friendly.
                                                              An invaluable resource for industrial science and engineering
                                                              newcomers to sputter deposition technology in thin film production
                                                              applications, this book is rich in coverage of both historical
                                                              developments and the newest experimental and technological
                                                              information about ceramic thin films, a key technology for nano-
                                                              materials in high-speed information applications and large-area
                                                              functional coating such as automotive or decorative painting of plastic
                                          Wasa, Kiyotaka;     parts, among other topics. In seven concise chapters, the book
                                          Kitabatake,         thoroughly reviews basic thin film technology and deposition processes,
Thin Film Materials Technology -          Makoto; Adachi,     sputtering processes, structural control of compound thin films, and
Sputtering of Compound Materials          Hideaki             microfabrication by sputtering.

                                                              This comprehensive summary of the current state of the art of titanium
                                                              addresses, in varying levels of detail, all aspects of titanium, including:
                                                              basic characteristics and physical metallurgy, the extractive metallurgy,
                                                              the various production processes, the correlations between processing,
                                                              microstructure and properties, and all aspects of applications including
                                                              economic ones. The book covers commercial pure (CP) titanium, alpha
                                                              + beta and beta alloys, as well as titanium based intermetallics and
                                                              titanium matrix composites. Richly illustrated with more than 300 figures,
                                          Lutjering, Gerd;    this compendium takes a conceptual approach to the physical
                                          Williams, James     metallurgy and applications of titanium, making it suitable as a reference
Titanium                                  C.                  and tutorial for materials scientists and engineers.

                                                              The complexity of today's risk decisions is well known. This book
                                                              presents a large range of decision aids for risk analysts and decision
                                                              makers in industry so that vital decisions can be made in a more
Tools for Making Acute Risk Decisions                         consistent, logical, and rigorous manner. Though primarily aimed at the
with Chemical Process Safety                                  process industry, this book can be used by everyone who makes similar
Applications                              n/a                 decisions in other industries, including those in management science.
                                                              Presents information on waste minimization practices in the printed
                                                              circuit board and semiconductor manufacturing industries. Case studies
                                                              conducted at six facilities evaluated the technical, environmental and
                                          Nunno, T.; Palmer, cost impacts associated with the implementation of technologies for
Toxic Waste Minimization in the Printed   S.; Arienti, M.; et reducing the volume and toxicity of printed-circuit-board metals-
Circuit Board Industry                    al.                 containing sludges and solvent wastes.
                                                              This book is a ready-reference that provides essential information on the
                                                              performance of tribological components, for designers and engineers in
                                                              industry. Rather than depth of coverage, it emphasizes rapid access and
                                                              clear presentation of technical information aimed at providing guidance
                                                              in planing the feasibility of various possible layouts for a machine
                                                              design. Profusely illustrated with graphs, charts, tables, and drawn
Tribology Handbook (2nd Edition)          Neale, Michael J. figures.
                                                             This book is intended for practicing designers, researchers, and
                                                             postgraduate students in the field of engineering. It shows how
                                                             algorithms developed from the basic principles of tribology can be used
                                                             in the design of the machine elements commonly found in mechanical
                                                             devices and systems. Sections range from the basic concept of
Tribology in Machine Design               Stolarski, T.A.    tribodesign to advanced applications.

                                                             Recent and radically improved machining processes, from high wheel
                                                             speeds to nanotechnology, have turned a spotlight on abrasive
                                                             machining processes as a fertile area for further advancements. Written
                                                             for researchers, students, engineers and technicians in manufacturing,
                                                             this book presents a fundamental rethinking of important tribological
                                                             elements of abrasive machining processes and their effects on process
                                                             efficiency and product quality. Newer processes such as chemical
                                                             mechanical polishing (CMP) and silicon wafer dicing can be better
                                          Marinescu, Joan    understood as tribological processes. Understanding the tribological
                                          D.; Rowe, W.       principles of abrasive processes is crucial to discovering improvements
                                          Brian; Dimitrov,   in accuracy, production rate, and surface quality of products spanning all
Tribology of Abrasive Machining           Boris; Inasaki,    industries, from machine parts to ball bearings to contact lens to
Processes                                 Ichiro             semiconductors.

                                                             This book combines Von Moody's original work and research in the
                                                             carpet industry with the well respected 1986 textile source book, Textile
                                                             Fibers, Dyes, Finishes, and Processes: A Concise Guide, by Howard L.
                                                             Needles to produce a unique practical guide on all aspects of the
                                                             preparation, manufacture, and performance of carpet. It addresses the
                                          Moody, Von;        structure and properties of fiber, carpet construction, coatings, dyes,
Tufted Carpet - Textile Fibers, Dyes,     Needles, Howard    finishes, performance, and recycling, among other topics. This volume
Finishes, and Processes                   L.                 is an indispensable reference for all practitioners in the carpet industry.
                                                             This definitive work is the most up-to-date compendium on tungsten in
                                                             over twenty years. Wolf-Dieter Schubert's scientific career and extensive
                                                             research activities combined with Erik Lassner's long-term industrial and
                                                             development knowledge make this an essential resource on the current
                                                             status of tungsten science and technology. Consolidating new
                                                             knowledge previously presented at seminars or in the technical press,
Tungsten - Properties, Chemistry,         Lassner, Erik;     Tungsten is a significant contribution to the broader acceptance of the
Technology of the Element, Alloys, and    Schubert, Wolf-    most recent innovations in the field. The text is enhanced by over 300
Chemical Compounds                        Dieter             illustrations.

                                                           Corrosion of materials can result in such safety hazards as the collapse
                                                           of buildings and other engineering structures. This long-awaited second
                                                           edition provides complete coverage of the current state of knowledge in
                                                           the field. It revises all information and includes such new topics as
                                                           neural networks for corrosion control, corrosion characteristics of
                                                           advanced materials, evaluation and inspection, repair, economics of
Uhlig's Corrosion Handbook (2nd Edition) Revie, R. Winston corrosion, and corrosion control using non-metallic materials.
                                                             This book was written with several objectives in mind: 1. To share with
                                                             as many scientists and engineers as possible the intriguing scientific
                                                             aspects of ultra-fine particles (UFPs) and to show their potential as new
                                                             materials. 2. Entice such researchers to participate in the development
                                                             of this emerging field. 3. To publicize the achievements of the Ultra-Fine
                                                             Particle Project, which was carried out under the auspices of the
                                                             Exploratory Research for Advanced Technology program (ERATO). In
                                                             addition to the members of the Ultra-Fine Particle Project, contributions
                                                             from other pioneers in this field are included. To achieve the first
                                                             objective described above, the uniformity of the contents and focus on a
                                                             single central theme have been sacrificed somewhat to provide a broad
                                                             coverage. It is expected that the reader can discover an appropriate
                                                             topic for further development of new materials and basic technology by
                                           Hayashi, C;       reading selected sections of this book. Alternately, one may gain an
Ultra-Fine Particles - Exploratory Science Uyeda, R; and     overview of this new field by reviewing the entire book, which can
and Technology                             Tasaki, A.        potentially lead to new directions in the development of UFPs.
                                                             Describes the processes involved in an accidental or emergency release
                                                             and the resulting downwind transport and dilution of gases, vapors, and
                                                             aerosols. Includes turbulence and weather, release rate estimates, liquid
                                                             pool evaporation, momentum or buoyancy dominated jet release, low-
Understanding Atmospheric Dispersion of                      momentum heavy gas releases, vapor hazard levels, and toxic vapor
Accidental Releases                     n/a                  hazard levels.

                                                             Detailed technical definitions of explosions are complex - and there are
                                                             many of them. The text includes: * The fundamental basis for explosions
                                                             * Characterizing the explosive and flammable behavior of materials *
                                                             Different types of explosions * Fire and explosion hazard recognition *
                                                             Practical methods for preventing explosions or minimizing the potential
Understanding Explosions                  Crowl, Daniel A.   consequence of explosions * References for further study.
                                                             This "mini-tutorial" for designers describes basic principles for good
                                                             mold design. The volume does not provide schematics of existing
                                                             molds, but rather discusses the many factors to be considered when
                                                             designing a mold. Coverage includes topics such as starting new in the
                                                             mold design field, the basics of an injection molding machine, basic
                                                             mold design rules, selection of materials, common types of molds,
Understanding Injection Mold Design       Rees, Herbert      estimating costs, machining, and heat treatment.

                                                             Examines fundamental aspects of how such images are formed, their
                                                             basic characteristics as generated by the imaging process, their
                                                             statistical properties, the recovery of nearly ideal images from imperfect
                                                             systems, image analysis tools for scene understanding in single-channel
                                                             data, and target detection in an overtly military context. Then casts that
                                                             information into the forms required to handle multi-temporal, multi-
                                                             frequency, polarimetric, and interferometric data and to explore the
                                                             enhanced range of information available when such multi-channel data
Understanding Synthetic Aperture Radar    Oliver, Chris;     are available. Also cites real examples of applications and forecasts
Images                                    Quegan, Shaun      future developments in the technology.

                                                             Presents techniques of applying and repairing concrete in freshwater
                                                             and marine environments for the practicing engineer. Covers materials,
                                                             inspection, defect evaluation, repair methods, and factors influencing
                                                             long-term durability of concrete underwater. Includes numerous
                                                             diagrams and photos. Enables engineers to identify and overcome the
                                                             many problems associated with concreting in both fresh and sea water.
                                                             Focuses on the major factors influencing long term durability of concrete
Underwater Concreting and Repair                             in the underwater environment. Discusses inspection, evaluation of
                                          McLeish, Andrew    defects and methods of repair for existing underwater structures.
                                                          The Unit Converter allows you to convert values from existing units of
                                                          measurement to other units as appropriate. Unit Converter converts
                                                          units for eighty-two properties, from Acceleration to Volume, including:
                                                          Mass, Force, Radioactivity, Surface Tension, and Temperature. It allows
Unit Converter                           n/a              you to round the results to desired number of significant digits.

                                                          This book outlines the state-of-the-practice in the use of waste materials
                                                          in highway construction in the U.S. and discusses the applications of
                                                          selected waste materials including: Waste tiresWaste glassReclaimed
                                                          paving materialsSlags and ashesBuilding rubbleSewage
                                                          sludgeIncinerator residueAn evaluation based on technical,
                                                          environmental, and economic factors indicated that reclaimed paving
                                                          materials, coal fly ash, blast furnace slag, bottom ash, boiler slag, steel
                                                          slag, and rubber tires have significant potential to replace conventional
                                                          materials for various applications in highway construction, and should be
                                                          projected for future construction. Specific applications of the waste
Use of Waste Materials in Highway                         products and potential problems associated with their usage in highway
Construction                             Ahmed, I.        operations are also included.

                                                          All mechanical equipment in motion generates a vibration profile, or
                                                          signature, that reflects its operating condition. This is true regardless of
                                                          speed or whether the mode of operation is rotation, reciprocation, or
                                                          linear motion. There are several predictive maintenance techniques
                                                          used to monitor and analyze critical machines, equipment, and systems
                                                          in a typical plant. These include vibration analysis, ultrasonics,
                                                          thermography, tribology, process monitoring, visual inspection, and
                                                          other nondestructive analysis techniques. Of these techniques, vibration
                                                          analysis is the dominant predictive maintenance technique used with
                                                          maintenance management programs, and this book explains the basic
                                                          theory, applications, and benefits in one easy-to-absorb volume that
Vibration Fundamentals                   Mobley, R.K.     plant staff will find invaluable.

                                                          This 4th volume of Issues in Environmental Science and Technology
                                                          covers a number of issues concerning VOCs, including stratospheric
                                                          ozone depletion due to CFCs and the properties of alternative
                                                          substances, the role of VOCs in the photochemical formation of lower
                                                          atmosphere (tropospheric) ozone and the problem of the direct toxicity
                                                          of VOCs such as benzene and formaldehyde. Reviewing current
                                                          knowledge of VOCs, this Issue draws upon the expertise of experts and
                                                          major national and international research programmes. It looks closely
                                                          at the sources and concentrations of VOCs indoors, where humans are
Volatile Organic Compounds in the        Hester, R.E.;    most likely to be exposed to them and describes techniques used for the
Atmosphere                               Harrison, R.M.   calculation of emissions inventories and strategies for control.

                                                          Waste incineration is finding increasing favour as a waste disposal
                                                          method, this 2nd volume of Issues in Environmental Science and
                                                          Technology considers the topic of waste disposal and the place of
                                                          incineration as an option. It reviews the emissions and environmental
                                                          impacts of incineration and available control technologies, specific
                                         Hester, R.E.;    research upon emissions of trace metals and organic micropollutants,
Waste Incineration and the Environment   Harrison, R.M.   and the methodologies for environmental impact assessment.
                                                         One of the most critical problems we are facing today is acid rain. One
                                                         of the main causes is the burning of fossil fuels, and as a result, sulfuric
                                                         acid and carbon dioxide are added to the atmosphere. These gases
                                                         have detrimental effects on building materials. Thus, there are two
                                                         problems: (1) to decrease the gas emission, and (2) to produce
                                                         construction materials more durable to the aggressive pollutant gases
                                                         and acid rain. The environmental aspects involved in the production and
                                                         use of cement, concrete and other building materials are of growing
                                                         importance. Substitution of waste materials will conserve dwindling
                                                         resources, and will avoid the environmental and ecological damages
                                                         caused by quarrying and exploitation of the raw materials for making
Waste Materials Used in Concrete                         cement. To some extent, it will help to solve the problem otherwise en-
Manufacturing                          Chandra, S.       countered in disposing of the wastes.

                                                         This book examines the environmental impact of sewage and industrial
                                                         effluent treatment on inland and coastal waters, in the atmosphere and
                                                         on land. It also looks into current practice in the design, engineering,
                                                         operation and control of landfill sites, and the effect of changes in
                                                         regulatory policy. A wide range of waste management practices result in
                                                         atmospheric discharges and this 3rd volume of Issues in Environmental
                                                         Science and Technology reviews the localized impacts and mitigation of
                                       Hester, R.E.;     the discharge and the regulatory framework within which waste
Waste Treatment and Disposal           Harrison R.M.     management has to operate.

                                                         All-in-one, state-of-the-art guide to safe drinking water. Civil engineers
                                                         and anyone else involved in any way with the design, analysis,
                                                         operation, maintenance or rehabilitation of water distribution systems will
                                                         find practical guidance in this handbook. Provides historical, present
                                                         day, and future perspectives, as well as state-of-the-art details
                                                         previously available only in specialized journals. You get a
                                                         comprehensively detailed exploration of every facet of the hydraulics of
                                                         pressurized flow; piping design and pipeline systems; storage issues;
Water Distribution System Handbook     Mays, Larry W.    reliability analysis and distribution, and more.
                                                         This book has been revised and updated to reflect recent developments
                                                         in the field, this reference addresses water quality issues for both
                                                         municipal and industrial water supply, reports on the source of
                                                         contaminants and other problems, and describes the treatment methods
                                                         of choice. State-of-the-art handbook of community water supplies. The
                                                         leading source of information on water quality, water treatment, and
                                                         quality control for 60 years is now available in an up-to-the-minute new
                                                         edition. This book covers the field, bringing you the expertise of 20
                                                         distinguished specialists who provide the latest information on
                                                         everything from aeration and coagulation processes, to chemical
                                                         oxidation and water plant waste management. At least 90% of the
                                                         material in this new edition has been revised and updated. Among the
                                                         areas of special concern covered are: Cutting-edge membrane
                                                         processes; U.S. regulatory changes, including new rulings on
Water Quality and Treatment - A                          disinfection by-products; Current concerns with preventing
Handbook of Community Water Supplies                     cryptosporidium and E. coli outbreaks; and Enhanced removal of total
(5th Edition)                          Letterman, R.D.   organic carbon.
                                                            This book contains the proceedings of a symposium sponsored by the
                                                            Colloid and Surface Chemistry Division of the American Chemical
                                                            Society, held in Las Vegas, NV. It includes a variety of papers on topics
                                                            such as the effects of solids concentration on polymer adsorption,
                                                            hydrophobically modified poly(acrylic acids) at interfaces, crystal growth
                                                            of hydroxyapatite in vitro, and more. Water soluble polymers play a
                                                            vital role in the oil industry, especially in enhanced oil recovery. Water
                                                            soluble polymers are also used in agriculture and controlled release
                                                            pharmaceutical applications. Therefore, a fundamental knowledge of
Water Soluble Polymers - Solution                           solution properties of these polymers is essential for most industrial
Properties and Applications                  Amjad, Zahid   scientists.

                                                            This collection of 463 up-to-date water-based trade and industrial
                                                            formulations will be of value to technical and managerial personnel in
                                                            paint manufacturing companies and firms which supply raw materials or
                                                            services to these companies, and to those interested in less hazardous,
                                                            environmentally safer formulations. The data consists of selections of
                                                            manufacturers' suggested formulations made at no cost to, nor influence
Water-Based Paint Formulations, Volume                      from, the makers and distributors of these materials. Only the most
3                                      Flick, E.W.          recent data is included. Any solvent containment is minimal.

                                                            This collection of 232 up-to-date water-based trade and industrial
                                                            formulations will be of value to technical and managerial personnel in
                                                            paint manufacturing companies and firms which supply raw materials or
                                                            services to these companies, and to those interested in less hazardous,
                                                            environmentally safer formulations. The data consists of selections of
                                                            manufacturers' suggested formulations made at no cost to, nor influence
Water-Based Paint Formulations, Volume                      from, the makers and distributors of these materials. Only the most
4                                      Flick, E.W.          recent data is included. Any solvent containment is minimal.
                                                            The second edition of this popular industrial guide contains descriptions
                                                            of more than 1100 currently available water-soluble resins, supplied by
                                                            47 manufacturers or distributors of these products. Both natural and
                                                            synthetic resins are described, including cellulose ethers; collagens,
                                                            gelatins; natural gums; and synthetic resins, their dispersions,
Water-Soluble Resins - An Industrial                        emulsions, and solutions. Only the most recent information has been
Guide (2nd Edition)                          Flick, E.W.    included.
                                                            In spite of extensive efforts, material weathering testing still requires
                                                            improvement. This book presents findings and opinions of experts in
                                                            material degradation testing. The aim is to improve testing methods and
                                                            procedures. Materials are presented to show that photochemical
                                                            degradation rate depends on a combination of environmental factors
                                                            such as UV radiation, temperature, humidity, rain, stress, and
                                                            concentration of reactive pollutants.The potential effect of each
                                                            parameter of degradation on data gathered is discussed based on
                                                            known results from a long experience in testing. This book contains data
                                                            obtained in laboratories of the largest manufacturers of UV stabilizers
                                                            and chemical companies which manufacture durable materials. The
                                                            book gives details of testing procedures and choice of parameters of
                                                            exposure which are crucial for obtaining laboratory results correlating
                                                            with environmental performance of materials.In addition to exposure
                                                            conditions, the book contains many suggestions on sample preparation
Weathering of Plastics - Testing to Mirror                  and post-exposure testing. The effective use of these methods shortens
Real Life Performance                        Wypych, G.     testing time of materials and determines acceleration rate of testing. The
                                                            Welded design is often considered as an area in which there's lots of
                                                            practice but little theory. Welded design tends to be overlooked in
                                                            engineering courses and many engineering students and engineers find
                                                            materials and metallurgy complicated subjects. Engineering decisions at
                                                            the design stage need to take account of the properties of a material, if
                                                            these decisions are wrong, failures and even catastrophes can result.
                                                            Many engineering catastrophes have their origins in the use of irrelevant
                                                            or invalid methods of analysis, incomplete information or the lack of
Welded Design - Theory and Practice      Hicks, John        understanding of material behaviour.
                                                            This 1991 handbook describes various welding materials and
                                                            techniques available to the SEABEE welder. The emphasis is placed
                                                            upon interchangeability of materials ordinarily found in the Naval
                                                            Construction Forces Table of Allowance. The data provided in this
                                                            handbook will cover a majority of maintenance situations. This
                                                            handbook also describes several related maintenance techniques.
                                                            These include: Wearfacing, MAPP Gas Welding, and some cold
                                                            processes that can be substituted for welding procedures in certain
Welding Materials Handbook               n/a                maintenance applications.
                                                            This book is a practical user's guide to all aspects of welding aluminium
                                                            and aluminium alloys. It provides a basic understanding of the
                                                            metallurgical principles involved, showing how alloys achieve their
                                                            strength and how the process of welding can affect these properties.
                                                            This book is intended to provide engineers with perhaps little prior
                                                            understanding of metallurgy and only a brief acquaintance with the
                                                            welding processes involved with a concise and effective reference to the
Welding of Aluminium and Its Alloys      Mathers, Gene      subject.

                                                          This book provides readers with a broad overview of this rapidly
                                                          expanding technology, bringing them up to speed on new discoveries
                                                          and commercial applications. It provides specific technical applications
                                                          of key processes such as laser diodes, LEDs, and very high
Wide Bandgap Semiconductors - Growth,                     temperature electronic controls on engines, focusing on doping, etching,
Processing and Applications            Pearton, S.J.      oxidation passivation, growth techniques and more.
                                                          This second edition covers fundamental concepts and practical
                                                          requirements in food science, as well as cutting-edge technological and
                                                          industry information. The encyclopedia features A-to-Z coverage of all
                                                          aspects of food science, including: the properties, analysis, and
                                                          processing of foods; genetic engineering of new food products; and
                                                          nutrition. In addition, nontechnical information is included, such as
                                                          descriptions of selected scientific institutions, and research and
                                                          development in government agencies. Like the first edition, this Second
Wiley Encyclopedia of Food Science and Francis, Frederick Edition will become the standard reference for food scientists,
Technology (2nd Edition) Volumes 1-4   J.                 bioengineers, and biotechnologists.

                                                            The field of molecular biology is revolutionizing human medicine and the
                                                            applications of molecular biology to medicine are expanding. This
                                                            encyclopedia brings together those aspects of medicine that have
                                                            significance at the molecular level, plus advances in molecular biology
                                                            that are relevant to medicine. With over 1,700 separate primary entries,
                                                            this comprehensive encyclopedia sets the standard for reference works
                                                            in this rapidly expanding field. The coverage in this encyclopedia is
                                                            multilayered, ranging from the organ to the cell to the molecular and
                                                            includes extensive cross-referencing. Geneticists, biochemists,
Wiley Encyclopedia of Molecular          John Wiley &       molecular biologists, medical researchers, and doctors with either an
Medicine, Volumes 1-5                    Sons, Inc.         academic or industrial background will find this an essential resource.
                                                                 As environmental concerns have focused attention on the generation of
                                                                 electricity from clean and renewable sources, wind energy has become
                                                                 the world's fastest growing energy source. The Wind Energy Handbook
                                                                 draws on the authors' collective industrial and academic experience to
                                                                 highlight the interdisciplinary nature of wind energy research and provide
                                                                 a comprehensive treatment of wind energy for electricity generation.
                                            Burton, Tony;        With coverage ranging from practical concerns about component design
                                            Sharpe, David;       to the economic importance of sustainable power sources, this book will
                                            Jenkins, Nick;       be an asset to engineers, turbine designers, wind energy consultants
Wind Energy Handbook                        Bossanyi, Ervin      and graduate engineering students.

                                                          This new definitive book advances the science of vapor cloud dispersion
                                                          by: * Describing how structures at an urban or industrial site affect
                                                          dispersion, and how these effects should be treated in consequence
                                                          models. * Explaining surface roughness length (z0) and displacement
                                                          length (d) so that they are clarified for readers with minimal
                                                          meteorological background. * Presenting criteria for when the structures
                                                          should be considered broadly as roughness elements, or when they
                                                          should be considered from the viewpoint of their wake effects. * Defining
                                                          conditions for which different models apply and providing continuous
                                                          solutions for transitions between flow regimes. * Providing the
                                                          appropriate roughness inputs to transport and dispersion models
Wind Flow and Vapor Cloud Dispersion at Hanna, Steven R.; depending on conditions. * Demonstrating the application of these
Industrial and Urban Sites              Britter, Rex E.   techniques through worked examples.

                                                                 Efficient use of our nation's timber resource is a vital concern. Because
                                                                 a major use of wood in the United States is in construction, particularly
                                                                 housing construction, good practice in this endeavor can have a
                                                                 profound impact on the resource. This 1999 handbook is intended as an
                                                                 aid to more efficient use of wood as a construction material. It provides
                                                                 engineers, architects, and others with a source of information on the
                                                                 physical and mechanical properties of wood and how these properties
                                                                 are affected by variations in the wood itself. Continuing research and
                                                                 evaluation techniques hold promise for wider and more efficient
Wood Handbook - Wood as an                                       utilization of wood and for more advanced industrial, structural, and
Engineering Material                        n/a                  decorative uses.

                                                               This book represents the first comprehensive new treatment of the
                                                               science and technology of wool to be published in over twenty years.
                                                               Well known contributors, including several of the major wool boards and
                                                               institutes, provide a very accessible blend of theory and practice. It will
                                          Simpson, W.S.;       be essential reading for woollen yarn and cloth manufacturers, specialist
Wool: Science and Technology              Crawshaw, G.H.       processors and wool research scientists in industry and universities.
                                                               This book provides safety advisers with an understanding of basic
                                                               physics and chemistry, and of the current safety techniques for reducing
                                                               the risks associated with the more commonly met industrial processes.
Workplace Safety - Safety at Work Series, Ridley, J.;          The text explains these key industrial processes and the basic sciences
Volume 4                                  Channing, J.         from which they stem.
                                                               Texturing is increasingly important in textile production, not only in yarns
                                                               for weaving and knitting fashion products, but also for carpets, furnishing
                                                               fabrics and a variety of technical textiles. Combining a comprehensive
                                                               review of the physics and chemistry of texturing with a thorough,
                                          Hearle, J.W.S.;      illustrated description of current practice, this book will be invaluable for
                                          Hollick, L.; Wilson, yarn and fabric manufacturers, textile scientists and students of textile
Yarn Texturing Technology                 D.K.                 science and technology courses.
                                                           The content of this database presents a compilation of results for vapor
                                                           pressure using the Antoine equation, and contains an extensible,
                                                           searchable table with Antoine coefficients of over 5,000 compounds.
                                          Yaws, Carl L;    The data is both experimentally determined and estimated based on
                                          Narasimhan,      methods developed by the author and other noted experts. The table is
                                          Prasad, K.;      interactive (live) and contains live equations for easy calculation and
Yaws' Handbook of Antoine Coefficients    Gabbula,         plotting of the properties. The Equation Plotter Applet can save
for Vapor Pressure (Electronic Edition)   Chaitanya        countless hours of complicated calculations.
                                                           This is an enormous collection of physical, thermodynamic, and
                                                           transport property correlations for 5000 organic chemical compounds
                                                           covering C1 to C70 organics. The data is provided in a tabular format
                                                           with links to an interactive Equation Plotter Applet that graphically
                                                           represents the temperature correlation relationships for 15 key
                                                           properties. The data is both experimentally determined and estimated
                                                           based on methods developed by the author and other noted experts.
                                                           Detailed references are provided for further research. Accurate
Yaws' Handbook of Thermodynamic and                        information describes how chemicals behave at different temperatures
Physical Properties of Chemical                            in an easy-access format. The Equation Plotter Applet can save
Compounds                                 Yaws, Carl L.    countless hours of complicated calculations.

                                                           Yoghurt: Science and Technology is a standard work in its field. The
                                                           new edition has been thoroughly revised and now includes a discussion
                                                           of 'bio-yoghurts' with their important implication for manufacturing
                                                           practice. Contents include: Background to manufacturing practice;
                                                           Processing plant and equipment; Cleaning and hygiene; Traditional and
                                                           new developments in yoghurt production; Microbiology of yoghurt and
Yoghurt Science and Technology (2nd       Tamime, A.Y.;    'bio' started cultures; Biochemistry of fermentation; Preservation and
Edition)                                  Robinson, R.K.   production of starter cultures; Nutrition; Quality control and HACCP.

To top